initial commit of ebook 1032HEADmain

11 files changed, 9102 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/1032-0.txt b/1032-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0821236
--- /dev/null
+++ b/1032-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,2233 @@
+The Project Gutenberg eBook, The Pupil, by Henry James
+
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+
+
+
+Title: The Pupil
+
+
+Author: Henry James
+
+
+
+Release Date: December 24, 2010  [eBook #1032]
+First released: July 27, 1997
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: UTF-8
+
+
+***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PUPIL***
+
+
+Transcribed from the 1916 Le Roy Phillips edition by David Price, email
+ccx074@pglaf.org
+
+
+
+
+
+                                THE PUPIL
+
+
+                              BY HENRY JAMES
+
+                                * * * * *
+
+                             LE ROY PHILLIPS
+                                  BOSTON
+
+                                * * * * *
+
+                    This edition first published 1916
+
+                       The text follows that of the
+                            Definitive Edition
+
+                                * * * * *
+
+                        _Printed in Great Britain_
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+
+The poor young man hesitated and procrastinated: it cost him such an
+effort to broach the subject of terms, to speak of money to a person who
+spoke only of feelings and, as it were, of the aristocracy.  Yet he was
+unwilling to take leave, treating his engagement as settled, without some
+more conventional glance in that direction than he could find an opening
+for in the manner of the large affable lady who sat there drawing a pair
+of soiled gants de Suède through a fat jewelled hand and, at once
+pressing and gliding, repeated over and over everything but the thing he
+would have liked to hear.  He would have liked to hear the figure of his
+salary; but just as he was nervously about to sound that note the little
+boy came back—the little boy Mrs. Moreen had sent out of the room to
+fetch her fan.  He came back without the fan, only with the casual
+observation that he couldn’t find it.  As he dropped this cynical
+confession he looked straight and hard at the candidate for the honour of
+taking his education in hand.  This personage reflected somewhat grimly
+that the thing he should have to teach his little charge would be to
+appear to address himself to his mother when he spoke to her—especially
+not to make her such an improper answer as that.
+
+When Mrs. Moreen bethought herself of this pretext for getting rid of
+their companion Pemberton supposed it was precisely to approach the
+delicate subject of his remuneration.  But it had been only to say some
+things about her son that it was better a boy of eleven shouldn’t catch.
+They were extravagantly to his advantage save when she lowered her voice
+to sigh, tapping her left side familiarly, “And all overclouded by
+_this_, you know; all at the mercy of a weakness—!”  Pemberton gathered
+that the weakness was in the region of the heart.  He had known the poor
+child was not robust: this was the basis on which he had been invited to
+treat, through an English lady, an Oxford acquaintance, then at Nice, who
+happened to know both his needs and those of the amiable American family
+looking out for something really superior in the way of a resident tutor.
+
+The young man’s impression of his prospective pupil, who had come into
+the room as if to see for himself the moment Pemberton was admitted, was
+not quite the soft solicitation the visitor had taken for granted.
+Morgan Moreen was somehow sickly without being “delicate,” and that he
+looked intelligent—it is true Pemberton wouldn’t have enjoyed his being
+stupid—only added to the suggestion that, as with his big mouth and big
+ears he really couldn’t be called pretty, he might too utterly fail to
+please.  Pemberton was modest, was even timid; and the chance that his
+small scholar might prove cleverer than himself had quite figured, to his
+anxiety, among the dangers of an untried experiment.  He reflected,
+however, that these were risks one had to run when one accepted a
+position, as it was called, in a private family; when as yet one’s
+university honours had, pecuniarily speaking, remained barren.  At any
+rate when Mrs. Moreen got up as to intimate that, since it was understood
+he would enter upon his duties within the week she would let him off now,
+he succeeded, in spite of the presence of the child, in squeezing out a
+phrase about the rate of payment.  It was not the fault of the conscious
+smile which seemed a reference to the lady’s expensive identity, it was
+not the fault of this demonstration, which had, in a sort, both vagueness
+and point, if the allusion didn’t sound rather vulgar.  This was exactly
+because she became still more gracious to reply: “Oh I can assure you
+that all that will be quite regular.”
+
+Pemberton only wondered, while he took up his hat, what “all that” was to
+amount to—people had such different ideas.  Mrs. Moreen’s words, however,
+seemed to commit the family to a pledge definite enough to elicit from
+the child a strange little comment in the shape of the mocking foreign
+ejaculation “Oh la-la!”
+
+Pemberton, in some confusion, glanced at him as he walked slowly to the
+window with his back turned, his hands in his pockets and the air in his
+elderly shoulders of a boy who didn’t play.  The young man wondered if he
+should be able to teach him to play, though his mother had said it would
+never do and that this was why school was impossible.  Mrs. Moreen
+exhibited no discomfiture; she only continued blandly: “Mr. Moreen will
+be delighted to meet your wishes.  As I told you, he has been called to
+London for a week.  As soon as he comes back you shall have it out with
+him.”
+
+This was so frank and friendly that the young man could only reply,
+laughing as his hostess laughed: “Oh I don’t imagine we shall have much
+of a battle.”
+
+“They’ll give you anything you like,” the boy remarked unexpectedly,
+returning from the window.  “We don’t mind what anything costs—we live
+awfully well.”
+
+“My darling, you’re too quaint!” his mother exclaimed, putting out to
+caress him a practised but ineffectual hand.  He slipped out of it, but
+looked with intelligent innocent eyes at Pemberton, who had already had
+time to notice that from one moment to the other his small satiric face
+seemed to change its time of life.  At this moment it was infantine, yet
+it appeared also to be under the influence of curious intuitions and
+knowledges.  Pemberton rather disliked precocity and was disappointed to
+find gleams of it in a disciple not yet in his teens.  Nevertheless he
+divined on the spot that Morgan wouldn’t prove a bore.  He would prove on
+the contrary a source of agitation.  This idea held the young man, in
+spite of a certain repulsion.
+
+“You pompous little person!  We’re not extravagant!”  Mrs. Moreen gaily
+protested, making another unsuccessful attempt to draw the boy to her
+side.  “You must know what to expect,” she went on to Pemberton.
+
+“The less you expect the better!” her companion interposed.  “But we
+_are_ people of fashion.”
+
+“Only so far as _you_ make us so!” Mrs. Moreen tenderly mocked.  “Well
+then, on Friday—don’t tell me you’re superstitious—and mind you don’t
+fail us.  Then you’ll see us all.  I’m so sorry the girls are out.  I
+guess you’ll like the girls.  And, you know, I’ve another son, quite
+different from this one.”
+
+“He tries to imitate me,” Morgan said to their friend.
+
+“He tries?  Why he’s twenty years old!” cried Mrs. Moreen.
+
+“You’re very witty,” Pemberton remarked to the child—a proposition his
+mother echoed with enthusiasm, declaring Morgan’s sallies to be the
+delight of the house.
+
+The boy paid no heed to this; he only enquired abruptly of the visitor,
+who was surprised afterwards that he hadn’t struck him as offensively
+forward: “Do you _want_ very much to come?”
+
+“Can you doubt it after such a description of what I shall hear?”
+Pemberton replied.  Yet he didn’t want to come at all; he was coming
+because he had to go somewhere, thanks to the collapse of his fortune at
+the end of a year abroad spent on the system of putting his scant
+patrimony into a single full wave of experience.  He had had his full
+wave but couldn’t pay the score at his inn.  Moreover he had caught in
+the boy’s eyes the glimpse of a far-off appeal.
+
+“Well, I’ll do the best I can for you,” said Morgan; with which he turned
+away again.  He passed out of one of the long windows; Pemberton saw him
+go and lean on the parapet of the terrace.  He remained there while the
+young man took leave of his mother, who, on Pemberton’s looking as if he
+expected a farewell from him, interposed with: “Leave him, leave him;
+he’s so strange!”  Pemberton supposed her to fear something he might say.
+“He’s a genius—you’ll love him,” she added.  “He’s much the most
+interesting person in the family.”  And before he could invent some
+civility to oppose to this she wound up with: “But we’re all good, you
+know!”
+
+“He’s a genius—you’ll love him!” were words that recurred to our aspirant
+before the Friday, suggesting among many things that geniuses were not
+invariably loveable.  However, it was all the better if there was an
+element that would make tutorship absorbing: he had perhaps taken too
+much for granted it would only disgust him.  As he left the villa after
+his interview he looked up at the balcony and saw the child leaning over
+it.  “We shall have great larks!” he called up.
+
+Morgan hung fire a moment and then gaily returned: “By the time you come
+back I shall have thought of something witty!”
+
+This made Pemberton say to himself “After all he’s rather nice.”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+
+On the Friday he saw them all, as Mrs. Moreen had promised, for her
+husband had come back and the girls and the other son were at home.  Mr.
+Moreen had a white moustache, a confiding manner and, in his buttonhole,
+the ribbon of a foreign order—bestowed, as Pemberton eventually learned,
+for services.  For what services he never clearly ascertained: this was a
+point—one of a large number—that Mr. Moreen’s manner never confided.
+What it emphatically did confide was that he was even more a man of the
+world than you might first make out.  Ulick, the firstborn, was in
+visible training for the same profession—under the disadvantage as yet,
+however, of a buttonhole but feebly floral and a moustache with no
+pretensions to type.  The girls had hair and figures and manners and
+small fat feet, but had never been out alone.  As for Mrs. Moreen
+Pemberton saw on a nearer view that her elegance was intermittent and her
+parts didn’t always match.  Her husband, as she had promised, met with
+enthusiasm Pemberton’s ideas in regard to a salary.  The young man had
+endeavoured to keep these stammerings modest, and Mr. Moreen made it no
+secret that _he_ found them wanting in “style.”  He further mentioned
+that he aspired to be intimate with his children, to be their best
+friend, and that he was always looking out for them.  That was what he
+went off for, to London and other places—to look out; and this vigilance
+was the theory of life, as well as the real occupation, of the whole
+family.  They all looked out, for they were very frank on the subject of
+its being necessary.  They desired it to be understood that they were
+earnest people, and also that their fortune, though quite adequate for
+earnest people, required the most careful administration.  Mr. Moreen, as
+the parent bird, sought sustenance for the nest.  Ulick invoked support
+mainly at the club, where Pemberton guessed that it was usually served on
+green cloth.  The girls used to do up their hair and their frocks
+themselves, and our young man felt appealed to to be glad, in regard to
+Morgan’s education, that, though it must naturally be of the best, it
+didn’t cost too much.  After a little he _was_ glad, forgetting at times
+his own needs in the interest inspired by the child’s character and
+culture and the pleasure of making easy terms for him.
+
+During the first weeks of their acquaintance Morgan had been as puzzling
+as a page in an unknown language—altogether different from the obvious
+little Anglo-Saxons who had misrepresented childhood to Pemberton.
+Indeed the whole mystic volume in which the boy had been amateurishly
+bound demanded some practice in translation.  To-day, after a
+considerable interval, there is something phantasmagoria, like a
+prismatic reflexion or a serial novel, in Pemberton’s memory of the
+queerness of the Moreens.  If it were not for a few tangible tokens—a
+lock of Morgan’s hair cut by his own hand, and the half-dozen letters
+received from him when they were disjoined—the whole episode and the
+figures peopling it would seem too inconsequent for anything but
+dreamland.  Their supreme quaintness was their success—as it appeared to
+him for a while at the time; since he had never seen a family so
+brilliantly equipped for failure.  Wasn’t it success to have kept him so
+hatefully long?  Wasn’t it success to have drawn him in that first
+morning at déjeuner, the Friday he came—it was enough to _make_ one
+superstitious—so that he utterly committed himself, and this not by
+calculation or on a signal, but from a happy instinct which made them,
+like a band of gipsies, work so neatly together?  They amused him as much
+as if they had really been a band of gipsies.  He was still young and had
+not seen much of the world—his English years had been properly arid;
+therefore the reversed conventions of the Moreens—for they had _their_
+desperate proprieties—struck him as topsy-turvy.  He had encountered
+nothing like them at Oxford; still less had any such note been struck to
+his younger American ear during the four years at Yale in which he had
+richly supposed himself to be reacting against a Puritan strain.  The
+reaction of the Moreens, at any rate, went ever so much further.  He had
+thought himself very sharp that first day in hitting them all off in his
+mind with the “cosmopolite” label.  Later it seemed feeble and
+colourless—confessedly helplessly provisional.
+
+He yet when he first applied it felt a glow of joy—for an instructor he
+was still empirical—rise from the apprehension that living with them
+would really be to see life.  Their sociable strangeness was an
+intimation of that—their chatter of tongues, their gaiety and good
+humour, their infinite dawdling (they were always getting themselves up,
+but it took forever, and Pemberton had once found Mr. Moreen shaving in
+the drawing-room), their French, their Italian and, cropping up in the
+foreign fluencies, their cold tough slices of American.  They lived on
+macaroni and coffee—they had these articles prepared in perfection—but
+they knew recipes for a hundred other dishes.  They overflowed with music
+and song, were always humming and catching each other up, and had a sort
+of professional acquaintance with Continental cities.  They talked of
+“good places” as if they had been pickpockets or strolling players.  They
+had at Nice a villa, a carriage, a piano and a banjo, and they went to
+official parties.  They were a perfect calendar of the “days” of their
+friends, which Pemberton knew them, when they were indisposed, to get out
+of bed to go to, and which made the week larger than life when Mrs.
+Moreen talked of them with Paula and Amy.  Their initiations gave their
+new inmate at first an almost dazzling sense of culture.  Mrs. Moreen had
+translated something at some former period—an author whom it made
+Pemberton feel borné never to have heard of.  They could imitate Venetian
+and sing Neapolitan, and when they wanted to say something very
+particular communicated with each other in an ingenious dialect of their
+own, an elastic spoken cipher which Pemberton at first took for some
+patois of one of their countries, but which he “caught on to” as he would
+not have grasped provincial development of Spanish or German.
+
+“It’s the family language—Ultramoreen,” Morgan explained to him drolly
+enough; but the boy rarely condescended to use it himself, though he
+dealt in colloquial Latin as if he had been a little prelate.
+
+Among all the “days” with which Mrs. Moreen’s memory was taxed she
+managed to squeeze in one of her own, which her friends sometimes forgot.
+But the house drew a frequented air from the number of fine people who
+were freely named there and from several mysterious men with foreign
+titles and English clothes whom Morgan called the princes and who, on
+sofas with the girls, talked French very loud—though sometimes with some
+oddity of accent—as if to show they were saying nothing improper.
+Pemberton wondered how the princes could ever propose in that tone and so
+publicly: he took for granted cynically that this was what was desired of
+them.  Then he recognised that even for the chance of such an advantage
+Mrs. Moreen would never allow Paula and Amy to receive alone.  These
+young ladies were not at all timid, but it was just the safeguards that
+made them so candidly free.  It was a houseful of Bohemians who wanted
+tremendously to be Philistines.
+
+In one respect, however, certainly they achieved no rigour—they were
+wonderfully amiable and ecstatic about Morgan.  It was a genuine
+tenderness, an artless admiration, equally strong in each.  They even
+praised his beauty, which was small, and were as afraid of him as if they
+felt him of finer clay.  They spoke of him as a little angel and a
+prodigy—they touched on his want of health with long vague faces.
+Pemberton feared at first an extravagance that might make him hate the
+boy, but before this happened he had become extravagant himself.  Later,
+when he had grown rather to hate the others, it was a bribe to patience
+for him that they were at any rate nice about Morgan, going on tiptoe if
+they fancied he was showing symptoms, and even giving up somebody’s “day”
+to procure him a pleasure.  Mixed with this too was the oddest wish to
+make him independent, as if they had felt themselves not good enough for
+him.  They passed him over to the new members of their circle very much
+as if wishing to force some charity of adoption on so free an agent and
+get rid of their own charge.  They were delighted when they saw Morgan
+take so to his kind playfellow, and could think of no higher praise for
+the young man.  It was strange how they contrived to reconcile the
+appearance, and indeed the essential fact, of adoring the child with
+their eagerness to wash their hands of him.  Did they want to get rid of
+him before he should find them out?  Pemberton was finding them out month
+by month.  The boy’s fond family, however this might be, turned their
+backs with exaggerated delicacy, as if to avoid the reproach of
+interfering.  Seeing in time how little he had in common with them—it was
+by _them_ he first observed it; they proclaimed it with complete
+humility—his companion was moved to speculate on the mysteries of
+transmission, the far jumps of heredity.  Where his detachment from most
+of the things they represented had come from was more than an observer
+could say—it certainly had burrowed under two or three generations.
+
+As for Pemberton’s own estimate of his pupil, it was a good while before
+he got the point of view, so little had he been prepared for it by the
+smug young barbarians to whom the tradition of tutorship, as hitherto
+revealed to him, had been adjusted.  Morgan was scrappy and surprising,
+deficient in many properties supposed common to the genus and abounding
+in others that were the portion only of the supernaturally clever.  One
+day his friend made a great stride: it cleared up the question to
+perceive that Morgan _was_ supernaturally clever and that, though the
+formula was temporarily meagre, this would be the only assumption on
+which one could successfully deal with him.  He had the general quality
+of a child for whom life had not been simplified by school, a kind of
+homebred sensibility which might have been as bad for himself but was
+charming for others, and a whole range of refinement and
+perception—little musical vibrations as taking as picked-up airs—begotten
+by wandering about Europe at the tail of his migratory tribe.  This might
+not have been an education to recommend in advance, but its results with
+so special a subject were as appreciable as the marks on a piece of fine
+porcelain.  There was at the same time in him a small strain of stoicism,
+doubtless the fruit of having had to begin early to bear pain, which
+counted for pluck and made it of less consequence that he might have been
+thought at school rather a polyglot little beast.  Pemberton indeed
+quickly found himself rejoicing that school was out of the question: in
+any million of boys it was probably good for all but one, and Morgan was
+that millionth.  It would have made him comparative and superior—it might
+have made him really require kicking.  Pemberton would try to be school
+himself—a bigger seminary than five hundred grazing donkeys, so that,
+winning no prizes, the boy would remain unconscious and irresponsible and
+amusing—amusing, because, though life was already intense in his childish
+nature, freshness still made there a strong draught for jokes.  It turned
+out that even in the still air of Morgan’s various disabilities jokes
+flourished greatly.  He was a pale lean acute undeveloped little
+cosmopolite, who liked intellectual gymnastics and who also, as regards
+the behaviour of mankind, had noticed more things than you might suppose,
+but who nevertheless had his proper playroom of superstitions, where he
+smashed a dozen toys a day.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+
+At Nice once, toward evening, as the pair rested in the open air after a
+walk, and looked over the sea at the pink western lights, he said
+suddenly to his comrade: “Do you like it, you know—being with us all in
+this intimate way?”
+
+“My dear fellow, why should I stay if I didn’t?”
+
+“How do I know you’ll stay?  I’m almost sure you won’t, very long.”
+
+“I hope you don’t mean to dismiss me,” said Pemberton.
+
+Morgan debated, looking at the sunset.  “I think if I did right I ought
+to.”
+
+“Well, I know I’m supposed to instruct you in virtue; but in that case
+don’t do right.”
+
+“’You’re very young—fortunately,” Morgan went on, turning to him again.
+
+“Oh yes, compared with you!”
+
+“Therefore it won’t matter so much if you do lose a lot of time.”
+
+“That’s the way to look at it,” said Pemberton accommodatingly.
+
+They were silent a minute; after which the boy asked: “Do you like my
+father and my mother very much?”
+
+“Dear me, yes.  They’re charming people.”
+
+Morgan received this with another silence; then unexpectedly, familiarly,
+but at the same time affectionately, he remarked: “You’re a jolly old
+humbug!”
+
+For a particular reason the words made our young man change colour.  The
+boy noticed in an instant that he had turned red, whereupon he turned red
+himself and pupil and master exchanged a longish glance in which there
+was a consciousness of many more things than are usually touched upon,
+even tacitly, in such a relation.  It produced for Pemberton an
+embarrassment; it raised in a shadowy form a question—this was the first
+glimpse of it—destined to play a singular and, as he imagined, owing to
+the altogether peculiar conditions, an unprecedented part in his
+intercourse with his little companion.  Later, when he found himself
+talking with the youngster in a way in which few youngsters could ever
+have been talked with, he thought of that clumsy moment on the bench at
+Nice as the dawn of an understanding that had broadened.  What had added
+to the clumsiness then was that he thought it his duty to declare to
+Morgan that he might abuse him, Pemberton, as much as he liked, but must
+never abuse his parents.  To this Morgan had the easy retort that he
+hadn’t dreamed of abusing them; which appeared to be true: it put
+Pemberton in the wrong.
+
+“Then why am I a humbug for saying _I_ think them charming?” the young
+man asked, conscious of a certain rashness.
+
+“Well—they’re not your parents.”
+
+“They love you better than anything in the world—never forget that,” said
+Pemberton.
+
+“Is that why you like them so much?”
+
+“They’re very kind to me,” Pemberton replied evasively.
+
+“You _are_ a humbug!” laughed Morgan, passing an arm into his tutor’s.
+He leaned against him looking oft at the sea again and swinging his long
+thin legs.
+
+“Don’t kick my shins,” said Pemberton while he reflected “Hang it, I
+can’t complain of them to the child!”
+
+“There’s another reason, too,” Morgan went on, keeping his legs still.
+
+“Another reason for what?”
+
+“Besides their not being your parents.”
+
+“I don’t understand you,” said Pemberton.
+
+“Well, you will before long.  All right!”
+
+He did understand fully before long, but he made a fight even with
+himself before he confessed it.  He thought it the oddest thing to have a
+struggle with the child about.  He wondered he didn’t hate the hope of
+the Moreens for bringing the struggle on.  But by the time it began any
+such sentiment for that scion was closed to him.  Morgan was a special
+case, and to know him was to accept him on his own odd terms.  Pemberton
+had spent his aversion to special cases before arriving at knowledge.
+When at last he did arrive his quandary was great.  Against every
+interest he had attached himself.  They would have to meet things
+together.  Before they went home that evening at Nice the boy had said,
+clinging to his arm:
+
+“Well, at any rate you’ll hang on to the last.”
+
+“To the last?”
+
+“Till you’re fairly beaten.”
+
+“_You_ ought to be fairly beaten!” cried the young man, drawing him
+closer.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+
+A year after he had come to live with them Mr. and Mrs. Moreen suddenly
+gave up the villa at Nice.  Pemberton had got used to suddenness, having
+seen it practised on a considerable scale during two jerky little
+tours—one in Switzerland the first summer, and the other late in the
+winter, when they all ran down to Florence and then, at the end of ten
+days, liking it much less than they had intended, straggled back in
+mysterious depression.  They had returned to Nice “for ever,” as they
+said; but this didn’t prevent their squeezing, one rainy muggy May night,
+into a second-class railway-carriage—you could never tell by which class
+they would travel—where Pemberton helped them to stow away a wonderful
+collection of bundles and bags.  The explanation of this manœuvre was
+that they had determined to spend the summer “in some bracing place”; but
+in Paris they dropped into a small furnished apartment—a fourth floor in
+a third-rate avenue, where there was a smell on the staircase and the
+portier was hateful—and passed the next four months in blank indigence.
+
+The better part of this baffled sojourn was for the preceptor and his
+pupil, who, visiting the Invalides and Notre Dame, the Conciergerie and
+all the museums, took a hundred remunerative rambles.  They learned to
+know their Paris, which was useful, for they came back another year for a
+longer stay, the general character of which in Pemberton’s memory to-day
+mixes pitiably and confusedly with that of the first.  He sees Morgan’s
+shabby knickerbockers—the everlasting pair that didn’t match his blouse
+and that as he grew longer could only grow faded.  He remembers the
+particular holes in his three or four pair of coloured stockings.
+
+Morgan was dear to his mother, but he never was better dressed than was
+absolutely necessary—partly, no doubt, by his own fault, for he was as
+indifferent to his appearance as a German philosopher.  “My dear fellow,
+you _are_ coming to pieces,” Pemberton would say to him in sceptical
+remonstrance; to which the child would reply, looking at him serenely up
+and down: “My dear fellow, so are you!  I don’t want to cast you in the
+shade.”  Pemberton could have no rejoinder for this—the assertion so
+closely represented the fact.  If however the deficiencies of his own
+wardrobe were a chapter by themselves he didn’t like his little charge to
+look too poor.  Later he used to say “Well, if we’re poor, why, after
+all, shouldn’t we look it?” and he consoled himself with thinking there
+was something rather elderly and gentlemanly in Morgan’s disrepair—it
+differed from the untidiness of the urchin who plays and spoils his
+things.  He could trace perfectly the degrees by which, in proportion as
+her little son confined himself to his tutor for society, Mrs. Moreen
+shrewdly forbore to renew his garments.  She did nothing that didn’t
+show, neglected him because he escaped notice, and then, as he
+illustrated this clever policy, discouraged at home his public
+appearances.  Her position was logical enough—those members of her family
+who did show had to be showy.
+
+During this period and several others Pemberton was quite aware of how he
+and his comrade might strike people; wandering languidly through the
+Jardin des Plantes as if they had nowhere to go, sitting on the winter
+days in the galleries of the Louvre, so splendidly ironical to the
+homeless, as if for the advantage of the calorifère.  They joked about it
+sometimes: it was the sort of joke that was perfectly within the boy’s
+compass.  They figured themselves as part of the vast vague hand-to-mouth
+multitude of the enormous city and pretended they were proud of their
+position in it—it showed them “such a lot of life” and made them
+conscious of a democratic brotherhood.  If Pemberton couldn’t feel a
+sympathy in destitution with his small companion—for after all Morgan’s
+fond parents would never have let him really suffer—the boy would at
+least feel it with him, so it came to the same thing.  He used sometimes
+to wonder what people would think they were—to fancy they were looked
+askance at, as if it might be a suspected case of kidnapping.  Morgan
+wouldn’t be taken for a young patrician with a preceptor—he wasn’t smart
+enough; though he might pass for his companion’s sickly little brother.
+Now and then he had a five-franc piece, and except once, when they bought
+a couple of lovely neckties, one of which he made Pemberton accept, they
+laid it out scientifically in old books.  This was sure to be a great
+day, always spent on the quays, in a rummage of the dusty boxes that
+garnish the parapets.  Such occasions helped them to live, for their
+books ran low very soon after the beginning of their acquaintance.
+Pemberton had a good many in England, but he was obliged to write to a
+friend and ask him kindly to get some fellow to give him something for
+them.
+
+If they had to relinquish that summer the advantage of the bracing
+climate the young man couldn’t but suspect this failure of the cup when
+at their very lips to have been the effect of a rude jostle of his own.
+This had represented his first blow-out, as he called it, with his
+patrons; his first successful attempt—though there was little other
+success about it—to bring them to a consideration of his impossible
+position.  As the ostensible eve of a costly journey the moment had
+struck him as favourable to an earnest protest, the presentation of an
+ultimatum.  Ridiculous as it sounded, he had never yet been able to
+compass an uninterrupted private interview with the elder pair or with
+either of them singly.  They were always flanked by their elder children,
+and poor Pemberton usually had his own little charge at his side.  He was
+conscious of its being a house in which the surface of one’s delicacy got
+rather smudged; nevertheless he had preserved the bloom of his scruple
+against announcing to Mr. and Mrs. Moreen with publicity that he
+shouldn’t be able to go on longer without a little money.  He was still
+simple enough to suppose Ulick and Paula and Amy might not know that
+since his arrival he had only had a hundred and forty francs; and he was
+magnanimous enough to wish not to compromise their parents in their eyes.
+Mr. Moreen now listened to him, as he listened to every one and to every
+thing, like a man of the world, and seemed to appeal to him—though not of
+course too grossly—to try and be a little more of one himself.  Pemberton
+recognised in fact the importance of the character—from the advantage it
+gave Mr. Moreen.  He was not even confused or embarrassed, whereas the
+young man in his service was more so than there was any reason for.
+Neither was he surprised—at least any more than a gentleman had to be who
+freely confessed himself a little shocked—though not perhaps strictly at
+Pemberton.
+
+“We must go into this, mustn’t we, dear?” he said to his wife.  He
+assured his young friend that the matter should have his very best
+attention; and he melted into space as elusively as if, at the door, he
+were taking an inevitable but deprecatory precedence.  When, the next
+moment, Pemberton found himself alone with Mrs. Moreen it was to hear her
+say “I see, I see”—stroking the roundness of her chin and looking as if
+she were only hesitating between a dozen easy remedies.  If they didn’t
+make their push Mr. Moreen could at least disappear for several days.
+During his absence his wife took up the subject again spontaneously, but
+her contribution to it was merely that she had thought all the while they
+were getting on so beautifully.  Pemberton’s reply to this revelation was
+that unless they immediately put down something on account he would leave
+them on the spot and for ever.  He knew she would wonder how he would get
+away, and for a moment expected her to enquire.  She didn’t, for which he
+was almost grateful to her, so little was he in a position to tell.
+
+“You won’t, you _know_ you won’t—you’re too interested,” she said.  “You
+are interested, you know you are, you dear kind man!”  She laughed with
+almost condemnatory archness, as if it were a reproach—though she
+wouldn’t insist; and flirted a soiled pocket-handkerchief at him.
+
+Pemberton’s mind was fully made up to take his step the following week.
+This would give him time to get an answer to a letter he had despatched
+to England.  If he did in the event nothing of the sort—that is if he
+stayed another year and then went away only for three months—it was not
+merely because before the answer to his letter came (most unsatisfactory
+when it did arrive) Mr. Moreen generously counted out to him, and again
+with the sacrifice to “form” of a marked man of the world, three hundred
+francs in elegant ringing gold.  He was irritated to find that Mrs.
+Moreen was right, that he couldn’t at the pinch bear to leave the child.
+This stood out clearer for the very reason that, the night of his
+desperate appeal to his patrons, he had seen fully for the first time
+where he was.  Wasn’t it another proof of the success with which those
+patrons practised their arts that they had managed to avert for so long
+the illuminating flash?  It descended on our friend with a breadth of
+effect which perhaps would have struck a spectator as comical, after he
+had returned to his little servile room, which looked into a close court
+where a bare dirty opposite wall took, with the sound of shrill clatter,
+the reflexion of lighted back windows.  He had simply given himself away
+to a band of adventurers.  The idea, the word itself, wore a romantic
+horror for him—he had always lived on such safe lines.  Later it assumed
+a more interesting, almost a soothing, sense: it pointed a moral, and
+Pemberton could enjoy a moral.  The Moreens were adventurers not merely
+because they didn’t pay their debts, because they lived on society, but
+because their whole view of life, dim and confused and instinctive, like
+that of clever colour-blind animals, was speculative and rapacious and
+mean.  Oh they were “respectable,” and that only made them more immondes.
+The young man’s analysis, while he brooded, put it at last very
+simply—they were adventurers because they were toadies and snobs.  That
+was the completest account of them—it was the law of their being.  Even
+when this truth became vivid to their ingenious inmate he remained
+unconscious of how much his mind had been prepared for it by the
+extraordinary little boy who had now become such a complication in his
+life.  Much less could he then calculate on the information he was still
+to owe the extraordinary little boy.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+
+But it was during the ensuing time that the real problem came up—the
+problem of how far it was excusable to discuss the turpitude of parents
+with a child of twelve, of thirteen, of fourteen.  Absolutely inexcusable
+and quite impossible it of course at first appeared; and indeed the
+question didn’t press for some time after Pemberton had received his
+three hundred francs.  They produced a temporary lull, a relief from the
+sharpest pressure.  The young man frugally amended his wardrobe and even
+had a few francs in his pocket.  He thought the Moreens looked at him as
+if he were almost too smart, as if they ought to take care not to spoil
+him.  If Mr. Moreen hadn’t been such a man of the world he would perhaps
+have spoken of the freedom of such neckties on the part of a subordinate.
+But Mr. Moreen was always enough a man of the world to let things pass—he
+had certainly shown that.  It was singular how Pemberton guessed that
+Morgan, though saying nothing about it, knew something had happened.  But
+three hundred francs, especially when one owed money, couldn’t last for
+ever; and when the treasure was gone—the boy knew when it had
+failed—Morgan did break ground.  The party had returned to Nice at the
+beginning of the winter, but not to the charming villa.  They went to an
+hotel, where they stayed three months, and then moved to another
+establishment, explaining that they had left the first because, after
+waiting and waiting, they couldn’t get the rooms they wanted.  These
+apartments, the rooms they wanted, were generally very splendid; but
+fortunately they never _could_ get them—fortunately, I mean, for
+Pemberton, who reflected always that if they had got them there would
+have been a still scantier educational fund.  What Morgan said at last
+was said suddenly, irrelevantly, when the moment came, in the middle of a
+lesson, and consisted of the apparently unfeeling words: “You ought to
+filer, you know—you really ought.”
+
+Pemberton stared.  He had learnt enough French slang from Morgan to know
+that to filer meant to cut sticks.  “Ah my dear fellow, don’t turn me
+off!”
+
+Morgan pulled a Greek lexicon toward him—he used a Greek-German—to look
+out a word, instead of asking it of Pemberton.  “You can’t go on like
+this, you know.”
+
+“Like what, my boy?”
+
+“You know they don’t pay you up,” said Morgan, blushing and turning his
+leaves.
+
+“Don’t pay me?” Pemberton stared again and feigned amazement.  “What on
+earth put that into your head?”
+
+“It has been there a long time,” the boy replied rummaging his book.
+
+Pemberton was silent, then he went on: “I say, what are you hunting for?
+They pay me beautifully.”
+
+“I’m hunting for the Greek for awful whopper,” Morgan dropped.
+
+“Find that rather for gross impertinence and disabuse your mind.  What do
+I want of money?”
+
+“Oh that’s another question!”
+
+Pemberton wavered—he was drawn in different ways.  The severely correct
+thing would have been to tell the boy that such a matter was none of his
+business and bid him go on with his lines.  But they were really too
+intimate for that; it was not the way he was in the habit of treating
+him; there had been no reason it should be.  On the other hand Morgan had
+quite lighted on the truth—he really shouldn’t be able to keep it up much
+longer; therefore why not let him know one’s real motive for forsaking
+him?  At the same time it wasn’t decent to abuse to one’s pupil the
+family of one’s pupil; it was better to misrepresent than to do that.  So
+in reply to his comrade’s last exclamation he just declared, to dismiss
+the subject, that he had received several payments.
+
+“I say—I say!” the boy ejaculated, laughing.
+
+“That’s all right,” Pemberton insisted.  “Give me your written
+rendering.”
+
+Morgan pushed a copybook across the table, and he began to read the page,
+but with something running in his head that made it no sense.  Looking up
+after a minute or two he found the child’s eyes fixed on him and felt in
+them something strange.  Then Morgan said: “I’m not afraid of the stern
+reality.”
+
+“I haven’t yet seen the thing you _are_ afraid of—I’ll do you that
+justice!”
+
+This came out with a jump—it was perfectly true—and evidently gave Morgan
+pleasure.  “I’ve thought of it a long time,” he presently resumed.
+
+“Well, don’t think of it any more.”
+
+The boy appeared to comply, and they had a comfortable and even an
+amusing hour.  They had a theory that they were very thorough, and yet
+they seemed always to be in the amusing part of lessons, the intervals
+between the dull dark tunnels, where there were waysides and jolly views.
+Yet the morning was brought to a violent as end by Morgan’s suddenly
+leaning his arms on the table, burying his head in them and bursting into
+tears: at which Pemberton was the more startled that, as it then came
+over him, it was the first time he had ever seen the boy cry and that the
+impression was consequently quite awful.
+
+The next day, after much thought, he took a decision and, believing it to
+be just, immediately acted on it.  He cornered Mr. and Mrs. Moreen again
+and let them know that if on the spot they didn’t pay him all they owed
+him he wouldn’t only leave their house but would tell Morgan exactly what
+had brought him to it.
+
+“Oh you _haven’t_ told him?” cried Mrs. Moreen with a pacifying hand on
+her well-dressed bosom.
+
+“Without warning you?  For what do you take me?” the young man returned.
+
+Mr. and Mrs. Moreen looked at each other; he could see that they
+appreciated, as tending to their security, his superstition of delicacy,
+and yet that there was a certain alarm in their relief.  “My dear
+fellow,” Mr. Moreen demanded, “what use can you have, leading the quiet
+life we all do, for such a lot of money?”—a question to which Pemberton
+made no answer, occupied as he was in noting that what passed in the mind
+of his patrons was something like: “Oh then, if we’ve felt that the
+child, dear little angel, has judged us and how he regards us, and we
+haven’t been betrayed, he must have guessed—and in short it’s _general_!”
+an inference that rather stirred up Mr. and Mrs. Moreen, as Pemberton had
+desired it should.  At the same time, if he had supposed his threat would
+do something towards bringing them round, he was disappointed to find
+them taking for granted—how vulgar their perception _had_ been!—that he
+had already given them away.  There was a mystic uneasiness in their
+parental breasts, and that had been the inferior sense of it.  None the
+less however, his threat did touch them; for if they had escaped it was
+only to meet a new danger.  Mr. Moreen appealed to him, on every
+precedent, as a man of the world; but his wife had recourse, for the
+first time since his domestication with them, to a fine hauteur,
+reminding him that a devoted mother, with her child, had arts that
+protected her against gross misrepresentation.
+
+“I should misrepresent you grossly if I accused you of common honesty!”
+our friend replied; but as he closed the door behind him sharply,
+thinking he had not done himself much good, while Mr. Moreen lighted
+another cigarette, he heard his hostess shout after him more touchingly:
+
+“Oh you do, you _do_, put the knife to one’s throat!”
+
+The next morning, very early, she came to his room.  He recognised her
+knock, but had no hope she brought him money; as to which he was wrong,
+for she had fifty francs in her hand.  She squeezed forward in her
+dressing-gown, and he received her in his own, between his bath-tub and
+his bed.  He had been tolerably schooled by this time to the “foreign
+ways” of his hosts.  Mrs. Moreen was ardent, and when she was ardent she
+didn’t care what she did; so she now sat down on his bed, his clothes
+being on the chairs, and, in her preoccupation, forgot, as she glanced
+round, to be ashamed of giving him such a horrid room.  What Mrs.
+Moreen’s ardour now bore upon was the design of persuading him that in
+the first place she was very good-natured to bring him fifty francs, and
+that in the second, if he would only see it, he was really too absurd to
+expect to be paid.  Wasn’t he paid enough without perpetual money—wasn’t
+he paid by the comfortable luxurious home he enjoyed with them all,
+without a care, an anxiety, a solitary want?  Wasn’t he sure of his
+position, and wasn’t that everything to a young man like him, quite
+unknown, with singularly little to show, the ground of whose exorbitant
+pretensions it had never been easy to discover?  Wasn’t he paid above all
+by the sweet relation he had established with Morgan—quite ideal as from
+master to pupil—and by the simple privilege of knowing and living with so
+amazingly gifted a child; than whom really (and she meant literally what
+she said) there was no better company in Europe?  Mrs. Moreen herself
+took to appealing to him as a man of the world; she said “Voyons, mon
+cher,” and “My dear man, look here now”; and urged him to be reasonable,
+putting it before him that it was truly a chance for him.  She spoke as
+if, according as he _should_ be reasonable, he would prove himself worthy
+to be her son’s tutor and of the extraordinary confidence they had placed
+in him.
+
+After all, Pemberton reflected, it was only a difference of theory and
+the theory didn’t matter much.  They had hitherto gone on that of
+remunerated, as now they would go on that of gratuitous, service; but why
+should they have so many words about it?  Mrs. Moreen at all events
+continued to be convincing; sitting there with her fifty francs she
+talked and reiterated, as women reiterate, and bored and irritated him,
+while he leaned against the wall with his hands in the pockets of his
+wrapper, drawing it together round his legs and looking over the head of
+his visitor at the grey negations of his window.  She wound up with
+saying: “You see I bring you a definite proposal.”
+
+“A definite proposal?”
+
+“To make our relations regular, as it were—to put them on a comfortable
+footing.”
+
+“I see—it’s a system,” said Pemberton.  “A kind of organised blackmail.”
+
+Mrs. Moreen bounded up, which was exactly what he wanted.  “What do you
+mean by that?”
+
+“You practise on one’s fears—one’s fears about the child if one should go
+away.”
+
+“And pray what would happen to him in that event?” she demanded, with
+majesty.
+
+“Why he’d be alone with _you_.”
+
+“And pray with whom _should_ a child be but with those whom he loves
+most?”
+
+“If you think that, why don’t you dismiss me?”
+
+“Do you pretend he loves you more than he loves _us_?” cried Mrs. Moreen.
+
+“I think he ought to.  I make sacrifices for him.  Though I’ve heard of
+those _you_ make I don’t see them.”
+
+Mrs. Moreen stared a moment; then with emotion she grasped her inmate’s
+hand.  “_Will_ you make it—the sacrifice?”
+
+He burst out laughing.  “I’ll see.  I’ll do what I can.  I’ll stay a
+little longer.  Your calculation’s just—I _do_ hate intensely to give him
+up; I’m fond of him and he thoroughly interests me, in spite of the
+inconvenience I suffer.  You know my situation perfectly.  I haven’t a
+penny in the world and, occupied as you see me with Morgan, am unable to
+earn money.”
+
+Mrs. Moreen tapped her undressed arm with her folded bank-note.  “Can’t
+you write articles?  Can’t you translate as _I_ do?”
+
+“I don’t know about translating; it’s wretchedly paid.”
+
+“I’m glad to earn what I can,” said Mrs. Moreen with prodigious virtue.
+
+“You ought to tell me who you do it for.”  Pemberton paused a moment, and
+she said nothing; so he added: “I’ve tried to turn off some little
+sketches, but the magazines won’t have them—they’re declined with
+thanks.”
+
+“You see then you’re not such a phœnix,” his visitor pointedly smiled—“to
+pretend to abilities you’re sacrificing for our sake.”
+
+“I haven’t time to do things properly,” he ruefully went on.  Then as it
+came over him that he was almost abjectly good-natured to give these
+explanations he added: “If I stay on longer it must be on one
+condition—that Morgan shall know distinctly on what footing I am.”
+
+Mrs. Moreen demurred.  “Surely you don’t want to show off to a child?”
+
+“To show _you_ off, do you mean?”
+
+Again she cast about, but this time it was to produce a still finer
+flower.  “And _you_ talk of blackmail!”
+
+“You can easily prevent it,” said Pemberton.
+
+“And _you_ talk of practising on fears,” she bravely pushed on.
+
+“Yes, there’s no doubt I’m a great scoundrel.”
+
+His patroness met his eyes—it was clear she was in straits.  Then she
+thrust out her money at him.  “Mr. Moreen desired me to give you this on
+account.”
+
+“I’m much obliged to Mr. Moreen, but we _have_ no account.”
+
+“You won’t take it?”
+
+“That leaves me more free,” said Pemberton.
+
+“To poison my darling’s mind?” groaned Mrs. Moreen.
+
+“Oh your darling’s mind—!” the young man laughed.
+
+She fixed him a moment, and he thought she was going to break out
+tormentedly, pleadingly: “For God’s sake, tell me what _is_ in it!”  But
+she checked this impulse—another was stronger.  She pocketed the
+money—the crudity of the alternative was comical—and swept out of the
+room with the desperate concession: “You may tell him any horror you
+like!”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+
+A couple of days after this, during which he had failed to profit by so
+free a permission, he had been for a quarter of an hour walking with his
+charge in silence when the boy became sociable again with the remark:
+“I’ll tell you how I know it; I know it through Zénobie.”
+
+“Zénobie?  Who in the world is _she_?”
+
+“A nurse I used to have—ever so many years ago.  A charming woman.  I
+liked her awfully, and she liked me.”
+
+“There’s no accounting for tastes.  What is it you know through her?”
+
+“Why what their idea is.  She went away because they didn’t fork out.
+She did like me awfully, and she stayed two years.  She told me all about
+it—that at last she could never get her wages.  As soon as they saw how
+much she liked me they stopped giving her anything.  They thought she’d
+stay for nothing—just _because_, don’t you know?”  And Morgan had a queer
+little conscious lucid look.  “She did stay ever so long—as long an she
+could.  She was only a poor girl.  She used to send money to her mother.
+At last she couldn’t afford it any longer, and went away in a fearful
+rage one night—I mean of course in a rage against _them_.  She cried over
+me tremendously, she hugged me nearly to death.  She told me all about
+it,” the boy repeated.  “She told me it was their idea.  So I guessed,
+ever so long ago, that they have had the same idea with you.”
+
+“Zénobie was very sharp,” said Pemberton.  “And she made you so.”
+
+“Oh that wasn’t Zénobie; that was nature.  And experience!” Morgan
+laughed.
+
+“Well, Zénobie was a part of your experience.”
+
+“Certainly I was a part of hers, poor dear!” the boy wisely sighed.  “And
+I’m part of yours.”
+
+“A very important part.  But I don’t see how you know that I’ve been
+treated like Zénobie.”
+
+“Do you take me for the biggest dunce you’ve known?” Morgan asked.
+“Haven’t I been conscious of what we’ve been through together?”
+
+“What we’ve been through?”
+
+“Our privations—our dark days.”
+
+“Oh our days have been bright enough.”
+
+Morgan went on in silence for a moment.  Then he said: “My dear chap,
+you’re a hero!”
+
+“Well, you’re another!” Pemberton retorted.
+
+“No I’m not, but I ain’t a baby.  I won’t stand it any longer.  You must
+get some occupation that pays.  I’m ashamed, I’m ashamed!” quavered the
+boy with a ring of passion, like some high silver note from a small
+cathedral cloister, that deeply touched his friend.
+
+“We ought to go off and live somewhere together,” the young man said.
+
+“I’ll go like a shot if you’ll take me.”
+
+“I’d get some work that would keep us both afloat,” Pemberton continued.
+
+“So would I.  Why shouldn’t I work?  I ain’t such a beastly little muff
+as that comes to.”
+
+“The difficulty is that your parents wouldn’t hear of it.  They’d never
+part with you; they worship the ground you tread on.  Don’t you see the
+proof of it?” Pemberton developed.  “They don’t dislike me; they wish me
+no harm; they’re very amiable people; but they’re perfectly ready to
+expose me to any awkwardness in life for your sake.”
+
+The silence in which Morgan received his fond sophistry struck Pemberton
+somehow as expressive.  After a moment the child repeated: “You are a
+hero!”  Then he added: “They leave me with you altogether.  You’ve all
+the responsibility.  They put me off on you from morning till night.  Why
+then should they object to my taking up with you completely?  I’d help
+you.”
+
+“They’re not particularly keen about my being helped, and they delight in
+thinking of you as _theirs_.  They’re tremendously proud of you.”
+
+“I’m not proud of _them_.  But you know that,” Morgan returned.
+
+“Except for the little matter we speak of they’re charming people,” said
+Pemberton, not taking up the point made for his intelligence, but
+wondering greatly at the boy’s own, and especially at this fresh reminder
+of something he had been conscious of from the first—the strangest thing
+in his friend’s large little composition, a temper, a sensibility, even a
+private ideal, which made him as privately disown the stuff his people
+were made of.  Morgan had in secret a small loftiness which made him
+acute about betrayed meanness; as well as a critical sense for the
+manners immediately surrounding him that was quite without precedent in a
+juvenile nature, especially when one noted that it had not made this
+nature “old-fashioned,” as the word is of children—quaint or wizened or
+offensive.  It was as if he had been a little gentleman and had paid the
+penalty by discovering that he was the only such person in his family.
+This comparison didn’t make him vain, but it could make him melancholy
+and a trifle austere.  While Pemberton guessed at these dim young things,
+shadows of shadows, he was partly drawn on and partly checked, as for a
+scruple, by the charm of attempting to sound the little cool shallows
+that were so quickly growing deeper.  When he tried to figure to himself
+the morning twilight of childhood, so as to deal with it safely, he saw
+it was never fixed, never arrested, that ignorance, at the instant he
+touched it, was already flushing faintly into knowledge, that there was
+nothing that at a given moment you could say an intelligent child didn’t
+know.  It seemed to him that he himself knew too much to imagine Morgan’s
+simplicity and too little to disembroil his tangle.
+
+The boy paid no heed to his last remark; he only went on: “I’d have
+spoken to them about their idea, as I call it, long ago, if I hadn’t been
+sure what they’d say.”
+
+“And what would they say?”
+
+“Just what they said about what poor Zénobie told me—that it was a horrid
+dreadful story, that they had paid her every penny they owed her.”
+
+“Well, perhaps they had,” said Pemberton.
+
+“Perhaps they’ve paid you!”
+
+“Let us pretend they have, and n’en parlons plus.”
+
+“They accused her of lying and cheating”—Morgan stuck to historic truth.
+“That’s why I don’t want to speak to them.”
+
+“Lest they should accuse me, too?”  To this Morgan made no answer, and
+his companion, looking down at him—the boy turned away his eyes, which
+had filled—saw what he couldn’t have trusted himself to utter.  “You’re
+right.  Don’t worry them,” Pemberton pursued.  “Except for that, they
+_are_ charming people.”
+
+“Except for _their_ lying and _their_ cheating?”
+
+“I say—I say!” cried Pemberton, imitating a little tone of the lad’s
+which was itself an imitation.
+
+“We must be frank, at the last; we _must_ come to an understanding,” said
+Morgan with the importance of the small boy who lets himself think he is
+arranging great affairs—almost playing at shipwreck or at Indians.  “I
+know all about everything.”
+
+“I dare say your father has his reasons,” Pemberton replied, but too
+vaguely, as he was aware.
+
+“For lying and cheating?”
+
+“For saving and managing and turning his means to the best account.  He
+has plenty to do with his money.  You’re an expensive family.”
+
+“Yes, I’m very expensive,” Morgan concurred in a manner that made his
+preceptor burst out laughing.
+
+“He’s saving for _you_,” said Pemberton.  “They think of you in
+everything they do.”
+
+“He might, while he’s about it, save a little—”  The boy paused, and his
+friend waited to hear what.  Then Morgan brought out oddly: “A little
+reputation.”
+
+“Oh there’s plenty of that.  That’s all right!”
+
+“Enough of it for the people they know, no doubt.  The people they know
+are awful.”
+
+“Do you mean the princes?  We mustn’t abuse the princes.”
+
+“Why not?  They haven’t married Paula—they haven’t married Amy.  They
+only clean out Ulick.”
+
+“You _do_ know everything!” Pemberton declared.
+
+“No, I don’t, after all.  I don’t know what they live on, or how they
+live, or _why_ they live!  What have they got and how did they get it?
+Are they rich, are they poor, or have they a modeste aisance?  Why are
+they always chiveying me about—living one year like ambassadors and the
+next like paupers?  Who are they, any way, and what are they?  I’ve
+thought of all that—I’ve thought of a lot of things.  They’re so beastly
+worldly.  That’s what I hate most—oh, I’ve _seen_ it!  All they care
+about is to make an appearance and to pass for something or other.  What
+the dickens do they want to pass for?  What _do_ they, Mr. Pemberton?”
+
+“You pause for a reply,” said Pemberton, treating the question as a joke,
+yet wondering too and greatly struck with his mate’s intense if imperfect
+vision.  “I haven’t the least idea.”
+
+“And what good does it do?  Haven’t I seen the way people treat them—the
+‘nice’ people, the ones they want to know?  They’ll take anything from
+them—they’ll lie down and be trampled on.  The nice ones hate that—they
+just sicken them.  You’re the only really nice person we know.”
+
+“Are you sure?  They don’t lie down for me!”
+
+“Well, you shan’t lie down for them.  You’ve got to go—that’s what you’ve
+got to do,” said Morgan.
+
+“And what will become of you?”
+
+“Oh I’m growing up.  I shall get off before long.  I’ll see you later.”
+
+“You had better let me finish you,” Pemberton urged, lending himself to
+the child’s strange superiority.
+
+Morgan stopped in their walk, looking up at him.  He had to look up much
+less than a couple of years before—he had grown, in his loose leanness,
+so long and high.  “Finish me?” he echoed.
+
+“There are such a lot of jolly things we can do together yet.  I want to
+turn you out—I want you to do me credit.”
+
+Morgan continued to look at him.  “To give you credit—do you mean?”
+
+“My dear fellow, you’re too clever to live.”
+
+“That’s just what I’m afraid you think.  No, no; it isn’t fair—I can’t
+endure it.  We’ll separate next week.  The sooner it’s over the sooner to
+sleep.”
+
+“If I hear of anything—any other chance—I promise to go,” Pemberton said.
+
+Morgan consented to consider this.  “But you’ll be honest,” he demanded;
+“you won’t pretend you haven’t heard?”
+
+“I’m much more likely to pretend I have.”
+
+“But what can you hear of, this way, stuck in a hole with us?  You ought
+to be on the spot, to go to England—you ought to go to America.”
+
+“One would think you were _my_ tutor!” said Pemberton.
+
+Morgan walked on and after a little had begun again: “Well, now that you
+know I know and that we look at the facts and keep nothing back—it’s much
+more comfortable, isn’t it?”
+
+“My dear boy, it’s so amusing, so interesting, that it will surely be
+quite impossible for me to forego such hours as these.”
+
+This made Morgan stop once more.  “You _do_ keep something back.  Oh
+you’re not straight—_I_ am!”
+
+“How am I not straight?”
+
+“Oh you’ve got your idea!”
+
+“My idea?”
+
+“Why that I probably shan’t make old—make older—bones, and that you can
+stick it out till I’m removed.”
+
+“You _are_ too clever to live!” Pemberton repeated.
+
+“I call it a mean idea,” Morgan pursued.  “But I shall punish you by the
+way I hang on.”
+
+“Look out or I’ll poison you!” Pemberton laughed.
+
+“I’m stronger and better every year.  Haven’t you noticed that there
+hasn’t been a doctor near me since you came?”
+
+“_I’m_ your doctor,” said the young man, taking his arm and drawing him
+tenderly on again.
+
+Morgan proceeded and after a few steps gave a sigh of mingled weariness
+and relief.  “Ah now that we look at the facts it’s all right!”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+
+They looked at the facts a good deal after this and one of the first
+consequences of their doing so was that Pemberton stuck it out, in his
+friend’s parlance, for the purpose.  Morgan made the facts so vivid and
+so droll, and at the same time so bald and so ugly, that there was
+fascination in talking them over with him, just as there would have been
+heartlessness in leaving him alone with them.  Now that the pair had such
+perceptions in common it was useless for them to pretend they didn’t
+judge such people; but the very judgement and the exchange of perceptions
+created another tie.  Morgan had never been so interesting as now that he
+himself was made plainer by the sidelight of these confidences.  What
+came out in it most was the small fine passion of his pride.  He had
+plenty of that, Pemberton felt—so much that one might perhaps wisely wish
+for it some early bruises.  He would have liked his people to have a
+spirit and had waked up to the sense of their perpetually eating
+humble-pie.  His mother would consume any amount, and his father would
+consume even more than his mother.  He had a theory that Ulick had
+wriggled out of an “affair” at Nice: there had once been a flurry at
+home, a regular panic, after which they all went to bed and took
+medicine, not to be accounted for on any other supposition.  Morgan had a
+romantic imagination, led by poetry and history, and he would have liked
+those who “bore his name”—as he used to say to Pemberton with the humour
+that made his queer delicacies manly—to carry themselves with an air.
+But their one idea was to get in with people who didn’t want them and to
+take snubs as it they were honourable scars.  Why people didn’t want them
+more he didn’t know—that was people’s own affair; after all they weren’t
+superficially repulsive, they were a hundred times cleverer than most of
+the dreary grandees, the “poor swells” they rushed about Europe to catch
+up with.  “After all they _are_ amusing—they are!” he used to pronounce
+with the wisdom of the ages.  To which Pemberton always replied:
+“Amusing—the great Moreen troupe?  Why they’re altogether delightful; and
+if it weren’t for the hitch that you and I (feeble performers!) make in
+the ensemble they’d carry everything before them.”
+
+What the boy couldn’t get over was the fact that this particular blight
+seemed, in a tradition of self-respect, so undeserved and so arbitrary.
+No doubt people had a right to take the line they liked; but why should
+his people have liked the line of pushing and toadying and lying and
+cheating?  What had their forefathers—all decent folk, so far as he
+knew—done to them, or what had he done to them?  Who had poisoned their
+blood with the fifth-rate social ideal, the fixed idea of making smart
+acquaintances and getting into the monde chic, especially when it was
+foredoomed to failure and exposure?  They showed so what they were after;
+that was what made the people they wanted not want _them_.  And never a
+wince for dignity, never a throb of shame at looking each other in the
+face, never any independence or resentment or disgust.  If his father or
+his brother would only knock some one down once or twice a year!  Clever
+as they were they never guessed the impression they made.  They were
+good-natured, yes—as good-natured as Jews at the doors of clothing-shops!
+But was that the model one wanted one’s family to follow?  Morgan had dim
+memories of an old grandfather, the maternal, in New York, whom he had
+been taken across the ocean at the age of five to see: a gentleman with a
+high neck-cloth and a good deal of pronunciation, who wore a dress-coat
+in the morning, which made one wonder what he wore in the evening, and
+had, or was supposed to have “property” and something to do with the
+Bible Society.  It couldn’t have been but that he was a good type.
+Pemberton himself remembered Mrs. Clancy, a widowed sister of Mr.
+Moreen’s, who was as irritating as a moral tale and had paid a
+fortnight’s visit to the family at Nice shortly after he came to live
+with them.  She was “pure and refined,” as Amy said over the banjo, and
+had the air of not knowing what they meant when they talked, and of
+keeping something rather important back.  Pemberton judged that what she
+kept back was an approval of many of their ways; therefore it was to be
+supposed that she too was of a good type, and that Mr. and Mrs. Moreen
+and Ulick and Paula and Amy might easily have been of a better one if
+they would.
+
+But that they wouldn’t was more and more perceptible from day to day.
+They continued to “chivey,” as Morgan called it, and in due time became
+aware of a variety of reasons for proceeding to Venice.  They mentioned a
+great many of them—they were always strikingly frank and had the
+brightest friendly chatter, at the late foreign breakfast in especial,
+before the ladies had made up their faces, when they leaned their arms on
+the table, had something to follow the demitasse, and, in the heat of
+familiar discussion as to what they “really ought” to do, fell inevitably
+into the languages in which they could tutoyer.  Even Pemberton liked
+them then; he could endure even Ulick when he heard him give his little
+flat voice for the “sweet sea-city.”  That was what made him have a
+sneaking kindness for them—that they were so out of the workaday world
+and kept him so out of it.  The summer had waned when, with cries of
+ecstasy, they all passed out on the balcony that overhung the Grand
+Canal.  The sunsets then were splendid and the Dorringtons had arrived.
+The Dorringtons were the only reason they hadn’t talked of at breakfast;
+but the reasons they didn’t talk of at breakfast always came out in the
+end.  The Dorringtons on the other hand came out very little; or else
+when they did they stayed—as was natural—for hours, during which periods
+Mrs. Moreen and the girls sometimes called at their hotel (to see if they
+had returned) as many as three times running.  The gondola was for the
+ladies, as in Venice too there were “days,” which Mrs. Moreen knew in
+their order an hour after she arrived.  She immediately took one herself,
+to which the Dorringtons never came, though on a certain occasion when
+Pemberton and his pupil were together at St. Mark’s—where, taking the
+best walks they had ever had and haunting a hundred churches, they spent
+a great deal of time—they saw the old lord turn up with Mr. Moreen and
+Ulick, who showed him the dim basilica as if it belonged to them.
+Pemberton noted how much less, among its curiosities, Lord Dorrington
+carried himself as a man of the world; wondering too whether, for such
+services, his companions took a fee from him.  The autumn at any rate
+waned, the Dorringtons departed, and Lord Verschoyle, the eldest son, had
+proposed neither for Amy nor for Paula.
+
+One sad November day, while the wind roared round the old palace and the
+rain lashed the lagoon, Pemberton, for exercise and even somewhat for
+warmth—the Moreens were horribly frugal about fires; it was a cause of
+suffering to their inmate—walked up and down the big bare sala with his
+pupil.  The scagliola floor was cold, the high battered casements shook
+in the storm, and the stately decay of the place was unrelieved by a
+particle of furniture.  Pemberton’s spirits were low, and it came over
+him that the fortune of the Moreens was now even lower.  A blast of
+desolation, a portent of disgrace and disaster, seemed to draw through
+the comfortless hall.  Mr. Moreen and Ulick were in the Piazza, looking
+out for something, strolling drearily, in mackintoshes, under the
+arcades; but still, in spite of mackintoshes, unmistakeable men of the
+world.  Paula and Amy were in bed—it might have been thought they were
+staying there to keep warm.  Pemberton looked askance at the boy at his
+side, to see to what extent he was conscious of these dark omens.  But
+Morgan, luckily for him, was now mainly conscious of growing taller and
+stronger and indeed of being in his fifteenth year.  This fact was
+intensely interesting to him and the basis of a private theory—which,
+however, he had imparted to his tutor—that in a little while he should
+stand on his own feet.  He considered that the situation would
+change—that in short he should be “finished,” grown up, producible in the
+world of affairs and ready to prove himself of sterling ability.  Sharply
+as he was capable at times of analysing, as he called it, his life, there
+were happy hours when he remained, as he also called it—and as the name,
+really, of their right ideal—“jolly” superficial; the proof of which was
+his fundamental assumption that he should presently go to Oxford, to
+Pemberton’s college, and, aided and abetted by Pemberton, do the most
+wonderful things.  It depressed the young man to see how little in such a
+project he took account of ways and means: in other connexions he mostly
+kept to the measure.  Pemberton tried to imagine the Moreens at Oxford
+and fortunately failed; yet unless they were to adopt it as a residence
+there would be no modus vivendi for Morgan.  How could he live without an
+allowance, and where was the allowance to come from?  He, Pemberton,
+might live on Morgan; but how could Morgan live on _him_?  What was to
+become of him anyhow?  Somehow the fact that he was a big boy now, with
+better prospects of health, made the question of his future more
+difficult.  So long as he was markedly frail the great consideration he
+inspired seemed enough of an answer to it.  But at the bottom of
+Pemberton’s heart was the recognition of his probably being strong enough
+to live and not yet strong enough to struggle or to thrive.  Morgan
+himself at any rate was in the first flush of the rosiest consciousness
+of adolescence, so that the beating of the tempest seemed to him after
+all but the voice of life and the challenge of fate.  He had on his
+shabby little overcoat, with the collar up, but was enjoying his walk.
+
+It was interrupted at last by the appearance of his mother at the end of
+the sala.  She beckoned him to come to her, and while Pemberton saw him,
+complaisant, pass down the long vista and over the damp false marble, he
+wondered what was in the air.  Mrs. Moreen said a word to the boy and
+made him go into the room she had quitted.  Then, having closed the door
+after him, she directed her steps swiftly to Pemberton.  There was
+something in the air, but his wildest flight of fancy wouldn’t have
+suggested what it proved to be.  She signified that she had made a
+pretext to get Morgan out of the way, and then she enquired—without
+hesitation—if the young man could favour her with the loan of three
+louis.  While, before bursting into a laugh, he stared at her with
+surprise, she declared that she was awfully pressed for the money; she
+was desperate for it—it would save her life.
+
+“Dear lady, c’est trop fort!”  Pemberton laughed in the manner and with
+the borrowed grace of idiom that marked the best colloquial, the best
+anecdotic, moments of his friends themselves.  “Where in the world do you
+suppose I should get three louis, du train dont vous allez?”
+
+“I thought you worked—wrote things.  Don’t they pay you?”
+
+“Not a penny.”
+
+“Are you such a fool as to work for nothing?”
+
+“You ought surely to know that.”
+
+Mrs. Moreen stared, then she coloured a little.  Pemberton saw she had
+quite forgotten the terms—if “terms” they could be called—that he had
+ended by accepting from herself; they had burdened her memory as little
+as her conscience.  “Oh yes, I see what you mean—you’ve been very nice
+about that; but why drag it in so often?”  She had been perfectly urbane
+with him ever since the rough scene of explanation in his room the
+morning he made her accept _his_ “terms”—the necessity of his making his
+case known to Morgan.  She had felt no resentment after seeing there was
+no danger Morgan would take the matter up with her.  Indeed, attributing
+this immunity to the good taste of his influence with the boy, she had
+once said to Pemberton “My dear fellow, it’s an immense comfort you’re a
+gentleman.”  She repeated this in substance now.  “Of course you’re a
+gentleman—that’s a bother the less!”  Pemberton reminded her that he had
+not “dragged in” anything that wasn’t already in as much as his foot was
+in his shoe; and she also repeated her prayer that, somewhere and
+somehow, he would find her sixty francs.  He took the liberty of hinting
+that if he could find them it wouldn’t be to lend them to _her_—as to
+which he consciously did himself injustice, knowing that if he had them
+he would certainly put them at her disposal.  He accused himself, at
+bottom and not unveraciously, of a fantastic, a demoralised sympathy with
+her.  If misery made strange bedfellows it also made strange sympathies.
+It was moreover a part of the abasement of living with such people that
+one had to make vulgar retorts, quite out of one’s own tradition of good
+manners.  “Morgan, Morgan, to what pass have I come for you?” he groaned
+while Mrs. Moreen floated voluminously down the sala again to liberate
+the boy, wailing as she went that everything was too odious.
+
+Before their young friend was liberated there came a thump at the door
+communicating with the staircase, followed by the apparition of a
+dripping youth who poked in his head.  Pemberton recognised him as the
+bearer of a telegram and recognised the telegram as addressed to himself.
+Morgan came back as, after glancing at the signature—that of a relative
+in London—he was reading the words: “Found a jolly job for you,
+engagement to coach opulent youth on own terms.  Come at once.”  The
+answer happily was paid and the messenger waited.  Morgan, who had drawn
+near, waited too and looked hard at Pemberton; and Pemberton, after a
+moment, having met his look, handed him the telegram.  It was really by
+wise looks—they knew each other so well now—that, while the
+telegraph-boy, in his waterproof cape, made a great puddle on the floor,
+the thing was settled between them.  Pemberton wrote the answer with a
+pencil against the frescoed wall, and the messenger departed.  When he
+had gone the young man explained himself.
+
+“I’ll make a tremendous charge; I’ll earn a lot of money in a short time,
+and we’ll live on it.”
+
+“Well, I hope the opulent youth will be a dismal dunce—he probably will—”
+Morgan parenthesised—“and keep you a long time a-hammering of it in.”
+
+“Of course the longer he keeps me the more we shall have for our old
+age.”
+
+“But suppose _they_ don’t pay you!” Morgan awfully suggested.
+
+“Oh there are not two such—!”  But Pemberton pulled up; he had been on
+the point of using too invidious a term.  Instead of this he said “Two
+such fatalities.”
+
+Morgan flushed—the tears came to his eyes.  “Dites toujours two such
+rascally crews!”  Then in a different tone he added: “Happy opulent
+youth!”
+
+“Not if he’s a dismal dunce.”
+
+“Oh they’re happier then.  But you can’t have everything, can you?” the
+boy smiled.
+
+Pemberton held him fast, hands on his shoulders—he had never loved him
+so.  “What will become of you, what will you do?”  He thought of Mrs.
+Moreen, desperate for sixty francs.
+
+“I shall become an homme fait.”  And then as if he recognised all the
+bearings of Pemberton’s allusion: “I shall get on with them better when
+you’re not here.”
+
+“Ah don’t say that—it sounds as if I set you against them!”
+
+“You do—the sight of you.  It’s all right; you know what I mean.  I shall
+be beautiful.  I’ll take their affairs in hand; I’ll marry my sisters.”
+
+“You’ll marry yourself!” joked Pemberton; as high, rather tense
+pleasantry would evidently be the right, or the safest, tone for their
+separation.
+
+It was, however, not purely in this strain that Morgan suddenly asked:
+“But I say—how will you get to your jolly job?  You’ll have to telegraph
+to the opulent youth for money to come on.”
+
+Pemberton bethought himself.  “They won’t like that, will they?”
+
+“Oh look out for them!”
+
+Then Pemberton brought out his remedy.  “I’ll go to the American Consul;
+I’ll borrow some money of him—just for the few days, on the strength of
+the telegram.”
+
+Morgan was hilarious.  “Show him the telegram—then collar the money and
+stay!”
+
+Pemberton entered into the joke sufficiently to reply that for Morgan he
+was really capable of that; but the boy, growing more serious, and to
+prove he hadn’t meant what he said, not only hurried him off to the
+Consulate—since he was to start that evening, as he had wired to his
+friend—but made sure of their affair by going with him.  They splashed
+through the tortuous perforations and over the humpbacked bridges, and
+they passed through the Piazza, where they saw Mr. Moreen and Ulick go
+into a jeweller’s shop.  The Consul proved accommodating—Pemberton said
+it wasn’t the letter, but Morgan’s grand air—and on their way back they
+went into Saint Mark’s for a hushed ten minutes.  Later they took up and
+kept up the fun of it to the very end; and it seemed to Pemberton a part
+of that fun that Mrs. Moreen, who was very angry when he had announced
+her his intention, should charge him, grotesquely and vulgarly and in
+reference to the loan she had vainly endeavoured to effect, with bolting
+lest they should “get something out” of him.  On the other hand he had to
+do Mr. Moreen and Ulick the justice to recognise that when on coming in
+they heard the cruel news they took it like perfect men of the world.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+
+When he got at work with the opulent youth, who was to be taken in hand
+for Balliol, he found himself unable to say if this aspirant had really
+such poor parts or if the appearance were only begotten of his own long
+association with an intensely living little mind.  From Morgan he heard
+half a dozen times: the boy wrote charming young letters, a patchwork of
+tongues, with indulgent postscripts in the family Volapuk and, in little
+squares and rounds and crannies of the text, the drollest
+illustrations—letters that he was divided between the impulse to show his
+present charge as a vain, a wasted incentive, and the sense of something
+in them that publicity would profane.  The opulent youth went up in due
+course and failed to pass; but it seemed to add to the presumption that
+brilliancy was not expected of him all at once that his parents,
+condoning the lapse, which they good-naturedly treated as little as
+possible as if it were Pemberton’s, should have sounded the rally again,
+begged the young coach to renew the siege.
+
+The young coach was now in a position to lend Mrs. Moreen three louis,
+and he sent her a post-office order even for a larger amount.  In return
+for this favour he received a frantic scribbled line from her: “Implore
+you to come back instantly—Morgan dreadfully ill.”  They were on there
+rebound, once more in Paris—often as Pemberton had seen them depressed he
+had never seen them crushed—and communication was therefore rapid.  He
+wrote to the boy to ascertain the state of his health, but awaited the
+answer in vain.  He accordingly, after three days, took an abrupt leave
+of the opulent youth and, crossing the Channel, alighted at the small
+hotel, in the quarter of the Champs Elysées, of which Mrs. Moreen had
+given him the address.  A deep if dumb dissatisfaction with this lady and
+her companions bore him company: they couldn’t be vulgarly honest, but
+they could live at hotels, in velvety entresols, amid a smell of burnt
+pastilles, surrounded by the most expensive city in Europe.  When he had
+left them in Venice it was with an irrepressible suspicion that something
+was going to happen; but the only thing that could have taken place was
+again their masterly retreat.  “How is he? where is he?” he asked of Mrs.
+Moreen; but before she could speak these questions were answered by the
+pressure round hid neck of a pair of arms, in shrunken sleeves, which
+still were perfectly capable of an effusive young foreign squeeze.
+
+“Dreadfully ill—I don’t see it!” the young man cried.  And then to
+Morgan: “Why on earth didn’t you relieve me?  Why didn’t you answer my
+letter?”
+
+Mrs. Moreen declared that when she wrote he was very bad, and Pemberton
+learned at the same time from the boy that he had answered every letter
+he had received.  This led to the clear inference that Pemberton’s note
+had been kept from him so that the game practised should not be
+interfered with.  Mrs. Moreen was prepared to see the fact exposed, as
+Pemberton saw the moment he faced her that she was prepared for a good
+many other things.  She was prepared above all to maintain that she had
+acted from a sense of duty, that she was enchanted she had got him over,
+whatever they might say, and that it was useless of him to pretend he
+didn’t know in all his bones that his place at such a time was with
+Morgan.  He had taken the boy away from them and now had no right to
+abandon him.  He had created for himself the gravest responsibilities and
+must at least abide by what he had done.
+
+“Taken him away from you?” Pemberton exclaimed indignantly.
+
+“Do it—do it for pity’s sake; that’s just what I want.  I can’t stand
+_this_—and such scenes.  They’re awful frauds—poor dears!”  These words
+broke from Morgan, who had intermitted his embrace, in a key which made
+Pemberton turn quickly to him and see that he had suddenly seated
+himself, was breathing in great pain, and was very pale.
+
+“_Now_ do you say he’s not in a state, my precious pet?” shouted his
+mother, dropping on her knees before him with clasped hands, but touching
+him no more than if he had been a gilded idol.  “It will pass—it’s only
+for an instant; but don’t say such dreadful things!”
+
+“I’m all right—all right,” Morgan panted to Pemberton, whom he sat
+looking up at with a strange smile, his hands resting on either side of
+the sofa.
+
+“Now do you pretend I’ve been dishonest, that I’ve deceived?” Mrs. Moreen
+flashed at Pemberton as she got up.
+
+“It isn’t _he_ says it, it’s I!” the boy returned, apparently easier, but
+sinking back against the wall; while his restored friend, who had sat
+down beside him, took his hand and bent over him.
+
+“Darling child, one does what one can; there are so many things to
+consider,” urged Mrs. Moreen.  “It’s his _place_—his only place.  You see
+_you_ think it is now.”
+
+“Take me away—take me away,” Morgan went on, smiling to Pemberton with
+his white face.
+
+“Where shall I take you, and how—oh _how_, my boy?” the young man
+stammered, thinking of the rude way in which his friends in London held
+that, for his convenience, with no assurance of prompt return, he had
+thrown them over; of the just resentment with which they would already
+have called in a successor, and of the scant help to finding fresh
+employment that resided for him in the grossness of his having failed to
+pass his pupil.
+
+“Oh we’ll settle that.  You used to talk about it,” said Morgan.  “If we
+can only go all the rest’s a detail.”
+
+“Talk about it as much as you like, but don’t think you can attempt it.
+Mr. Moreen would never consent—it would be so _very_ hand-to-mouth,”
+Pemberton’s hostess beautifully explained to him.  Then to Morgan she
+made it clearer: “It would destroy our peace, it would break our hearts.
+Now that he’s back it will be all the same again.  You’ll have your life,
+your work and your freedom, and we’ll all be happy as we used to be.
+You’ll bloom and grow perfectly well, and we won’t have any more silly
+experiments, will we?  They’re too absurd.  It’s Mr. Pemberton’s
+place—every one in his place.  You in yours, your papa in his, me in
+mine—n’est-ce pas, chéri?  We’ll all forget how foolish we’ve been and
+have lovely times.”
+
+She continued to talk and to surge vaguely about the little draped stuffy
+salon while Pemberton sat with the boy, whose colour gradually came back;
+and she mixed up her reasons, hinting that there were going to be
+changes, that the other children might scatter (who knew?—Paula had her
+ideas) and that then it might be fancied how much the poor old
+parent-birds would want the little nestling.  Morgan looked at Pemberton,
+who wouldn’t let him move; and Pemberton knew exactly how he felt at
+hearing himself called a little nestling.  He admitted that he had had
+one or two bad days, but he protested afresh against the wrong of his
+mother’s having made them the ground of an appeal to poor Pemberton.
+Poor Pemberton could laugh now, apart from the comicality of Mrs.
+Moreen’s mustering so much philosophy for her defence—she seemed to shake
+it out of her agitated petticoats, which knocked over the light gilt
+chairs—so little did their young companion, _marked_, unmistakeably
+marked at the best, strike him as qualified to repudiate any advantage.
+
+He himself was in for it at any rate.  He should have Morgan on his hands
+again indefinitely; though indeed he saw the lad had a private theory to
+produce which would be intended to smooth this down.  He was obliged to
+him for it in advance; but the suggested amendment didn’t keep his heart
+rather from sinking, any more than it prevented him from accepting the
+prospect on the spot, with some confidence moreover that he should do so
+even better if he could have a little supper.  Mrs. Moreen threw out more
+hints about the changes that were to be looked for, but she was such a
+mixture of smiles and shudders—she confessed she was very nervous—that he
+couldn’t tell if she were in high feather or only in hysterics.  If the
+family was really at last going to pieces why shouldn’t she recognise the
+necessity of pitching Morgan into some sort of lifeboat?  This
+presumption was fostered by the fact that they were established in
+luxurious quarters in the capital of pleasure; that was exactly where
+they naturally _would_ be established in view of going to pieces.
+Moreover didn’t she mention that Mr. Moreen and the others were enjoying
+themselves at the opera with Mr. Granger, and wasn’t _that_ also
+precisely where one would look for them on the eve of a smash?  Pemberton
+gathered that Mr. Granger was a rich vacant American—a big bill with a
+flourishy heading and no items; so that one of Paula’s “ideas” was
+probably that this time she hadn’t missed fire—by which straight shot
+indeed she would have shattered the general cohesion.  And if the
+cohesion was to crumble what would become of poor Pemberton?  He felt
+quite enough bound up with them to figure to his alarm as a dislodged
+block in the edifice.
+
+It was Morgan who eventually asked if no supper had been ordered for him;
+sitting with him below, later, at the dim delayed meal, in the presence
+of a great deal of corded green plush, a plate of ornamental biscuit and
+an aloofness marked on the part of the waiter.  Mrs. Moreen had explained
+that they had been obliged to secure a room for the visitor out of the
+house; and Morgan’s consolation—he offered it while Pemberton reflected
+on the nastiness of lukewarm sauces—proved to be, largely, that his
+circumstance would facilitate their escape.  He talked of their
+escape—recurring to it often afterwards—as if they were making up a
+“boy’s book” together.  But he likewise expressed his sense that there
+was something in the air, that the Moreens couldn’t keep it up much
+longer.  In point of fact, as Pemberton was to see, they kept it up for
+five or six months.  All the while, however, Morgan’s contention was
+designed to cheer him.  Mr. Moreen and Ulick, whom he had met the day
+after his return, accepted that return like perfect men of the world.  If
+Paula and Amy treated it even with less formality an allowance was to be
+made for them, inasmuch as Mr. Granger hadn’t come to the opera after
+all.  He had only placed his box at their service, with a bouquet for
+each of the party; there was even one apiece, embittering the thought of
+his profusion, for Mr. Moreen and Ulick.  “They’re all like that,” was
+Morgan’s comment; “at the very last, just when we think we’ve landed them
+they’re back in the deep sea!”
+
+Morgan’s comments in these days were more and more free; they even
+included a large recognition of the extraordinary tenderness with which
+he had been treated while Pemberton was away.  Oh yes, they couldn’t do
+enough to be nice to him, to show him they had him on their mind and make
+up for his loss.  That was just what made the whole thing so sad and
+caused him to rejoice after all in Pemberton’s return—he had to keep
+thinking of their affection less, had less sense of obligation.
+Pemberton laughed out at this last reason, and Morgan blushed and said:
+“Well, dash it, you know what I mean.”  Pemberton knew perfectly what he
+meant; but there were a good many things that—dash it too!—it didn’t make
+any clearer.  This episode of his second sojourn in Paris stretched
+itself out wearily, with their resumed readings and wanderings and
+maunderings, their potterings on the quays, their hauntings of the
+museums, their occasional lingerings in the Palais Royal when the first
+sharp weather came on and there was a comfort in warm emanations, before
+Chevet’s wonderful succulent window.  Morgan wanted to hear all about the
+opulent youth—he took an immense interest in him.  Some of the details of
+his opulence—Pemberton could spare him none of them—evidently fed the
+boy’s appreciation of all his friend had given up to come back to him;
+but in addition to the greater reciprocity established by that heroism he
+had always his little brooding theory, in which there was a frivolous
+gaiety too, that their long probation was drawing to a close.  Morgan’s
+conviction that the Moreens couldn’t go on much longer kept pace with the
+unexpended impetus with which, from month to month, they did go on.
+Three weeks after Pemberton had rejoined them they went on to another
+hotel, a dingier one than the first; but Morgan rejoiced that his tutor
+had at least still not sacrificed the advantage of a room outside.  He
+clung to the romantic utility of this when the day, or rather the night,
+should arrive for their escape.
+
+For the first time, in this complicated connexion, our friend felt his
+collar gall him.  It was, as he had said to Mrs. Moreen in Venice, trop
+fort—everything was trop fort.  He could neither really throw off his
+blighting burden nor find in it the benefit of a pacified conscience or
+of a rewarded affection.  He had spent all the money accruing to him in
+England, and he saw his youth going and that he was getting nothing back
+for it.  It was all very well of Morgan to count it for reparation that
+he should now settle on him permanently—there was an irritating flaw in
+such a view.  He saw what the boy had in his mind; the conception that as
+his friend had had the generosity to come back he must show his gratitude
+by giving him his life.  But the poor friend didn’t desire the gift—what
+could he do with Morgan’s dreadful little life?  Of course at the same
+time that Pemberton was irritated he remembered the reason, which was
+very honourable to Morgan and which dwelt simply in his making one so
+forget that he was no more than a patched urchin.  If one dealt with him
+on a different basis one’s misadventures were one’s own fault.  So
+Pemberton waited in a queer confusion of yearning and alarm for the
+catastrophe which was held to hang over the house of Moreen, of which he
+certainly at moments felt the symptoms brush his cheek and as to which he
+wondered much in what form it would find its liveliest effect.
+
+Perhaps it would take the form of sudden dispersal—a frightened sauve qui
+peut, a scuttling into selfish corners.  Certainly they were less elastic
+than of yore; they were evidently looking for something they didn’t find.
+The Dorringtons hadn’t re-appeared, the princes had scattered; wasn’t
+that the beginning of the end?  Mrs. Moreen had lost her reckoning of the
+famous “days”; her social calendar was blurred—it had turned its face to
+the wall.  Pemberton suspected that the great, the cruel discomfiture had
+been the unspeakable behaviour of Mr. Granger, who seemed not to know
+what he wanted, or, what was much worse, what they wanted.  He kept
+sending flowers, as if to bestrew the path of his retreat, which was
+never the path of a return.  Flowers were all very well, but—Pemberton
+could complete the proposition.  It was now positively conspicuous that
+in the long run the Moreens were a social failure; so that the young man
+was almost grateful the run had not been short.  Mr. Moreen indeed was
+still occasionally able to get away on business and, what was more
+surprising, was likewise able to get back.  Ulick had no club but you
+couldn’t have discovered it from his appearance, which was as much as
+ever that of a person looking at life from the window of such an
+institution; therefore Pemberton was doubly surprised at an answer he
+once heard him make his mother in the desperate tone of a man familiar
+with the worst privations.  Her question Pemberton had not quite caught;
+it appeared to be an appeal for a suggestion as to whom they might get to
+take Amy.  “Let the Devil take her!” Ulick snapped; so that Pemberton
+could see that they had not only lost their amiability but had ceased to
+believe in themselves.  He could also see that if Mrs. Moreen was trying
+to get people to take her children she might be regarded as closing the
+hatches for the storm.  But Morgan would be the last she would part with.
+
+One winter afternoon—it was a Sunday—he and the boy walked far together
+in the Bois de Boulogne.  The evening was so splendid, the cold
+lemon-coloured sunset so clear, the stream of carriages and pedestrians
+so amusing and the fascination of Paris so great, that they stayed out
+later than usual and became aware that they should have to hurry home to
+arrive in time for dinner.  They hurried accordingly, arm-in-arm,
+good-humoured and hungry, agreeing that there was nothing like Paris
+after all and that after everything too that had come and gone they were
+not yet sated with innocent pleasures.  When they reached the hotel they
+found that, though scandalously late, they were in time for all the
+dinner they were likely to sit down to.  Confusion reigned in the
+apartments of the Moreens—very shabby ones this time, but the best in the
+house—and before the interrupted service of the table, with objects
+displaced almost as if there had been a scuffle and a great wine-stain
+from an overturned bottle, Pemberton couldn’t blink the fact that there
+had been a scene of the last proprietary firmness.  The storm had
+come—they were all seeking refuge.  The hatches were down, Paula and Amy
+were invisible—they had never tried the most casual art upon Pemberton,
+but he felt they had enough of an eye to him not to wish to meet him as
+young ladies whose frocks had been confiscated—and Ulick appeared to have
+jumped overboard.  The host and his staff, in a word, had ceased to “go
+on” at the pace of their guests, and the air of embarrassed detention,
+thanks to a pile of gaping trunks in the passage, was strangely
+commingled with the air of indignant withdrawal.  When Morgan took all
+this in—and he took it in very quickly—he coloured to the roots of his
+hair.  He had walked from his infancy among difficulties and dangers, but
+he had never seen a public exposure.  Pemberton noticed in a second
+glance at him that the tears had rushed into his eyes and that they were
+tears of a new and untasted bitterness.  He wondered an instant, for the
+boy’s sake, whether he might successfully pretend not to understand.  Not
+successfully, he felt, as Mr. and Mrs. Moreen, dinnerless by their
+extinguished hearth, rose before him in their little dishonoured salon,
+casting about with glassy eyes for the nearest port in such a storm.
+They were not prostrate but were horribly white, and Mrs. Moreen had
+evidently been crying.  Pemberton quickly learned however that her grief
+was not for the loss of her dinner, much as she usually enjoyed it, but
+the fruit of a blow that struck even deeper, as she made all haste to
+explain.  He would see for himself, so far as that went, how the great
+change had come, the dreadful bolt had fallen, and how they would now all
+have to turn themselves about.  Therefore cruel as it was to them to part
+with their darling she must look to him to carry a little further the
+influence he had so fortunately acquired with the boy—to induce his young
+charge to follow him into some modest retreat.  They depended on him—that
+was the fact—to take their delightful child temporarily under his
+protection; it would leave Mr. Moreen and herself so much more free to
+give the proper attention (too little, alas! had been given) to the
+readjustment of their affairs.
+
+“We trust you—we feel we _can_,” said Mrs. Moreen, slowly rubbing her
+plump white hands and looking with compunction hard at Morgan, whose
+chin, not to take liberties, her husband stroked with a paternal
+forefinger.
+
+“Oh yes—we feel that we _can_.  We trust Mr. Pemberton fully, Morgan,”
+Mr. Moreen pursued.
+
+Pemberton wondered again if he might pretend not to understand; but
+everything good gave way to the intensity of Morgan’s understanding.  “Do
+you mean he may take me to live with him for ever and ever?” cried the
+boy.  “May take me away, away, anywhere he likes?”
+
+“For ever and ever?  Comme vous-y-allez!” Mr. Moreen laughed indulgently.
+“For as long as Mr. Pemberton may be so good.”
+
+“We’ve struggled, we’ve suffered,” his wife went on; “but you’ve made him
+so your own that we’ve already been through the worst of the sacrifice.”
+
+Morgan had turned away from his father—he stood looking at Pemberton with
+a light in his face.  His sense of shame for their common humiliated
+state had dropped; the case had another side—the thing was to clutch at
+_that_.  He had a moment of boyish joy, scarcely mitigated by the
+reflexion that with this unexpected consecration of his hope—too sudden
+and too violent; the turn taken was away from a _good_ boy’s book—the
+“escape” was left on their hands.  The boyish joy was there an instant,
+and Pemberton was almost scared at the rush of gratitude and affection
+that broke through his first abasement.  When he stammered “My dear
+fellow, what do you say to _that_?” how could one not say something
+enthusiastic?  But there was more need for courage at something else that
+immediately followed and that made the lad sit down quietly on the
+nearest chair.  He had turned quite livid and had raised his hand to his
+left side.  They were all three looking at him, but Mrs. Moreen suddenly
+bounded forward.  “Ah his darling little heart!” she broke out; and this
+time, on her knees before him and without respect for the idol, she
+caught him ardently in her arms.  “You walked him too far, you hurried
+him too fast!” she hurled over her shoulder at Pemberton.  Her son made
+no protest, and the next instant, still holding him, she sprang up with
+her face convulsed and with the terrified cry “Help, help! he’s going,
+he’s gone!”  Pemberton saw with equal horror, by Morgan’s own stricken
+face, that he was beyond their wildest recall.  He pulled him half out of
+his mother’s hands, and for a moment, while they held him together, they
+looked all their dismay into each other’s eyes, “He couldn’t stand it
+with his weak organ,” said Pemberton—“the shock, the whole scene, the
+violent emotion.”
+
+“But I thought he _wanted_ to go to you!”, wailed Mrs. Moreen.
+
+“I _told_ you he didn’t, my dear,” her husband made answer.  Mr. Moreen
+was trembling all over and was in his way as deeply affected as his wife.
+But after the very first he took his bereavement as a man of the world.
+
+
+
+
+***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PUPIL***
+
+
+******* This file should be named 1032-0.txt or 1032-0.zip *******
+
+
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/0/3/1032
+
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://www.gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit:
+http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
diff --git a/1032-0.zip b/1032-0.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb1808d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/1032-0.zip
diff --git a/1032-h.zip b/1032-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad1e04e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/1032-h.zip
diff --git a/1032-h/1032-h.htm b/1032-h/1032-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c4b80c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/1032-h/1032-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,2396 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html
+     PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+     "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
+<head>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=US-ASCII" />
+<title>The Pupil, by Henry James</title>
+    <style type="text/css">
+/*<![CDATA[  XML blockout */
+<!--
+    P {  margin-top: .75em;
+         margin-bottom: .75em;
+         }
+    P.gutsumm { margin-left: 5%;}
+    P.poetry {margin-left: 3%; }
+    H1, H2 {
+         text-align: center;
+		margin-top: 2em;
+		margin-bottom: 2em;
+         }
+    H3, H4, H5 {
+	text-align: center;
+	margin-top: 1em;
+	margin-bottom: 1em;
+	}
+    BODY{margin-left: 10%;
+         margin-right: 10%;
+        }
+ table { border-collapse: collapse; }
+table {margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;}
+    td { vertical-align: top; border: 1px solid black;}
+    td p { margin: 0.2em; }
+    .blkquot  {margin-left: 4em; margin-right: 4em;} /* block indent */
+
+    .smcap    {font-variant: small-caps;}
+
+    .pagenum {position: absolute;
+               left: 92%;
+               font-size: small;
+               text-align: right;
+		font-weight: normal;
+               color: gray;
+               }
+    img { border: none; }
+    img.dc { float: left; width: 50px; height: 50px; }
+    div.gapspace { height: 0.8em; }
+    div.gapline { height: 0.8em; width: 30%; }
+    div.gapshortdoubleline { height: 0.3em; width: 20%;
+                  margin-left: 40%; border-top: 1px solid;
+                  border-bottom: 1px solid; }
+    div.gapdoubleline { height: 0.3em; width: 50%;
+                  margin-left: 25%; border-top: 1px solid;
+                  border-bottom: 1px solid;}
+    div.gapshortline { height: 0.3em; width: 20%; margin-left:40%;
+		  border-top: 1px solid; }
+    .citation {vertical-align: super;
+               font-size: .8em;
+               text-decoration: none;}
+    img.floatleft { float: left;
+			margin-right: 1em;
+			margin-top: 0.5em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; }
+    img.floatright { float: right;
+			margin-left: 1em; margin-top: 0.5em;
+			margin-bottom: 0.5em; }
+    img.clearcenter {display: block;
+			margin-left: auto;
+			margin-right: auto; margin-top: 0.5em;
+			margin-bottom: 0.5em}
+    -->
+    /* XML end  ]]>*/
+    </style>
+</head>
+<body>
+<pre>
+
+The Project Gutenberg eBook, The Pupil, by Henry James
+
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+
+
+
+Title: The Pupil
+
+
+Author: Henry James
+
+
+
+Release Date: December 24, 2010  [eBook #1032]
+First released: July 27, 1997
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-646-US (US-ASCII)
+
+
+***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PUPIL***
+</pre>
+<p>Transcribed from the 1916 Le Roy Phillips edition by David
+Price, email ccx074@pglaf.org</p>
+<h1>THE PUPIL</h1>
+<p style="text-align: center">BY HENRY JAMES</p>
+<div class="gapspace">&nbsp;</div>
+<p style="text-align: center">LE ROY PHILLIPS<br />
+BOSTON</p>
+<div class="gapspace">&nbsp;</div>
+<p style="text-align: center">This edition first published
+1916</p>
+<p style="text-align: center">The text follows that of the<br />
+Definitive Edition</p>
+<div class="gapspace">&nbsp;</div>
+<p style="text-align: center"><i>Printed in Great Britain</i></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER I</h2>
+<p>The poor young man hesitated and procrastinated: it cost him
+such an effort to broach the subject of terms, to speak of money
+to a person who spoke only of feelings and, as it were, of the
+aristocracy.&nbsp; Yet he was unwilling to take leave, treating
+his engagement as settled, without some more conventional glance
+in that direction than he could find an opening for in the manner
+of the large affable lady who sat there drawing a pair of soiled
+gants de Su&egrave;de through a fat jewelled hand and, at once
+pressing and gliding, repeated over and over everything but the
+thing he would have liked to hear.&nbsp; He would have liked to
+hear the figure of his salary; but just as he was nervously about
+to sound that note the little boy came back&mdash;the little boy
+Mrs. Moreen had sent out of the room to fetch her fan.&nbsp; He
+came back without the fan, only with the casual observation that
+he couldn&rsquo;t find it.&nbsp; As he dropped this cynical
+confession he looked straight and hard at the candidate for the
+honour of taking his education in hand.&nbsp; This personage
+reflected somewhat grimly that the thing he should have to teach
+his little charge would be to appear to address himself to his
+mother when he spoke to her&mdash;especially not to make her such
+an improper answer as that.</p>
+<p>When Mrs. Moreen bethought herself of this pretext for getting
+rid of their companion Pemberton supposed it was precisely to
+approach the delicate subject of his remuneration.&nbsp; But it
+had been only to say some things about her son that it was better
+a boy of eleven shouldn&rsquo;t catch.&nbsp; They were
+extravagantly to his advantage save when she lowered her voice to
+sigh, tapping her left side familiarly, &ldquo;And all
+overclouded by <i>this</i>, you know; all at the mercy of a
+weakness&mdash;!&rdquo;&nbsp; Pemberton gathered that the
+weakness was in the region of the heart.&nbsp; He had known the
+poor child was not robust: this was the basis on which he had
+been invited to treat, through an English lady, an Oxford
+acquaintance, then at Nice, who happened to know both his needs
+and those of the amiable American family looking out for
+something really superior in the way of a resident tutor.</p>
+<p>The young man&rsquo;s impression of his prospective pupil, who
+had come into the room as if to see for himself the moment
+Pemberton was admitted, was not quite the soft solicitation the
+visitor had taken for granted.&nbsp; Morgan Moreen was somehow
+sickly without being &ldquo;delicate,&rdquo; and that he looked
+intelligent&mdash;it is true Pemberton wouldn&rsquo;t have
+enjoyed his being stupid&mdash;only added to the suggestion that,
+as with his big mouth and big ears he really couldn&rsquo;t be
+called pretty, he might too utterly fail to please.&nbsp;
+Pemberton was modest, was even timid; and the chance that his
+small scholar might prove cleverer than himself had quite
+figured, to his anxiety, among the dangers of an untried
+experiment.&nbsp; He reflected, however, that these were risks
+one had to run when one accepted a position, as it was called, in
+a private family; when as yet one&rsquo;s university honours had,
+pecuniarily speaking, remained barren.&nbsp; At any rate when
+Mrs. Moreen got up as to intimate that, since it was understood
+he would enter upon his duties within the week she would let him
+off now, he succeeded, in spite of the presence of the child, in
+squeezing out a phrase about the rate of payment.&nbsp; It was
+not the fault of the conscious smile which seemed a reference to
+the lady&rsquo;s expensive identity, it was not the fault of this
+demonstration, which had, in a sort, both vagueness and point, if
+the allusion didn&rsquo;t sound rather vulgar.&nbsp; This was
+exactly because she became still more gracious to reply:
+&ldquo;Oh I can assure you that all that will be quite
+regular.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Pemberton only wondered, while he took up his hat, what
+&ldquo;all that&rdquo; was to amount to&mdash;people had such
+different ideas.&nbsp; Mrs. Moreen&rsquo;s words, however, seemed
+to commit the family to a pledge definite enough to elicit from
+the child a strange little comment in the shape of the mocking
+foreign ejaculation &ldquo;Oh la-la!&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Pemberton, in some confusion, glanced at him as he walked
+slowly to the window with his back turned, his hands in his
+pockets and the air in his elderly shoulders of a boy who
+didn&rsquo;t play.&nbsp; The young man wondered if he should be
+able to teach him to play, though his mother had said it would
+never do and that this was why school was impossible.&nbsp; Mrs.
+Moreen exhibited no discomfiture; she only continued blandly:
+&ldquo;Mr. Moreen will be delighted to meet your wishes.&nbsp; As
+I told you, he has been called to London for a week.&nbsp; As
+soon as he comes back you shall have it out with him.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>This was so frank and friendly that the young man could only
+reply, laughing as his hostess laughed: &ldquo;Oh I don&rsquo;t
+imagine we shall have much of a battle.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;They&rsquo;ll give you anything you like,&rdquo; the
+boy remarked unexpectedly, returning from the window.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;We don&rsquo;t mind what anything costs&mdash;we live
+awfully well.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;My darling, you&rsquo;re too quaint!&rdquo; his mother
+exclaimed, putting out to caress him a practised but ineffectual
+hand.&nbsp; He slipped out of it, but looked with intelligent
+innocent eyes at Pemberton, who had already had time to notice
+that from one moment to the other his small satiric face seemed
+to change its time of life.&nbsp; At this moment it was
+infantine, yet it appeared also to be under the influence of
+curious intuitions and knowledges.&nbsp; Pemberton rather
+disliked precocity and was disappointed to find gleams of it in a
+disciple not yet in his teens.&nbsp; Nevertheless he divined on
+the spot that Morgan wouldn&rsquo;t prove a bore.&nbsp; He would
+prove on the contrary a source of agitation.&nbsp; This idea held
+the young man, in spite of a certain repulsion.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;You pompous little person!&nbsp; We&rsquo;re not
+extravagant!&rdquo;&nbsp; Mrs. Moreen gaily protested, making
+another unsuccessful attempt to draw the boy to her side.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;You must know what to expect,&rdquo; she went on to
+Pemberton.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;The less you expect the better!&rdquo; her companion
+interposed.&nbsp; &ldquo;But we <i>are</i> people of
+fashion.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Only so far as <i>you</i> make us so!&rdquo; Mrs.
+Moreen tenderly mocked.&nbsp; &ldquo;Well then, on
+Friday&mdash;don&rsquo;t tell me you&rsquo;re
+superstitious&mdash;and mind you don&rsquo;t fail us.&nbsp; Then
+you&rsquo;ll see us all.&nbsp; I&rsquo;m so sorry the girls are
+out.&nbsp; I guess you&rsquo;ll like the girls.&nbsp; And, you
+know, I&rsquo;ve another son, quite different from this
+one.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;He tries to imitate me,&rdquo; Morgan said to their
+friend.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;He tries?&nbsp; Why he&rsquo;s twenty years old!&rdquo;
+cried Mrs. Moreen.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;You&rsquo;re very witty,&rdquo; Pemberton remarked to
+the child&mdash;a proposition his mother echoed with enthusiasm,
+declaring Morgan&rsquo;s sallies to be the delight of the
+house.</p>
+<p>The boy paid no heed to this; he only enquired abruptly of the
+visitor, who was surprised afterwards that he hadn&rsquo;t struck
+him as offensively forward: &ldquo;Do you <i>want</i> very much
+to come?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Can you doubt it after such a description of what I
+shall hear?&rdquo; Pemberton replied.&nbsp; Yet he didn&rsquo;t
+want to come at all; he was coming because he had to go
+somewhere, thanks to the collapse of his fortune at the end of a
+year abroad spent on the system of putting his scant patrimony
+into a single full wave of experience.&nbsp; He had had his full
+wave but couldn&rsquo;t pay the score at his inn.&nbsp; Moreover
+he had caught in the boy&rsquo;s eyes the glimpse of a far-off
+appeal.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Well, I&rsquo;ll do the best I can for you,&rdquo; said
+Morgan; with which he turned away again.&nbsp; He passed out of
+one of the long windows; Pemberton saw him go and lean on the
+parapet of the terrace.&nbsp; He remained there while the young
+man took leave of his mother, who, on Pemberton&rsquo;s looking
+as if he expected a farewell from him, interposed with:
+&ldquo;Leave him, leave him; he&rsquo;s so strange!&rdquo;&nbsp;
+Pemberton supposed her to fear something he might say.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;He&rsquo;s a genius&mdash;you&rsquo;ll love him,&rdquo;
+she added.&nbsp; &ldquo;He&rsquo;s much the most interesting
+person in the family.&rdquo;&nbsp; And before he could invent
+some civility to oppose to this she wound up with: &ldquo;But
+we&rsquo;re all good, you know!&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;He&rsquo;s a genius&mdash;you&rsquo;ll love him!&rdquo;
+were words that recurred to our aspirant before the Friday,
+suggesting among many things that geniuses were not invariably
+loveable.&nbsp; However, it was all the better if there was an
+element that would make tutorship absorbing: he had perhaps taken
+too much for granted it would only disgust him.&nbsp; As he left
+the villa after his interview he looked up at the balcony and saw
+the child leaning over it.&nbsp; &ldquo;We shall have great
+larks!&rdquo; he called up.</p>
+<p>Morgan hung fire a moment and then gaily returned: &ldquo;By
+the time you come back I shall have thought of something
+witty!&rdquo;</p>
+<p>This made Pemberton say to himself &ldquo;After all he&rsquo;s
+rather nice.&rdquo;</p>
+<h2>CHAPTER II</h2>
+<p>On the Friday he saw them all, as Mrs. Moreen had promised,
+for her husband had come back and the girls and the other son
+were at home.&nbsp; Mr. Moreen had a white moustache, a confiding
+manner and, in his buttonhole, the ribbon of a foreign
+order&mdash;bestowed, as Pemberton eventually learned, for
+services.&nbsp; For what services he never clearly ascertained:
+this was a point&mdash;one of a large number&mdash;that Mr.
+Moreen&rsquo;s manner never confided.&nbsp; What it emphatically
+did confide was that he was even more a man of the world than you
+might first make out.&nbsp; Ulick, the firstborn, was in visible
+training for the same profession&mdash;under the disadvantage as
+yet, however, of a buttonhole but feebly floral and a moustache
+with no pretensions to type.&nbsp; The girls had hair and figures
+and manners and small fat feet, but had never been out
+alone.&nbsp; As for Mrs. Moreen Pemberton saw on a nearer view
+that her elegance was intermittent and her parts didn&rsquo;t
+always match.&nbsp; Her husband, as she had promised, met with
+enthusiasm Pemberton&rsquo;s ideas in regard to a salary.&nbsp;
+The young man had endeavoured to keep these stammerings modest,
+and Mr. Moreen made it no secret that <i>he</i> found them
+wanting in &ldquo;style.&rdquo;&nbsp; He further mentioned that
+he aspired to be intimate with his children, to be their best
+friend, and that he was always looking out for them.&nbsp; That
+was what he went off for, to London and other places&mdash;to
+look out; and this vigilance was the theory of life, as well as
+the real occupation, of the whole family.&nbsp; They all looked
+out, for they were very frank on the subject of its being
+necessary.&nbsp; They desired it to be understood that they were
+earnest people, and also that their fortune, though quite
+adequate for earnest people, required the most careful
+administration.&nbsp; Mr. Moreen, as the parent bird, sought
+sustenance for the nest.&nbsp; Ulick invoked support mainly at
+the club, where Pemberton guessed that it was usually served on
+green cloth.&nbsp; The girls used to do up their hair and their
+frocks themselves, and our young man felt appealed to to be glad,
+in regard to Morgan&rsquo;s education, that, though it must
+naturally be of the best, it didn&rsquo;t cost too much.&nbsp;
+After a little he <i>was</i> glad, forgetting at times his own
+needs in the interest inspired by the child&rsquo;s character and
+culture and the pleasure of making easy terms for him.</p>
+<p>During the first weeks of their acquaintance Morgan had been
+as puzzling as a page in an unknown language&mdash;altogether
+different from the obvious little Anglo-Saxons who had
+misrepresented childhood to Pemberton.&nbsp; Indeed the whole
+mystic volume in which the boy had been amateurishly bound
+demanded some practice in translation.&nbsp; To-day, after a
+considerable interval, there is something phantasmagoria, like a
+prismatic reflexion or a serial novel, in Pemberton&rsquo;s
+memory of the queerness of the Moreens.&nbsp; If it were not for
+a few tangible tokens&mdash;a lock of Morgan&rsquo;s hair cut by
+his own hand, and the half-dozen letters received from him when
+they were disjoined&mdash;the whole episode and the figures
+peopling it would seem too inconsequent for anything but
+dreamland.&nbsp; Their supreme quaintness was their
+success&mdash;as it appeared to him for a while at the time;
+since he had never seen a family so brilliantly equipped for
+failure.&nbsp; Wasn&rsquo;t it success to have kept him so
+hatefully long?&nbsp; Wasn&rsquo;t it success to have drawn him
+in that first morning at d&eacute;jeuner, the Friday he
+came&mdash;it was enough to <i>make</i> one
+superstitious&mdash;so that he utterly committed himself, and
+this not by calculation or on a signal, but from a happy instinct
+which made them, like a band of gipsies, work so neatly
+together?&nbsp; They amused him as much as if they had really
+been a band of gipsies.&nbsp; He was still young and had not seen
+much of the world&mdash;his English years had been properly arid;
+therefore the reversed conventions of the Moreens&mdash;for they
+had <i>their</i> desperate proprieties&mdash;struck him as
+topsy-turvy.&nbsp; He had encountered nothing like them at
+Oxford; still less had any such note been struck to his younger
+American ear during the four years at Yale in which he had richly
+supposed himself to be reacting against a Puritan strain.&nbsp;
+The reaction of the Moreens, at any rate, went ever so much
+further.&nbsp; He had thought himself very sharp that first day
+in hitting them all off in his mind with the
+&ldquo;cosmopolite&rdquo; label.&nbsp; Later it seemed feeble and
+colourless&mdash;confessedly helplessly provisional.</p>
+<p>He yet when he first applied it felt a glow of joy&mdash;for
+an instructor he was still empirical&mdash;rise from the
+apprehension that living with them would really be to see
+life.&nbsp; Their sociable strangeness was an intimation of
+that&mdash;their chatter of tongues, their gaiety and good
+humour, their infinite dawdling (they were always getting
+themselves up, but it took forever, and Pemberton had once found
+Mr. Moreen shaving in the drawing-room), their French, their
+Italian and, cropping up in the foreign fluencies, their cold
+tough slices of American.&nbsp; They lived on macaroni and
+coffee&mdash;they had these articles prepared in
+perfection&mdash;but they knew recipes for a hundred other
+dishes.&nbsp; They overflowed with music and song, were always
+humming and catching each other up, and had a sort of
+professional acquaintance with Continental cities.&nbsp; They
+talked of &ldquo;good places&rdquo; as if they had been
+pickpockets or strolling players.&nbsp; They had at Nice a villa,
+a carriage, a piano and a banjo, and they went to official
+parties.&nbsp; They were a perfect calendar of the
+&ldquo;days&rdquo; of their friends, which Pemberton knew them,
+when they were indisposed, to get out of bed to go to, and which
+made the week larger than life when Mrs. Moreen talked of them
+with Paula and Amy.&nbsp; Their initiations gave their new inmate
+at first an almost dazzling sense of culture.&nbsp; Mrs. Moreen
+had translated something at some former period&mdash;an author
+whom it made Pemberton feel born&eacute; never to have heard
+of.&nbsp; They could imitate Venetian and sing Neapolitan, and
+when they wanted to say something very particular communicated
+with each other in an ingenious dialect of their own, an elastic
+spoken cipher which Pemberton at first took for some patois of
+one of their countries, but which he &ldquo;caught on to&rdquo;
+as he would not have grasped provincial development of Spanish or
+German.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;It&rsquo;s the family
+language&mdash;Ultramoreen,&rdquo; Morgan explained to him drolly
+enough; but the boy rarely condescended to use it himself, though
+he dealt in colloquial Latin as if he had been a little
+prelate.</p>
+<p>Among all the &ldquo;days&rdquo; with which Mrs.
+Moreen&rsquo;s memory was taxed she managed to squeeze in one of
+her own, which her friends sometimes forgot.&nbsp; But the house
+drew a frequented air from the number of fine people who were
+freely named there and from several mysterious men with foreign
+titles and English clothes whom Morgan called the princes and
+who, on sofas with the girls, talked French very
+loud&mdash;though sometimes with some oddity of accent&mdash;as
+if to show they were saying nothing improper.&nbsp; Pemberton
+wondered how the princes could ever propose in that tone and so
+publicly: he took for granted cynically that this was what was
+desired of them.&nbsp; Then he recognised that even for the
+chance of such an advantage Mrs. Moreen would never allow Paula
+and Amy to receive alone.&nbsp; These young ladies were not at
+all timid, but it was just the safeguards that made them so
+candidly free.&nbsp; It was a houseful of Bohemians who wanted
+tremendously to be Philistines.</p>
+<p>In one respect, however, certainly they achieved no
+rigour&mdash;they were wonderfully amiable and ecstatic about
+Morgan.&nbsp; It was a genuine tenderness, an artless admiration,
+equally strong in each.&nbsp; They even praised his beauty, which
+was small, and were as afraid of him as if they felt him of finer
+clay.&nbsp; They spoke of him as a little angel and a
+prodigy&mdash;they touched on his want of health with long vague
+faces.&nbsp; Pemberton feared at first an extravagance that might
+make him hate the boy, but before this happened he had become
+extravagant himself.&nbsp; Later, when he had grown rather to
+hate the others, it was a bribe to patience for him that they
+were at any rate nice about Morgan, going on tiptoe if they
+fancied he was showing symptoms, and even giving up
+somebody&rsquo;s &ldquo;day&rdquo; to procure him a
+pleasure.&nbsp; Mixed with this too was the oddest wish to make
+him independent, as if they had felt themselves not good enough
+for him.&nbsp; They passed him over to the new members of their
+circle very much as if wishing to force some charity of adoption
+on so free an agent and get rid of their own charge.&nbsp; They
+were delighted when they saw Morgan take so to his kind
+playfellow, and could think of no higher praise for the young
+man.&nbsp; It was strange how they contrived to reconcile the
+appearance, and indeed the essential fact, of adoring the child
+with their eagerness to wash their hands of him.&nbsp; Did they
+want to get rid of him before he should find them out?&nbsp;
+Pemberton was finding them out month by month.&nbsp; The
+boy&rsquo;s fond family, however this might be, turned their
+backs with exaggerated delicacy, as if to avoid the reproach of
+interfering.&nbsp; Seeing in time how little he had in common
+with them&mdash;it was by <i>them</i> he first observed it; they
+proclaimed it with complete humility&mdash;his companion was
+moved to speculate on the mysteries of transmission, the far
+jumps of heredity.&nbsp; Where his detachment from most of the
+things they represented had come from was more than an observer
+could say&mdash;it certainly had burrowed under two or three
+generations.</p>
+<p>As for Pemberton&rsquo;s own estimate of his pupil, it was a
+good while before he got the point of view, so little had he been
+prepared for it by the smug young barbarians to whom the
+tradition of tutorship, as hitherto revealed to him, had been
+adjusted.&nbsp; Morgan was scrappy and surprising, deficient in
+many properties supposed common to the genus and abounding in
+others that were the portion only of the supernaturally
+clever.&nbsp; One day his friend made a great stride: it cleared
+up the question to perceive that Morgan <i>was</i> supernaturally
+clever and that, though the formula was temporarily meagre, this
+would be the only assumption on which one could successfully deal
+with him.&nbsp; He had the general quality of a child for whom
+life had not been simplified by school, a kind of homebred
+sensibility which might have been as bad for himself but was
+charming for others, and a whole range of refinement and
+perception&mdash;little musical vibrations as taking as picked-up
+airs&mdash;begotten by wandering about Europe at the tail of his
+migratory tribe.&nbsp; This might not have been an education to
+recommend in advance, but its results with so special a subject
+were as appreciable as the marks on a piece of fine
+porcelain.&nbsp; There was at the same time in him a small strain
+of stoicism, doubtless the fruit of having had to begin early to
+bear pain, which counted for pluck and made it of less
+consequence that he might have been thought at school rather a
+polyglot little beast.&nbsp; Pemberton indeed quickly found
+himself rejoicing that school was out of the question: in any
+million of boys it was probably good for all but one, and Morgan
+was that millionth.&nbsp; It would have made him comparative and
+superior&mdash;it might have made him really require
+kicking.&nbsp; Pemberton would try to be school himself&mdash;a
+bigger seminary than five hundred grazing donkeys, so that,
+winning no prizes, the boy would remain unconscious and
+irresponsible and amusing&mdash;amusing, because, though life was
+already intense in his childish nature, freshness still made
+there a strong draught for jokes.&nbsp; It turned out that even
+in the still air of Morgan&rsquo;s various disabilities jokes
+flourished greatly.&nbsp; He was a pale lean acute undeveloped
+little cosmopolite, who liked intellectual gymnastics and who
+also, as regards the behaviour of mankind, had noticed more
+things than you might suppose, but who nevertheless had his
+proper playroom of superstitions, where he smashed a dozen toys a
+day.</p>
+<h2>CHAPTER III</h2>
+<p>At Nice once, toward evening, as the pair rested in the open
+air after a walk, and looked over the sea at the pink western
+lights, he said suddenly to his comrade: &ldquo;Do you like it,
+you know&mdash;being with us all in this intimate way?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;My dear fellow, why should I stay if I
+didn&rsquo;t?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;How do I know you&rsquo;ll stay?&nbsp; I&rsquo;m almost
+sure you won&rsquo;t, very long.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;I hope you don&rsquo;t mean to dismiss me,&rdquo; said
+Pemberton.</p>
+<p>Morgan debated, looking at the sunset.&nbsp; &ldquo;I think if
+I did right I ought to.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Well, I know I&rsquo;m supposed to instruct you in
+virtue; but in that case don&rsquo;t do right.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;&rsquo;You&rsquo;re very
+young&mdash;fortunately,&rdquo; Morgan went on, turning to him
+again.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Oh yes, compared with you!&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Therefore it won&rsquo;t matter so much if you do lose
+a lot of time.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;That&rsquo;s the way to look at it,&rdquo; said
+Pemberton accommodatingly.</p>
+<p>They were silent a minute; after which the boy asked:
+&ldquo;Do you like my father and my mother very much?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Dear me, yes.&nbsp; They&rsquo;re charming
+people.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Morgan received this with another silence; then unexpectedly,
+familiarly, but at the same time affectionately, he remarked:
+&ldquo;You&rsquo;re a jolly old humbug!&rdquo;</p>
+<p>For a particular reason the words made our young man change
+colour.&nbsp; The boy noticed in an instant that he had turned
+red, whereupon he turned red himself and pupil and master
+exchanged a longish glance in which there was a consciousness of
+many more things than are usually touched upon, even tacitly, in
+such a relation.&nbsp; It produced for Pemberton an
+embarrassment; it raised in a shadowy form a question&mdash;this
+was the first glimpse of it&mdash;destined to play a singular
+and, as he imagined, owing to the altogether peculiar conditions,
+an unprecedented part in his intercourse with his little
+companion.&nbsp; Later, when he found himself talking with the
+youngster in a way in which few youngsters could ever have been
+talked with, he thought of that clumsy moment on the bench at
+Nice as the dawn of an understanding that had broadened.&nbsp;
+What had added to the clumsiness then was that he thought it his
+duty to declare to Morgan that he might abuse him, Pemberton, as
+much as he liked, but must never abuse his parents.&nbsp; To this
+Morgan had the easy retort that he hadn&rsquo;t dreamed of
+abusing them; which appeared to be true: it put Pemberton in the
+wrong.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Then why am I a humbug for saying <i>I</i> think them
+charming?&rdquo; the young man asked, conscious of a certain
+rashness.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Well&mdash;they&rsquo;re not your parents.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;They love you better than anything in the
+world&mdash;never forget that,&rdquo; said Pemberton.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Is that why you like them so much?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;They&rsquo;re very kind to me,&rdquo; Pemberton replied
+evasively.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;You <i>are</i> a humbug!&rdquo; laughed Morgan, passing
+an arm into his tutor&rsquo;s.&nbsp; He leaned against him
+looking oft at the sea again and swinging his long thin legs.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Don&rsquo;t kick my shins,&rdquo; said Pemberton while
+he reflected &ldquo;Hang it, I can&rsquo;t complain of them to
+the child!&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;There&rsquo;s another reason, too,&rdquo; Morgan went
+on, keeping his legs still.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Another reason for what?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Besides their not being your parents.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;I don&rsquo;t understand you,&rdquo; said
+Pemberton.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Well, you will before long.&nbsp; All right!&rdquo;</p>
+<p>He did understand fully before long, but he made a fight even
+with himself before he confessed it.&nbsp; He thought it the
+oddest thing to have a struggle with the child about.&nbsp; He
+wondered he didn&rsquo;t hate the hope of the Moreens for
+bringing the struggle on.&nbsp; But by the time it began any such
+sentiment for that scion was closed to him.&nbsp; Morgan was a
+special case, and to know him was to accept him on his own odd
+terms.&nbsp; Pemberton had spent his aversion to special cases
+before arriving at knowledge.&nbsp; When at last he did arrive
+his quandary was great.&nbsp; Against every interest he had
+attached himself.&nbsp; They would have to meet things
+together.&nbsp; Before they went home that evening at Nice the
+boy had said, clinging to his arm:</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Well, at any rate you&rsquo;ll hang on to the
+last.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;To the last?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Till you&rsquo;re fairly beaten.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;<i>You</i> ought to be fairly beaten!&rdquo; cried the
+young man, drawing him closer.</p>
+<h2>CHAPTER IV</h2>
+<p>A year after he had come to live with them Mr. and Mrs. Moreen
+suddenly gave up the villa at Nice.&nbsp; Pemberton had got used
+to suddenness, having seen it practised on a considerable scale
+during two jerky little tours&mdash;one in Switzerland the first
+summer, and the other late in the winter, when they all ran down
+to Florence and then, at the end of ten days, liking it much less
+than they had intended, straggled back in mysterious
+depression.&nbsp; They had returned to Nice &ldquo;for
+ever,&rdquo; as they said; but this didn&rsquo;t prevent their
+squeezing, one rainy muggy May night, into a second-class
+railway-carriage&mdash;you could never tell by which class they
+would travel&mdash;where Pemberton helped them to stow away a
+wonderful collection of bundles and bags.&nbsp; The explanation
+of this man&oelig;uvre was that they had determined to spend the
+summer &ldquo;in some bracing place&rdquo;; but in Paris they
+dropped into a small furnished apartment&mdash;a fourth floor in
+a third-rate avenue, where there was a smell on the staircase and
+the portier was hateful&mdash;and passed the next four months in
+blank indigence.</p>
+<p>The better part of this baffled sojourn was for the preceptor
+and his pupil, who, visiting the Invalides and Notre Dame, the
+Conciergerie and all the museums, took a hundred remunerative
+rambles.&nbsp; They learned to know their Paris, which was
+useful, for they came back another year for a longer stay, the
+general character of which in Pemberton&rsquo;s memory to-day
+mixes pitiably and confusedly with that of the first.&nbsp; He
+sees Morgan&rsquo;s shabby knickerbockers&mdash;the everlasting
+pair that didn&rsquo;t match his blouse and that as he grew
+longer could only grow faded.&nbsp; He remembers the particular
+holes in his three or four pair of coloured stockings.</p>
+<p>Morgan was dear to his mother, but he never was better dressed
+than was absolutely necessary&mdash;partly, no doubt, by his own
+fault, for he was as indifferent to his appearance as a German
+philosopher.&nbsp; &ldquo;My dear fellow, you <i>are</i> coming
+to pieces,&rdquo; Pemberton would say to him in sceptical
+remonstrance; to which the child would reply, looking at him
+serenely up and down: &ldquo;My dear fellow, so are you!&nbsp; I
+don&rsquo;t want to cast you in the shade.&rdquo;&nbsp; Pemberton
+could have no rejoinder for this&mdash;the assertion so closely
+represented the fact.&nbsp; If however the deficiencies of his
+own wardrobe were a chapter by themselves he didn&rsquo;t like
+his little charge to look too poor.&nbsp; Later he used to say
+&ldquo;Well, if we&rsquo;re poor, why, after all, shouldn&rsquo;t
+we look it?&rdquo; and he consoled himself with thinking there
+was something rather elderly and gentlemanly in Morgan&rsquo;s
+disrepair&mdash;it differed from the untidiness of the urchin who
+plays and spoils his things.&nbsp; He could trace perfectly the
+degrees by which, in proportion as her little son confined
+himself to his tutor for society, Mrs. Moreen shrewdly forbore to
+renew his garments.&nbsp; She did nothing that didn&rsquo;t show,
+neglected him because he escaped notice, and then, as he
+illustrated this clever policy, discouraged at home his public
+appearances.&nbsp; Her position was logical enough&mdash;those
+members of her family who did show had to be showy.</p>
+<p>During this period and several others Pemberton was quite
+aware of how he and his comrade might strike people; wandering
+languidly through the Jardin des Plantes as if they had nowhere
+to go, sitting on the winter days in the galleries of the Louvre,
+so splendidly ironical to the homeless, as if for the advantage
+of the calorif&egrave;re.&nbsp; They joked about it sometimes: it
+was the sort of joke that was perfectly within the boy&rsquo;s
+compass.&nbsp; They figured themselves as part of the vast vague
+hand-to-mouth multitude of the enormous city and pretended they
+were proud of their position in it&mdash;it showed them
+&ldquo;such a lot of life&rdquo; and made them conscious of a
+democratic brotherhood.&nbsp; If Pemberton couldn&rsquo;t feel a
+sympathy in destitution with his small companion&mdash;for after
+all Morgan&rsquo;s fond parents would never have let him really
+suffer&mdash;the boy would at least feel it with him, so it came
+to the same thing.&nbsp; He used sometimes to wonder what people
+would think they were&mdash;to fancy they were looked askance at,
+as if it might be a suspected case of kidnapping.&nbsp; Morgan
+wouldn&rsquo;t be taken for a young patrician with a
+preceptor&mdash;he wasn&rsquo;t smart enough; though he might
+pass for his companion&rsquo;s sickly little brother.&nbsp; Now
+and then he had a five-franc piece, and except once, when they
+bought a couple of lovely neckties, one of which he made
+Pemberton accept, they laid it out scientifically in old
+books.&nbsp; This was sure to be a great day, always spent on the
+quays, in a rummage of the dusty boxes that garnish the
+parapets.&nbsp; Such occasions helped them to live, for their
+books ran low very soon after the beginning of their
+acquaintance.&nbsp; Pemberton had a good many in England, but he
+was obliged to write to a friend and ask him kindly to get some
+fellow to give him something for them.</p>
+<p>If they had to relinquish that summer the advantage of the
+bracing climate the young man couldn&rsquo;t but suspect this
+failure of the cup when at their very lips to have been the
+effect of a rude jostle of his own.&nbsp; This had represented
+his first blow-out, as he called it, with his patrons; his first
+successful attempt&mdash;though there was little other success
+about it&mdash;to bring them to a consideration of his impossible
+position.&nbsp; As the ostensible eve of a costly journey the
+moment had struck him as favourable to an earnest protest, the
+presentation of an ultimatum.&nbsp; Ridiculous as it sounded, he
+had never yet been able to compass an uninterrupted private
+interview with the elder pair or with either of them
+singly.&nbsp; They were always flanked by their elder children,
+and poor Pemberton usually had his own little charge at his
+side.&nbsp; He was conscious of its being a house in which the
+surface of one&rsquo;s delicacy got rather smudged; nevertheless
+he had preserved the bloom of his scruple against announcing to
+Mr. and Mrs. Moreen with publicity that he shouldn&rsquo;t be
+able to go on longer without a little money.&nbsp; He was still
+simple enough to suppose Ulick and Paula and Amy might not know
+that since his arrival he had only had a hundred and forty
+francs; and he was magnanimous enough to wish not to compromise
+their parents in their eyes.&nbsp; Mr. Moreen now listened to
+him, as he listened to every one and to every thing, like a man
+of the world, and seemed to appeal to him&mdash;though not of
+course too grossly&mdash;to try and be a little more of one
+himself.&nbsp; Pemberton recognised in fact the importance of the
+character&mdash;from the advantage it gave Mr. Moreen.&nbsp; He
+was not even confused or embarrassed, whereas the young man in
+his service was more so than there was any reason for.&nbsp;
+Neither was he surprised&mdash;at least any more than a gentleman
+had to be who freely confessed himself a little
+shocked&mdash;though not perhaps strictly at Pemberton.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;We must go into this, mustn&rsquo;t we, dear?&rdquo; he
+said to his wife.&nbsp; He assured his young friend that the
+matter should have his very best attention; and he melted into
+space as elusively as if, at the door, he were taking an
+inevitable but deprecatory precedence.&nbsp; When, the next
+moment, Pemberton found himself alone with Mrs. Moreen it was to
+hear her say &ldquo;I see, I see&rdquo;&mdash;stroking the
+roundness of her chin and looking as if she were only hesitating
+between a dozen easy remedies.&nbsp; If they didn&rsquo;t make
+their push Mr. Moreen could at least disappear for several
+days.&nbsp; During his absence his wife took up the subject again
+spontaneously, but her contribution to it was merely that she had
+thought all the while they were getting on so beautifully.&nbsp;
+Pemberton&rsquo;s reply to this revelation was that unless they
+immediately put down something on account he would leave them on
+the spot and for ever.&nbsp; He knew she would wonder how he
+would get away, and for a moment expected her to enquire.&nbsp;
+She didn&rsquo;t, for which he was almost grateful to her, so
+little was he in a position to tell.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;You won&rsquo;t, you <i>know</i> you
+won&rsquo;t&mdash;you&rsquo;re too interested,&rdquo; she
+said.&nbsp; &ldquo;You are interested, you know you are, you dear
+kind man!&rdquo;&nbsp; She laughed with almost condemnatory
+archness, as if it were a reproach&mdash;though she
+wouldn&rsquo;t insist; and flirted a soiled pocket-handkerchief
+at him.</p>
+<p>Pemberton&rsquo;s mind was fully made up to take his step the
+following week.&nbsp; This would give him time to get an answer
+to a letter he had despatched to England.&nbsp; If he did in the
+event nothing of the sort&mdash;that is if he stayed another year
+and then went away only for three months&mdash;it was not merely
+because before the answer to his letter came (most unsatisfactory
+when it did arrive) Mr. Moreen generously counted out to him, and
+again with the sacrifice to &ldquo;form&rdquo; of a marked man of
+the world, three hundred francs in elegant ringing gold.&nbsp; He
+was irritated to find that Mrs. Moreen was right, that he
+couldn&rsquo;t at the pinch bear to leave the child.&nbsp; This
+stood out clearer for the very reason that, the night of his
+desperate appeal to his patrons, he had seen fully for the first
+time where he was.&nbsp; Wasn&rsquo;t it another proof of the
+success with which those patrons practised their arts that they
+had managed to avert for so long the illuminating flash?&nbsp; It
+descended on our friend with a breadth of effect which perhaps
+would have struck a spectator as comical, after he had returned
+to his little servile room, which looked into a close court where
+a bare dirty opposite wall took, with the sound of shrill
+clatter, the reflexion of lighted back windows.&nbsp; He had
+simply given himself away to a band of adventurers.&nbsp; The
+idea, the word itself, wore a romantic horror for him&mdash;he
+had always lived on such safe lines.&nbsp; Later it assumed a
+more interesting, almost a soothing, sense: it pointed a moral,
+and Pemberton could enjoy a moral.&nbsp; The Moreens were
+adventurers not merely because they didn&rsquo;t pay their debts,
+because they lived on society, but because their whole view of
+life, dim and confused and instinctive, like that of clever
+colour-blind animals, was speculative and rapacious and
+mean.&nbsp; Oh they were &ldquo;respectable,&rdquo; and that only
+made them more immondes.&nbsp; The young man&rsquo;s analysis,
+while he brooded, put it at last very simply&mdash;they were
+adventurers because they were toadies and snobs.&nbsp; That was
+the completest account of them&mdash;it was the law of their
+being.&nbsp; Even when this truth became vivid to their ingenious
+inmate he remained unconscious of how much his mind had been
+prepared for it by the extraordinary little boy who had now
+become such a complication in his life.&nbsp; Much less could he
+then calculate on the information he was still to owe the
+extraordinary little boy.</p>
+<h2>CHAPTER V</h2>
+<p>But it was during the ensuing time that the real problem came
+up&mdash;the problem of how far it was excusable to discuss the
+turpitude of parents with a child of twelve, of thirteen, of
+fourteen.&nbsp; Absolutely inexcusable and quite impossible it of
+course at first appeared; and indeed the question didn&rsquo;t
+press for some time after Pemberton had received his three
+hundred francs.&nbsp; They produced a temporary lull, a relief
+from the sharpest pressure.&nbsp; The young man frugally amended
+his wardrobe and even had a few francs in his pocket.&nbsp; He
+thought the Moreens looked at him as if he were almost too smart,
+as if they ought to take care not to spoil him.&nbsp; If Mr.
+Moreen hadn&rsquo;t been such a man of the world he would perhaps
+have spoken of the freedom of such neckties on the part of a
+subordinate.&nbsp; But Mr. Moreen was always enough a man of the
+world to let things pass&mdash;he had certainly shown that.&nbsp;
+It was singular how Pemberton guessed that Morgan, though saying
+nothing about it, knew something had happened.&nbsp; But three
+hundred francs, especially when one owed money, couldn&rsquo;t
+last for ever; and when the treasure was gone&mdash;the boy knew
+when it had failed&mdash;Morgan did break ground.&nbsp; The party
+had returned to Nice at the beginning of the winter, but not to
+the charming villa.&nbsp; They went to an hotel, where they
+stayed three months, and then moved to another establishment,
+explaining that they had left the first because, after waiting
+and waiting, they couldn&rsquo;t get the rooms they wanted.&nbsp;
+These apartments, the rooms they wanted, were generally very
+splendid; but fortunately they never <i>could</i> get
+them&mdash;fortunately, I mean, for Pemberton, who reflected
+always that if they had got them there would have been a still
+scantier educational fund.&nbsp; What Morgan said at last was
+said suddenly, irrelevantly, when the moment came, in the middle
+of a lesson, and consisted of the apparently unfeeling words:
+&ldquo;You ought to filer, you know&mdash;you really
+ought.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Pemberton stared.&nbsp; He had learnt enough French slang from
+Morgan to know that to filer meant to cut sticks.&nbsp; &ldquo;Ah
+my dear fellow, don&rsquo;t turn me off!&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Morgan pulled a Greek lexicon toward him&mdash;he used a
+Greek-German&mdash;to look out a word, instead of asking it of
+Pemberton.&nbsp; &ldquo;You can&rsquo;t go on like this, you
+know.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Like what, my boy?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;You know they don&rsquo;t pay you up,&rdquo; said
+Morgan, blushing and turning his leaves.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Don&rsquo;t pay me?&rdquo; Pemberton stared again and
+feigned amazement.&nbsp; &ldquo;What on earth put that into your
+head?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;It has been there a long time,&rdquo; the boy replied
+rummaging his book.</p>
+<p>Pemberton was silent, then he went on: &ldquo;I say, what are
+you hunting for?&nbsp; They pay me beautifully.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;I&rsquo;m hunting for the Greek for awful
+whopper,&rdquo; Morgan dropped.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Find that rather for gross impertinence and disabuse
+your mind.&nbsp; What do I want of money?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Oh that&rsquo;s another question!&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Pemberton wavered&mdash;he was drawn in different ways.&nbsp;
+The severely correct thing would have been to tell the boy that
+such a matter was none of his business and bid him go on with his
+lines.&nbsp; But they were really too intimate for that; it was
+not the way he was in the habit of treating him; there had been
+no reason it should be.&nbsp; On the other hand Morgan had quite
+lighted on the truth&mdash;he really shouldn&rsquo;t be able to
+keep it up much longer; therefore why not let him know
+one&rsquo;s real motive for forsaking him?&nbsp; At the same time
+it wasn&rsquo;t decent to abuse to one&rsquo;s pupil the family
+of one&rsquo;s pupil; it was better to misrepresent than to do
+that.&nbsp; So in reply to his comrade&rsquo;s last exclamation
+he just declared, to dismiss the subject, that he had received
+several payments.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;I say&mdash;I say!&rdquo; the boy ejaculated,
+laughing.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;That&rsquo;s all right,&rdquo; Pemberton
+insisted.&nbsp; &ldquo;Give me your written rendering.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Morgan pushed a copybook across the table, and he began to
+read the page, but with something running in his head that made
+it no sense.&nbsp; Looking up after a minute or two he found the
+child&rsquo;s eyes fixed on him and felt in them something
+strange.&nbsp; Then Morgan said: &ldquo;I&rsquo;m not afraid of
+the stern reality.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;I haven&rsquo;t yet seen the thing you <i>are</i>
+afraid of&mdash;I&rsquo;ll do you that justice!&rdquo;</p>
+<p>This came out with a jump&mdash;it was perfectly
+true&mdash;and evidently gave Morgan pleasure.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;I&rsquo;ve thought of it a long time,&rdquo; he presently
+resumed.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Well, don&rsquo;t think of it any more.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>The boy appeared to comply, and they had a comfortable and
+even an amusing hour.&nbsp; They had a theory that they were very
+thorough, and yet they seemed always to be in the amusing part of
+lessons, the intervals between the dull dark tunnels, where there
+were waysides and jolly views.&nbsp; Yet the morning was brought
+to a violent as end by Morgan&rsquo;s suddenly leaning his arms
+on the table, burying his head in them and bursting into tears:
+at which Pemberton was the more startled that, as it then came
+over him, it was the first time he had ever seen the boy cry and
+that the impression was consequently quite awful.</p>
+<p>The next day, after much thought, he took a decision and,
+believing it to be just, immediately acted on it.&nbsp; He
+cornered Mr. and Mrs. Moreen again and let them know that if on
+the spot they didn&rsquo;t pay him all they owed him he
+wouldn&rsquo;t only leave their house but would tell Morgan
+exactly what had brought him to it.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Oh you <i>haven&rsquo;t</i> told him?&rdquo; cried Mrs.
+Moreen with a pacifying hand on her well-dressed bosom.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Without warning you?&nbsp; For what do you take
+me?&rdquo; the young man returned.</p>
+<p>Mr. and Mrs. Moreen looked at each other; he could see that
+they appreciated, as tending to their security, his superstition
+of delicacy, and yet that there was a certain alarm in their
+relief.&nbsp; &ldquo;My dear fellow,&rdquo; Mr. Moreen demanded,
+&ldquo;what use can you have, leading the quiet life we all do,
+for such a lot of money?&rdquo;&mdash;a question to which
+Pemberton made no answer, occupied as he was in noting that what
+passed in the mind of his patrons was something like: &ldquo;Oh
+then, if we&rsquo;ve felt that the child, dear little angel, has
+judged us and how he regards us, and we haven&rsquo;t been
+betrayed, he must have guessed&mdash;and in short it&rsquo;s
+<i>general</i>!&rdquo; an inference that rather stirred up Mr.
+and Mrs. Moreen, as Pemberton had desired it should.&nbsp; At the
+same time, if he had supposed his threat would do something
+towards bringing them round, he was disappointed to find them
+taking for granted&mdash;how vulgar their perception <i>had</i>
+been!&mdash;that he had already given them away.&nbsp; There was
+a mystic uneasiness in their parental breasts, and that had been
+the inferior sense of it.&nbsp; None the less however, his threat
+did touch them; for if they had escaped it was only to meet a new
+danger.&nbsp; Mr. Moreen appealed to him, on every precedent, as
+a man of the world; but his wife had recourse, for the first time
+since his domestication with them, to a fine hauteur, reminding
+him that a devoted mother, with her child, had arts that
+protected her against gross misrepresentation.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;I should misrepresent you grossly if I accused you of
+common honesty!&rdquo; our friend replied; but as he closed the
+door behind him sharply, thinking he had not done himself much
+good, while Mr. Moreen lighted another cigarette, he heard his
+hostess shout after him more touchingly:</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Oh you do, you <i>do</i>, put the knife to one&rsquo;s
+throat!&rdquo;</p>
+<p>The next morning, very early, she came to his room.&nbsp; He
+recognised her knock, but had no hope she brought him money; as
+to which he was wrong, for she had fifty francs in her
+hand.&nbsp; She squeezed forward in her dressing-gown, and he
+received her in his own, between his bath-tub and his bed.&nbsp;
+He had been tolerably schooled by this time to the &ldquo;foreign
+ways&rdquo; of his hosts.&nbsp; Mrs. Moreen was ardent, and when
+she was ardent she didn&rsquo;t care what she did; so she now sat
+down on his bed, his clothes being on the chairs, and, in her
+preoccupation, forgot, as she glanced round, to be ashamed of
+giving him such a horrid room.&nbsp; What Mrs. Moreen&rsquo;s
+ardour now bore upon was the design of persuading him that in the
+first place she was very good-natured to bring him fifty francs,
+and that in the second, if he would only see it, he was really
+too absurd to expect to be paid.&nbsp; Wasn&rsquo;t he paid
+enough without perpetual money&mdash;wasn&rsquo;t he paid by the
+comfortable luxurious home he enjoyed with them all, without a
+care, an anxiety, a solitary want?&nbsp; Wasn&rsquo;t he sure of
+his position, and wasn&rsquo;t that everything to a young man
+like him, quite unknown, with singularly little to show, the
+ground of whose exorbitant pretensions it had never been easy to
+discover?&nbsp; Wasn&rsquo;t he paid above all by the sweet
+relation he had established with Morgan&mdash;quite ideal as from
+master to pupil&mdash;and by the simple privilege of knowing and
+living with so amazingly gifted a child; than whom really (and
+she meant literally what she said) there was no better company in
+Europe?&nbsp; Mrs. Moreen herself took to appealing to him as a
+man of the world; she said &ldquo;Voyons, mon cher,&rdquo; and
+&ldquo;My dear man, look here now&rdquo;; and urged him to be
+reasonable, putting it before him that it was truly a chance for
+him.&nbsp; She spoke as if, according as he <i>should</i> be
+reasonable, he would prove himself worthy to be her son&rsquo;s
+tutor and of the extraordinary confidence they had placed in
+him.</p>
+<p>After all, Pemberton reflected, it was only a difference of
+theory and the theory didn&rsquo;t matter much.&nbsp; They had
+hitherto gone on that of remunerated, as now they would go on
+that of gratuitous, service; but why should they have so many
+words about it?&nbsp; Mrs. Moreen at all events continued to be
+convincing; sitting there with her fifty francs she talked and
+reiterated, as women reiterate, and bored and irritated him,
+while he leaned against the wall with his hands in the pockets of
+his wrapper, drawing it together round his legs and looking over
+the head of his visitor at the grey negations of his
+window.&nbsp; She wound up with saying: &ldquo;You see I bring
+you a definite proposal.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;A definite proposal?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;To make our relations regular, as it were&mdash;to put
+them on a comfortable footing.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;I see&mdash;it&rsquo;s a system,&rdquo; said
+Pemberton.&nbsp; &ldquo;A kind of organised blackmail.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Mrs. Moreen bounded up, which was exactly what he
+wanted.&nbsp; &ldquo;What do you mean by that?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;You practise on one&rsquo;s fears&mdash;one&rsquo;s
+fears about the child if one should go away.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;And pray what would happen to him in that event?&rdquo;
+she demanded, with majesty.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Why he&rsquo;d be alone with <i>you</i>.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;And pray with whom <i>should</i> a child be but with
+those whom he loves most?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;If you think that, why don&rsquo;t you dismiss
+me?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Do you pretend he loves you more than he loves
+<i>us</i>?&rdquo; cried Mrs. Moreen.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;I think he ought to.&nbsp; I make sacrifices for
+him.&nbsp; Though I&rsquo;ve heard of those <i>you</i> make I
+don&rsquo;t see them.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Mrs. Moreen stared a moment; then with emotion she grasped her
+inmate&rsquo;s hand.&nbsp; &ldquo;<i>Will</i> you make
+it&mdash;the sacrifice?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>He burst out laughing.&nbsp; &ldquo;I&rsquo;ll see.&nbsp;
+I&rsquo;ll do what I can.&nbsp; I&rsquo;ll stay a little
+longer.&nbsp; Your calculation&rsquo;s just&mdash;I <i>do</i>
+hate intensely to give him up; I&rsquo;m fond of him and he
+thoroughly interests me, in spite of the inconvenience I
+suffer.&nbsp; You know my situation perfectly.&nbsp; I
+haven&rsquo;t a penny in the world and, occupied as you see me
+with Morgan, am unable to earn money.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Mrs. Moreen tapped her undressed arm with her folded
+bank-note.&nbsp; &ldquo;Can&rsquo;t you write articles?&nbsp;
+Can&rsquo;t you translate as <i>I</i> do?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;I don&rsquo;t know about translating; it&rsquo;s
+wretchedly paid.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;I&rsquo;m glad to earn what I can,&rdquo; said Mrs.
+Moreen with prodigious virtue.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;You ought to tell me who you do it for.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+Pemberton paused a moment, and she said nothing; so he added:
+&ldquo;I&rsquo;ve tried to turn off some little sketches, but the
+magazines won&rsquo;t have them&mdash;they&rsquo;re declined with
+thanks.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;You see then you&rsquo;re not such a
+ph&oelig;nix,&rdquo; his visitor pointedly smiled&mdash;&ldquo;to
+pretend to abilities you&rsquo;re sacrificing for our
+sake.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;I haven&rsquo;t time to do things properly,&rdquo; he
+ruefully went on.&nbsp; Then as it came over him that he was
+almost abjectly good-natured to give these explanations he added:
+&ldquo;If I stay on longer it must be on one condition&mdash;that
+Morgan shall know distinctly on what footing I am.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Mrs. Moreen demurred.&nbsp; &ldquo;Surely you don&rsquo;t want
+to show off to a child?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;To show <i>you</i> off, do you mean?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Again she cast about, but this time it was to produce a still
+finer flower.&nbsp; &ldquo;And <i>you</i> talk of
+blackmail!&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;You can easily prevent it,&rdquo; said Pemberton.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;And <i>you</i> talk of practising on fears,&rdquo; she
+bravely pushed on.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, there&rsquo;s no doubt I&rsquo;m a great
+scoundrel.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>His patroness met his eyes&mdash;it was clear she was in
+straits.&nbsp; Then she thrust out her money at him.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;Mr. Moreen desired me to give you this on
+account.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;I&rsquo;m much obliged to Mr. Moreen, but we
+<i>have</i> no account.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;You won&rsquo;t take it?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;That leaves me more free,&rdquo; said Pemberton.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;To poison my darling&rsquo;s mind?&rdquo; groaned Mrs.
+Moreen.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Oh your darling&rsquo;s mind&mdash;!&rdquo; the young
+man laughed.</p>
+<p>She fixed him a moment, and he thought she was going to break
+out tormentedly, pleadingly: &ldquo;For God&rsquo;s sake, tell me
+what <i>is</i> in it!&rdquo;&nbsp; But she checked this
+impulse&mdash;another was stronger.&nbsp; She pocketed the
+money&mdash;the crudity of the alternative was comical&mdash;and
+swept out of the room with the desperate concession: &ldquo;You
+may tell him any horror you like!&rdquo;</p>
+<h2>CHAPTER VI</h2>
+<p>A couple of days after this, during which he had failed to
+profit by so free a permission, he had been for a quarter of an
+hour walking with his charge in silence when the boy became
+sociable again with the remark: &ldquo;I&rsquo;ll tell you how I
+know it; I know it through Z&eacute;nobie.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Z&eacute;nobie?&nbsp; Who in the world is
+<i>she</i>?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;A nurse I used to have&mdash;ever so many years
+ago.&nbsp; A charming woman.&nbsp; I liked her awfully, and she
+liked me.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;There&rsquo;s no accounting for tastes.&nbsp; What is
+it you know through her?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Why what their idea is.&nbsp; She went away because
+they didn&rsquo;t fork out.&nbsp; She did like me awfully, and
+she stayed two years.&nbsp; She told me all about it&mdash;that
+at last she could never get her wages.&nbsp; As soon as they saw
+how much she liked me they stopped giving her anything.&nbsp;
+They thought she&rsquo;d stay for nothing&mdash;just
+<i>because</i>, don&rsquo;t you know?&rdquo;&nbsp; And Morgan had
+a queer little conscious lucid look.&nbsp; &ldquo;She did stay
+ever so long&mdash;as long an she could.&nbsp; She was only a
+poor girl.&nbsp; She used to send money to her mother.&nbsp; At
+last she couldn&rsquo;t afford it any longer, and went away in a
+fearful rage one night&mdash;I mean of course in a rage against
+<i>them</i>.&nbsp; She cried over me tremendously, she hugged me
+nearly to death.&nbsp; She told me all about it,&rdquo; the boy
+repeated.&nbsp; &ldquo;She told me it was their idea.&nbsp; So I
+guessed, ever so long ago, that they have had the same idea with
+you.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Z&eacute;nobie was very sharp,&rdquo; said
+Pemberton.&nbsp; &ldquo;And she made you so.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Oh that wasn&rsquo;t Z&eacute;nobie; that was
+nature.&nbsp; And experience!&rdquo; Morgan laughed.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Well, Z&eacute;nobie was a part of your
+experience.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Certainly I was a part of hers, poor dear!&rdquo; the
+boy wisely sighed.&nbsp; &ldquo;And I&rsquo;m part of
+yours.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;A very important part.&nbsp; But I don&rsquo;t see how
+you know that I&rsquo;ve been treated like
+Z&eacute;nobie.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Do you take me for the biggest dunce you&rsquo;ve
+known?&rdquo; Morgan asked.&nbsp; &ldquo;Haven&rsquo;t I been
+conscious of what we&rsquo;ve been through together?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;What we&rsquo;ve been through?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Our privations&mdash;our dark days.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Oh our days have been bright enough.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Morgan went on in silence for a moment.&nbsp; Then he said:
+&ldquo;My dear chap, you&rsquo;re a hero!&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Well, you&rsquo;re another!&rdquo; Pemberton
+retorted.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;No I&rsquo;m not, but I ain&rsquo;t a baby.&nbsp; I
+won&rsquo;t stand it any longer.&nbsp; You must get some
+occupation that pays.&nbsp; I&rsquo;m ashamed, I&rsquo;m
+ashamed!&rdquo; quavered the boy with a ring of passion, like
+some high silver note from a small cathedral cloister, that
+deeply touched his friend.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;We ought to go off and live somewhere together,&rdquo;
+the young man said.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;I&rsquo;ll go like a shot if you&rsquo;ll take
+me.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;I&rsquo;d get some work that would keep us both
+afloat,&rdquo; Pemberton continued.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;So would I.&nbsp; Why shouldn&rsquo;t I work?&nbsp; I
+ain&rsquo;t such a beastly little muff as that comes
+to.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;The difficulty is that your parents wouldn&rsquo;t hear
+of it.&nbsp; They&rsquo;d never part with you; they worship the
+ground you tread on.&nbsp; Don&rsquo;t you see the proof of
+it?&rdquo; Pemberton developed.&nbsp; &ldquo;They don&rsquo;t
+dislike me; they wish me no harm; they&rsquo;re very amiable
+people; but they&rsquo;re perfectly ready to expose me to any
+awkwardness in life for your sake.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>The silence in which Morgan received his fond sophistry struck
+Pemberton somehow as expressive.&nbsp; After a moment the child
+repeated: &ldquo;You are a hero!&rdquo;&nbsp; Then he added:
+&ldquo;They leave me with you altogether.&nbsp; You&rsquo;ve all
+the responsibility.&nbsp; They put me off on you from morning
+till night.&nbsp; Why then should they object to my taking up
+with you completely?&nbsp; I&rsquo;d help you.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;They&rsquo;re not particularly keen about my being
+helped, and they delight in thinking of you as
+<i>theirs</i>.&nbsp; They&rsquo;re tremendously proud of
+you.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;I&rsquo;m not proud of <i>them</i>.&nbsp; But you know
+that,&rdquo; Morgan returned.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Except for the little matter we speak of they&rsquo;re
+charming people,&rdquo; said Pemberton, not taking up the point
+made for his intelligence, but wondering greatly at the
+boy&rsquo;s own, and especially at this fresh reminder of
+something he had been conscious of from the first&mdash;the
+strangest thing in his friend&rsquo;s large little composition, a
+temper, a sensibility, even a private ideal, which made him as
+privately disown the stuff his people were made of.&nbsp; Morgan
+had in secret a small loftiness which made him acute about
+betrayed meanness; as well as a critical sense for the manners
+immediately surrounding him that was quite without precedent in a
+juvenile nature, especially when one noted that it had not made
+this nature &ldquo;old-fashioned,&rdquo; as the word is of
+children&mdash;quaint or wizened or offensive.&nbsp; It was as if
+he had been a little gentleman and had paid the penalty by
+discovering that he was the only such person in his family.&nbsp;
+This comparison didn&rsquo;t make him vain, but it could make him
+melancholy and a trifle austere.&nbsp; While Pemberton guessed at
+these dim young things, shadows of shadows, he was partly drawn
+on and partly checked, as for a scruple, by the charm of
+attempting to sound the little cool shallows that were so quickly
+growing deeper.&nbsp; When he tried to figure to himself the
+morning twilight of childhood, so as to deal with it safely, he
+saw it was never fixed, never arrested, that ignorance, at the
+instant he touched it, was already flushing faintly into
+knowledge, that there was nothing that at a given moment you
+could say an intelligent child didn&rsquo;t know.&nbsp; It seemed
+to him that he himself knew too much to imagine Morgan&rsquo;s
+simplicity and too little to disembroil his tangle.</p>
+<p>The boy paid no heed to his last remark; he only went on:
+&ldquo;I&rsquo;d have spoken to them about their idea, as I call
+it, long ago, if I hadn&rsquo;t been sure what they&rsquo;d
+say.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;And what would they say?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Just what they said about what poor Z&eacute;nobie told
+me&mdash;that it was a horrid dreadful story, that they had paid
+her every penny they owed her.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Well, perhaps they had,&rdquo; said Pemberton.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Perhaps they&rsquo;ve paid you!&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Let us pretend they have, and n&rsquo;en parlons
+plus.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;They accused her of lying and
+cheating&rdquo;&mdash;Morgan stuck to historic truth.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;That&rsquo;s why I don&rsquo;t want to speak to
+them.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Lest they should accuse me, too?&rdquo;&nbsp; To this
+Morgan made no answer, and his companion, looking down at
+him&mdash;the boy turned away his eyes, which had
+filled&mdash;saw what he couldn&rsquo;t have trusted himself to
+utter.&nbsp; &ldquo;You&rsquo;re right.&nbsp; Don&rsquo;t worry
+them,&rdquo; Pemberton pursued.&nbsp; &ldquo;Except for that,
+they <i>are</i> charming people.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Except for <i>their</i> lying and <i>their</i>
+cheating?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;I say&mdash;I say!&rdquo; cried Pemberton, imitating a
+little tone of the lad&rsquo;s which was itself an imitation.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;We must be frank, at the last; we <i>must</i> come to
+an understanding,&rdquo; said Morgan with the importance of the
+small boy who lets himself think he is arranging great
+affairs&mdash;almost playing at shipwreck or at Indians.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;I know all about everything.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;I dare say your father has his reasons,&rdquo;
+Pemberton replied, but too vaguely, as he was aware.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;For lying and cheating?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;For saving and managing and turning his means to the
+best account.&nbsp; He has plenty to do with his money.&nbsp;
+You&rsquo;re an expensive family.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, I&rsquo;m very expensive,&rdquo; Morgan concurred
+in a manner that made his preceptor burst out laughing.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;He&rsquo;s saving for <i>you</i>,&rdquo; said
+Pemberton.&nbsp; &ldquo;They think of you in everything they
+do.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;He might, while he&rsquo;s about it, save a
+little&mdash;&rdquo;&nbsp; The boy paused, and his friend waited
+to hear what.&nbsp; Then Morgan brought out oddly: &ldquo;A
+little reputation.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Oh there&rsquo;s plenty of that.&nbsp; That&rsquo;s all
+right!&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Enough of it for the people they know, no doubt.&nbsp;
+The people they know are awful.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Do you mean the princes?&nbsp; We mustn&rsquo;t abuse
+the princes.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Why not?&nbsp; They haven&rsquo;t married
+Paula&mdash;they haven&rsquo;t married Amy.&nbsp; They only clean
+out Ulick.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;You <i>do</i> know everything!&rdquo; Pemberton
+declared.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;No, I don&rsquo;t, after all.&nbsp; I don&rsquo;t know
+what they live on, or how they live, or <i>why</i> they
+live!&nbsp; What have they got and how did they get it?&nbsp; Are
+they rich, are they poor, or have they a modeste aisance?&nbsp;
+Why are they always chiveying me about&mdash;living one year like
+ambassadors and the next like paupers?&nbsp; Who are they, any
+way, and what are they?&nbsp; I&rsquo;ve thought of all
+that&mdash;I&rsquo;ve thought of a lot of things.&nbsp;
+They&rsquo;re so beastly worldly.&nbsp; That&rsquo;s what I hate
+most&mdash;oh, I&rsquo;ve <i>seen</i> it!&nbsp; All they care
+about is to make an appearance and to pass for something or
+other.&nbsp; What the dickens do they want to pass for?&nbsp;
+What <i>do</i> they, Mr. Pemberton?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;You pause for a reply,&rdquo; said Pemberton, treating
+the question as a joke, yet wondering too and greatly struck with
+his mate&rsquo;s intense if imperfect vision.&nbsp; &ldquo;I
+haven&rsquo;t the least idea.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;And what good does it do?&nbsp; Haven&rsquo;t I seen
+the way people treat them&mdash;the &lsquo;nice&rsquo; people,
+the ones they want to know?&nbsp; They&rsquo;ll take anything
+from them&mdash;they&rsquo;ll lie down and be trampled on.&nbsp;
+The nice ones hate that&mdash;they just sicken them.&nbsp;
+You&rsquo;re the only really nice person we know.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Are you sure?&nbsp; They don&rsquo;t lie down for
+me!&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Well, you shan&rsquo;t lie down for them.&nbsp;
+You&rsquo;ve got to go&mdash;that&rsquo;s what you&rsquo;ve got
+to do,&rdquo; said Morgan.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;And what will become of you?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Oh I&rsquo;m growing up.&nbsp; I shall get off before
+long.&nbsp; I&rsquo;ll see you later.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;You had better let me finish you,&rdquo; Pemberton
+urged, lending himself to the child&rsquo;s strange
+superiority.</p>
+<p>Morgan stopped in their walk, looking up at him.&nbsp; He had
+to look up much less than a couple of years before&mdash;he had
+grown, in his loose leanness, so long and high.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;Finish me?&rdquo; he echoed.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;There are such a lot of jolly things we can do together
+yet.&nbsp; I want to turn you out&mdash;I want you to do me
+credit.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Morgan continued to look at him.&nbsp; &ldquo;To give you
+credit&mdash;do you mean?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;My dear fellow, you&rsquo;re too clever to
+live.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;That&rsquo;s just what I&rsquo;m afraid you
+think.&nbsp; No, no; it isn&rsquo;t fair&mdash;I can&rsquo;t
+endure it.&nbsp; We&rsquo;ll separate next week.&nbsp; The sooner
+it&rsquo;s over the sooner to sleep.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;If I hear of anything&mdash;any other chance&mdash;I
+promise to go,&rdquo; Pemberton said.</p>
+<p>Morgan consented to consider this.&nbsp; &ldquo;But
+you&rsquo;ll be honest,&rdquo; he demanded; &ldquo;you
+won&rsquo;t pretend you haven&rsquo;t heard?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;I&rsquo;m much more likely to pretend I
+have.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;But what can you hear of, this way, stuck in a hole
+with us?&nbsp; You ought to be on the spot, to go to
+England&mdash;you ought to go to America.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;One would think you were <i>my</i> tutor!&rdquo; said
+Pemberton.</p>
+<p>Morgan walked on and after a little had begun again:
+&ldquo;Well, now that you know I know and that we look at the
+facts and keep nothing back&mdash;it&rsquo;s much more
+comfortable, isn&rsquo;t it?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;My dear boy, it&rsquo;s so amusing, so interesting,
+that it will surely be quite impossible for me to forego such
+hours as these.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>This made Morgan stop once more.&nbsp; &ldquo;You <i>do</i>
+keep something back.&nbsp; Oh you&rsquo;re not
+straight&mdash;<i>I</i> am!&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;How am I not straight?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Oh you&rsquo;ve got your idea!&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;My idea?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Why that I probably shan&rsquo;t make old&mdash;make
+older&mdash;bones, and that you can stick it out till I&rsquo;m
+removed.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;You <i>are</i> too clever to live!&rdquo; Pemberton
+repeated.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;I call it a mean idea,&rdquo; Morgan pursued.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;But I shall punish you by the way I hang on.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Look out or I&rsquo;ll poison you!&rdquo; Pemberton
+laughed.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;I&rsquo;m stronger and better every year.&nbsp;
+Haven&rsquo;t you noticed that there hasn&rsquo;t been a doctor
+near me since you came?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;<i>I&rsquo;m</i> your doctor,&rdquo; said the young
+man, taking his arm and drawing him tenderly on again.</p>
+<p>Morgan proceeded and after a few steps gave a sigh of mingled
+weariness and relief.&nbsp; &ldquo;Ah now that we look at the
+facts it&rsquo;s all right!&rdquo;</p>
+<h2>CHAPTER VII</h2>
+<p>They looked at the facts a good deal after this and one of the
+first consequences of their doing so was that Pemberton stuck it
+out, in his friend&rsquo;s parlance, for the purpose.&nbsp;
+Morgan made the facts so vivid and so droll, and at the same time
+so bald and so ugly, that there was fascination in talking them
+over with him, just as there would have been heartlessness in
+leaving him alone with them.&nbsp; Now that the pair had such
+perceptions in common it was useless for them to pretend they
+didn&rsquo;t judge such people; but the very judgement and the
+exchange of perceptions created another tie.&nbsp; Morgan had
+never been so interesting as now that he himself was made plainer
+by the sidelight of these confidences.&nbsp; What came out in it
+most was the small fine passion of his pride.&nbsp; He had plenty
+of that, Pemberton felt&mdash;so much that one might perhaps
+wisely wish for it some early bruises.&nbsp; He would have liked
+his people to have a spirit and had waked up to the sense of
+their perpetually eating humble-pie.&nbsp; His mother would
+consume any amount, and his father would consume even more than
+his mother.&nbsp; He had a theory that Ulick had wriggled out of
+an &ldquo;affair&rdquo; at Nice: there had once been a flurry at
+home, a regular panic, after which they all went to bed and took
+medicine, not to be accounted for on any other supposition.&nbsp;
+Morgan had a romantic imagination, led by poetry and history, and
+he would have liked those who &ldquo;bore his
+name&rdquo;&mdash;as he used to say to Pemberton with the humour
+that made his queer delicacies manly&mdash;to carry themselves
+with an air.&nbsp; But their one idea was to get in with people
+who didn&rsquo;t want them and to take snubs as it they were
+honourable scars.&nbsp; Why people didn&rsquo;t want them more he
+didn&rsquo;t know&mdash;that was people&rsquo;s own affair; after
+all they weren&rsquo;t superficially repulsive, they were a
+hundred times cleverer than most of the dreary grandees, the
+&ldquo;poor swells&rdquo; they rushed about Europe to catch up
+with.&nbsp; &ldquo;After all they <i>are</i> amusing&mdash;they
+are!&rdquo; he used to pronounce with the wisdom of the
+ages.&nbsp; To which Pemberton always replied:
+&ldquo;Amusing&mdash;the great Moreen troupe?&nbsp; Why
+they&rsquo;re altogether delightful; and if it weren&rsquo;t for
+the hitch that you and I (feeble performers!) make in the
+ensemble they&rsquo;d carry everything before them.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>What the boy couldn&rsquo;t get over was the fact that this
+particular blight seemed, in a tradition of self-respect, so
+undeserved and so arbitrary.&nbsp; No doubt people had a right to
+take the line they liked; but why should his people have liked
+the line of pushing and toadying and lying and cheating?&nbsp;
+What had their forefathers&mdash;all decent folk, so far as he
+knew&mdash;done to them, or what had he done to them?&nbsp; Who
+had poisoned their blood with the fifth-rate social ideal, the
+fixed idea of making smart acquaintances and getting into the
+monde chic, especially when it was foredoomed to failure and
+exposure?&nbsp; They showed so what they were after; that was
+what made the people they wanted not want <i>them</i>.&nbsp; And
+never a wince for dignity, never a throb of shame at looking each
+other in the face, never any independence or resentment or
+disgust.&nbsp; If his father or his brother would only knock some
+one down once or twice a year!&nbsp; Clever as they were they
+never guessed the impression they made.&nbsp; They were
+good-natured, yes&mdash;as good-natured as Jews at the doors of
+clothing-shops!&nbsp; But was that the model one wanted
+one&rsquo;s family to follow?&nbsp; Morgan had dim memories of an
+old grandfather, the maternal, in New York, whom he had been
+taken across the ocean at the age of five to see: a gentleman
+with a high neck-cloth and a good deal of pronunciation, who wore
+a dress-coat in the morning, which made one wonder what he wore
+in the evening, and had, or was supposed to have
+&ldquo;property&rdquo; and something to do with the Bible
+Society.&nbsp; It couldn&rsquo;t have been but that he was a good
+type.&nbsp; Pemberton himself remembered Mrs. Clancy, a widowed
+sister of Mr. Moreen&rsquo;s, who was as irritating as a moral
+tale and had paid a fortnight&rsquo;s visit to the family at Nice
+shortly after he came to live with them.&nbsp; She was
+&ldquo;pure and refined,&rdquo; as Amy said over the banjo, and
+had the air of not knowing what they meant when they talked, and
+of keeping something rather important back.&nbsp; Pemberton
+judged that what she kept back was an approval of many of their
+ways; therefore it was to be supposed that she too was of a good
+type, and that Mr. and Mrs. Moreen and Ulick and Paula and Amy
+might easily have been of a better one if they would.</p>
+<p>But that they wouldn&rsquo;t was more and more perceptible
+from day to day.&nbsp; They continued to &ldquo;chivey,&rdquo; as
+Morgan called it, and in due time became aware of a variety of
+reasons for proceeding to Venice.&nbsp; They mentioned a great
+many of them&mdash;they were always strikingly frank and had the
+brightest friendly chatter, at the late foreign breakfast in
+especial, before the ladies had made up their faces, when they
+leaned their arms on the table, had something to follow the
+demitasse, and, in the heat of familiar discussion as to what
+they &ldquo;really ought&rdquo; to do, fell inevitably into the
+languages in which they could tutoyer.&nbsp; Even Pemberton liked
+them then; he could endure even Ulick when he heard him give his
+little flat voice for the &ldquo;sweet sea-city.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+That was what made him have a sneaking kindness for
+them&mdash;that they were so out of the workaday world and kept
+him so out of it.&nbsp; The summer had waned when, with cries of
+ecstasy, they all passed out on the balcony that overhung the
+Grand Canal.&nbsp; The sunsets then were splendid and the
+Dorringtons had arrived.&nbsp; The Dorringtons were the only
+reason they hadn&rsquo;t talked of at breakfast; but the reasons
+they didn&rsquo;t talk of at breakfast always came out in the
+end.&nbsp; The Dorringtons on the other hand came out very
+little; or else when they did they stayed&mdash;as was
+natural&mdash;for hours, during which periods Mrs. Moreen and the
+girls sometimes called at their hotel (to see if they had
+returned) as many as three times running.&nbsp; The gondola was
+for the ladies, as in Venice too there were &ldquo;days,&rdquo;
+which Mrs. Moreen knew in their order an hour after she
+arrived.&nbsp; She immediately took one herself, to which the
+Dorringtons never came, though on a certain occasion when
+Pemberton and his pupil were together at St.
+Mark&rsquo;s&mdash;where, taking the best walks they had ever had
+and haunting a hundred churches, they spent a great deal of
+time&mdash;they saw the old lord turn up with Mr. Moreen and
+Ulick, who showed him the dim basilica as if it belonged to
+them.&nbsp; Pemberton noted how much less, among its curiosities,
+Lord Dorrington carried himself as a man of the world; wondering
+too whether, for such services, his companions took a fee from
+him.&nbsp; The autumn at any rate waned, the Dorringtons
+departed, and Lord Verschoyle, the eldest son, had proposed
+neither for Amy nor for Paula.</p>
+<p>One sad November day, while the wind roared round the old
+palace and the rain lashed the lagoon, Pemberton, for exercise
+and even somewhat for warmth&mdash;the Moreens were horribly
+frugal about fires; it was a cause of suffering to their
+inmate&mdash;walked up and down the big bare sala with his
+pupil.&nbsp; The scagliola floor was cold, the high battered
+casements shook in the storm, and the stately decay of the place
+was unrelieved by a particle of furniture.&nbsp;
+Pemberton&rsquo;s spirits were low, and it came over him that the
+fortune of the Moreens was now even lower.&nbsp; A blast of
+desolation, a portent of disgrace and disaster, seemed to draw
+through the comfortless hall.&nbsp; Mr. Moreen and Ulick were in
+the Piazza, looking out for something, strolling drearily, in
+mackintoshes, under the arcades; but still, in spite of
+mackintoshes, unmistakeable men of the world.&nbsp; Paula and Amy
+were in bed&mdash;it might have been thought they were staying
+there to keep warm.&nbsp; Pemberton looked askance at the boy at
+his side, to see to what extent he was conscious of these dark
+omens.&nbsp; But Morgan, luckily for him, was now mainly
+conscious of growing taller and stronger and indeed of being in
+his fifteenth year.&nbsp; This fact was intensely interesting to
+him and the basis of a private theory&mdash;which, however, he
+had imparted to his tutor&mdash;that in a little while he should
+stand on his own feet.&nbsp; He considered that the situation
+would change&mdash;that in short he should be
+&ldquo;finished,&rdquo; grown up, producible in the world of
+affairs and ready to prove himself of sterling ability.&nbsp;
+Sharply as he was capable at times of analysing, as he called it,
+his life, there were happy hours when he remained, as he also
+called it&mdash;and as the name, really, of their right
+ideal&mdash;&ldquo;jolly&rdquo; superficial; the proof of which
+was his fundamental assumption that he should presently go to
+Oxford, to Pemberton&rsquo;s college, and, aided and abetted by
+Pemberton, do the most wonderful things.&nbsp; It depressed the
+young man to see how little in such a project he took account of
+ways and means: in other connexions he mostly kept to the
+measure.&nbsp; Pemberton tried to imagine the Moreens at Oxford
+and fortunately failed; yet unless they were to adopt it as a
+residence there would be no modus vivendi for Morgan.&nbsp; How
+could he live without an allowance, and where was the allowance
+to come from?&nbsp; He, Pemberton, might live on Morgan; but how
+could Morgan live on <i>him</i>?&nbsp; What was to become of him
+anyhow?&nbsp; Somehow the fact that he was a big boy now, with
+better prospects of health, made the question of his future more
+difficult.&nbsp; So long as he was markedly frail the great
+consideration he inspired seemed enough of an answer to it.&nbsp;
+But at the bottom of Pemberton&rsquo;s heart was the recognition
+of his probably being strong enough to live and not yet strong
+enough to struggle or to thrive.&nbsp; Morgan himself at any rate
+was in the first flush of the rosiest consciousness of
+adolescence, so that the beating of the tempest seemed to him
+after all but the voice of life and the challenge of fate.&nbsp;
+He had on his shabby little overcoat, with the collar up, but was
+enjoying his walk.</p>
+<p>It was interrupted at last by the appearance of his mother at
+the end of the sala.&nbsp; She beckoned him to come to her, and
+while Pemberton saw him, complaisant, pass down the long vista
+and over the damp false marble, he wondered what was in the
+air.&nbsp; Mrs. Moreen said a word to the boy and made him go
+into the room she had quitted.&nbsp; Then, having closed the door
+after him, she directed her steps swiftly to Pemberton.&nbsp;
+There was something in the air, but his wildest flight of fancy
+wouldn&rsquo;t have suggested what it proved to be.&nbsp; She
+signified that she had made a pretext to get Morgan out of the
+way, and then she enquired&mdash;without hesitation&mdash;if the
+young man could favour her with the loan of three louis.&nbsp;
+While, before bursting into a laugh, he stared at her with
+surprise, she declared that she was awfully pressed for the
+money; she was desperate for it&mdash;it would save her life.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Dear lady, c&rsquo;est trop fort!&rdquo;&nbsp;
+Pemberton laughed in the manner and with the borrowed grace of
+idiom that marked the best colloquial, the best anecdotic,
+moments of his friends themselves.&nbsp; &ldquo;Where in the
+world do you suppose I should get three louis, du train dont vous
+allez?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;I thought you worked&mdash;wrote things.&nbsp;
+Don&rsquo;t they pay you?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Not a penny.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Are you such a fool as to work for nothing?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;You ought surely to know that.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Mrs. Moreen stared, then she coloured a little.&nbsp;
+Pemberton saw she had quite forgotten the terms&mdash;if
+&ldquo;terms&rdquo; they could be called&mdash;that he had ended
+by accepting from herself; they had burdened her memory as little
+as her conscience.&nbsp; &ldquo;Oh yes, I see what you
+mean&mdash;you&rsquo;ve been very nice about that; but why drag
+it in so often?&rdquo;&nbsp; She had been perfectly urbane with
+him ever since the rough scene of explanation in his room the
+morning he made her accept <i>his</i>
+&ldquo;terms&rdquo;&mdash;the necessity of his making his case
+known to Morgan.&nbsp; She had felt no resentment after seeing
+there was no danger Morgan would take the matter up with
+her.&nbsp; Indeed, attributing this immunity to the good taste of
+his influence with the boy, she had once said to Pemberton
+&ldquo;My dear fellow, it&rsquo;s an immense comfort you&rsquo;re
+a gentleman.&rdquo;&nbsp; She repeated this in substance
+now.&nbsp; &ldquo;Of course you&rsquo;re a
+gentleman&mdash;that&rsquo;s a bother the less!&rdquo;&nbsp;
+Pemberton reminded her that he had not &ldquo;dragged in&rdquo;
+anything that wasn&rsquo;t already in as much as his foot was in
+his shoe; and she also repeated her prayer that, somewhere and
+somehow, he would find her sixty francs.&nbsp; He took the
+liberty of hinting that if he could find them it wouldn&rsquo;t
+be to lend them to <i>her</i>&mdash;as to which he consciously
+did himself injustice, knowing that if he had them he would
+certainly put them at her disposal.&nbsp; He accused himself, at
+bottom and not unveraciously, of a fantastic, a demoralised
+sympathy with her.&nbsp; If misery made strange bedfellows it
+also made strange sympathies.&nbsp; It was moreover a part of the
+abasement of living with such people that one had to make vulgar
+retorts, quite out of one&rsquo;s own tradition of good
+manners.&nbsp; &ldquo;Morgan, Morgan, to what pass have I come
+for you?&rdquo; he groaned while Mrs. Moreen floated voluminously
+down the sala again to liberate the boy, wailing as she went that
+everything was too odious.</p>
+<p>Before their young friend was liberated there came a thump at
+the door communicating with the staircase, followed by the
+apparition of a dripping youth who poked in his head.&nbsp;
+Pemberton recognised him as the bearer of a telegram and
+recognised the telegram as addressed to himself.&nbsp; Morgan
+came back as, after glancing at the signature&mdash;that of a
+relative in London&mdash;he was reading the words: &ldquo;Found a
+jolly job for you, engagement to coach opulent youth on own
+terms.&nbsp; Come at once.&rdquo;&nbsp; The answer happily was
+paid and the messenger waited.&nbsp; Morgan, who had drawn near,
+waited too and looked hard at Pemberton; and Pemberton, after a
+moment, having met his look, handed him the telegram.&nbsp; It
+was really by wise looks&mdash;they knew each other so well
+now&mdash;that, while the telegraph-boy, in his waterproof cape,
+made a great puddle on the floor, the thing was settled between
+them.&nbsp; Pemberton wrote the answer with a pencil against the
+frescoed wall, and the messenger departed.&nbsp; When he had gone
+the young man explained himself.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;I&rsquo;ll make a tremendous charge; I&rsquo;ll earn a
+lot of money in a short time, and we&rsquo;ll live on
+it.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Well, I hope the opulent youth will be a dismal
+dunce&mdash;he probably will&mdash;&rdquo; Morgan
+parenthesised&mdash;&ldquo;and keep you a long time a-hammering
+of it in.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Of course the longer he keeps me the more we shall have
+for our old age.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;But suppose <i>they</i> don&rsquo;t pay you!&rdquo;
+Morgan awfully suggested.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Oh there are not two such&mdash;!&rdquo;&nbsp; But
+Pemberton pulled up; he had been on the point of using too
+invidious a term.&nbsp; Instead of this he said &ldquo;Two such
+fatalities.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Morgan flushed&mdash;the tears came to his eyes.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;Dites toujours two such rascally crews!&rdquo;&nbsp; Then
+in a different tone he added: &ldquo;Happy opulent
+youth!&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Not if he&rsquo;s a dismal dunce.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Oh they&rsquo;re happier then.&nbsp; But you
+can&rsquo;t have everything, can you?&rdquo; the boy smiled.</p>
+<p>Pemberton held him fast, hands on his shoulders&mdash;he had
+never loved him so.&nbsp; &ldquo;What will become of you, what
+will you do?&rdquo;&nbsp; He thought of Mrs. Moreen, desperate
+for sixty francs.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;I shall become an homme fait.&rdquo;&nbsp; And then as
+if he recognised all the bearings of Pemberton&rsquo;s allusion:
+&ldquo;I shall get on with them better when you&rsquo;re not
+here.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Ah don&rsquo;t say that&mdash;it sounds as if I set you
+against them!&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;You do&mdash;the sight of you.&nbsp; It&rsquo;s all
+right; you know what I mean.&nbsp; I shall be beautiful.&nbsp;
+I&rsquo;ll take their affairs in hand; I&rsquo;ll marry my
+sisters.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;You&rsquo;ll marry yourself!&rdquo; joked Pemberton; as
+high, rather tense pleasantry would evidently be the right, or
+the safest, tone for their separation.</p>
+<p>It was, however, not purely in this strain that Morgan
+suddenly asked: &ldquo;But I say&mdash;how will you get to your
+jolly job?&nbsp; You&rsquo;ll have to telegraph to the opulent
+youth for money to come on.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Pemberton bethought himself.&nbsp; &ldquo;They won&rsquo;t
+like that, will they?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Oh look out for them!&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Then Pemberton brought out his remedy.&nbsp; &ldquo;I&rsquo;ll
+go to the American Consul; I&rsquo;ll borrow some money of
+him&mdash;just for the few days, on the strength of the
+telegram.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Morgan was hilarious.&nbsp; &ldquo;Show him the
+telegram&mdash;then collar the money and stay!&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Pemberton entered into the joke sufficiently to reply that for
+Morgan he was really capable of that; but the boy, growing more
+serious, and to prove he hadn&rsquo;t meant what he said, not
+only hurried him off to the Consulate&mdash;since he was to start
+that evening, as he had wired to his friend&mdash;but made sure
+of their affair by going with him.&nbsp; They splashed through
+the tortuous perforations and over the humpbacked bridges, and
+they passed through the Piazza, where they saw Mr. Moreen and
+Ulick go into a jeweller&rsquo;s shop.&nbsp; The Consul proved
+accommodating&mdash;Pemberton said it wasn&rsquo;t the letter,
+but Morgan&rsquo;s grand air&mdash;and on their way back they
+went into Saint Mark&rsquo;s for a hushed ten minutes.&nbsp;
+Later they took up and kept up the fun of it to the very end; and
+it seemed to Pemberton a part of that fun that Mrs. Moreen, who
+was very angry when he had announced her his intention, should
+charge him, grotesquely and vulgarly and in reference to the loan
+she had vainly endeavoured to effect, with bolting lest they
+should &ldquo;get something out&rdquo; of him.&nbsp; On the other
+hand he had to do Mr. Moreen and Ulick the justice to recognise
+that when on coming in they heard the cruel news they took it
+like perfect men of the world.</p>
+<h2>CHAPTER VIII</h2>
+<p>When he got at work with the opulent youth, who was to be
+taken in hand for Balliol, he found himself unable to say if this
+aspirant had really such poor parts or if the appearance were
+only begotten of his own long association with an intensely
+living little mind.&nbsp; From Morgan he heard half a dozen
+times: the boy wrote charming young letters, a patchwork of
+tongues, with indulgent postscripts in the family Volapuk and, in
+little squares and rounds and crannies of the text, the drollest
+illustrations&mdash;letters that he was divided between the
+impulse to show his present charge as a vain, a wasted incentive,
+and the sense of something in them that publicity would
+profane.&nbsp; The opulent youth went up in due course and failed
+to pass; but it seemed to add to the presumption that brilliancy
+was not expected of him all at once that his parents, condoning
+the lapse, which they good-naturedly treated as little as
+possible as if it were Pemberton&rsquo;s, should have sounded the
+rally again, begged the young coach to renew the siege.</p>
+<p>The young coach was now in a position to lend Mrs. Moreen
+three louis, and he sent her a post-office order even for a
+larger amount.&nbsp; In return for this favour he received a
+frantic scribbled line from her: &ldquo;Implore you to come back
+instantly&mdash;Morgan dreadfully ill.&rdquo;&nbsp; They were on
+there rebound, once more in Paris&mdash;often as Pemberton had
+seen them depressed he had never seen them crushed&mdash;and
+communication was therefore rapid.&nbsp; He wrote to the boy to
+ascertain the state of his health, but awaited the answer in
+vain.&nbsp; He accordingly, after three days, took an abrupt
+leave of the opulent youth and, crossing the Channel, alighted at
+the small hotel, in the quarter of the Champs Elys&eacute;es, of
+which Mrs. Moreen had given him the address.&nbsp; A deep if dumb
+dissatisfaction with this lady and her companions bore him
+company: they couldn&rsquo;t be vulgarly honest, but they could
+live at hotels, in velvety entresols, amid a smell of burnt
+pastilles, surrounded by the most expensive city in Europe.&nbsp;
+When he had left them in Venice it was with an irrepressible
+suspicion that something was going to happen; but the only thing
+that could have taken place was again their masterly
+retreat.&nbsp; &ldquo;How is he? where is he?&rdquo; he asked of
+Mrs. Moreen; but before she could speak these questions were
+answered by the pressure round hid neck of a pair of arms, in
+shrunken sleeves, which still were perfectly capable of an
+effusive young foreign squeeze.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Dreadfully ill&mdash;I don&rsquo;t see it!&rdquo; the
+young man cried.&nbsp; And then to Morgan: &ldquo;Why on earth
+didn&rsquo;t you relieve me?&nbsp; Why didn&rsquo;t you answer my
+letter?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Mrs. Moreen declared that when she wrote he was very bad, and
+Pemberton learned at the same time from the boy that he had
+answered every letter he had received.&nbsp; This led to the
+clear inference that Pemberton&rsquo;s note had been kept from
+him so that the game practised should not be interfered
+with.&nbsp; Mrs. Moreen was prepared to see the fact exposed, as
+Pemberton saw the moment he faced her that she was prepared for a
+good many other things.&nbsp; She was prepared above all to
+maintain that she had acted from a sense of duty, that she was
+enchanted she had got him over, whatever they might say, and that
+it was useless of him to pretend he didn&rsquo;t know in all his
+bones that his place at such a time was with Morgan.&nbsp; He had
+taken the boy away from them and now had no right to abandon
+him.&nbsp; He had created for himself the gravest
+responsibilities and must at least abide by what he had done.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Taken him away from you?&rdquo; Pemberton exclaimed
+indignantly.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Do it&mdash;do it for pity&rsquo;s sake; that&rsquo;s
+just what I want.&nbsp; I can&rsquo;t stand <i>this</i>&mdash;and
+such scenes.&nbsp; They&rsquo;re awful frauds&mdash;poor
+dears!&rdquo;&nbsp; These words broke from Morgan, who had
+intermitted his embrace, in a key which made Pemberton turn
+quickly to him and see that he had suddenly seated himself, was
+breathing in great pain, and was very pale.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;<i>Now</i> do you say he&rsquo;s not in a state, my
+precious pet?&rdquo; shouted his mother, dropping on her knees
+before him with clasped hands, but touching him no more than if
+he had been a gilded idol.&nbsp; &ldquo;It will
+pass&mdash;it&rsquo;s only for an instant; but don&rsquo;t say
+such dreadful things!&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;I&rsquo;m all right&mdash;all right,&rdquo; Morgan
+panted to Pemberton, whom he sat looking up at with a strange
+smile, his hands resting on either side of the sofa.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Now do you pretend I&rsquo;ve been dishonest, that
+I&rsquo;ve deceived?&rdquo; Mrs. Moreen flashed at Pemberton as
+she got up.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;It isn&rsquo;t <i>he</i> says it, it&rsquo;s I!&rdquo;
+the boy returned, apparently easier, but sinking back against the
+wall; while his restored friend, who had sat down beside him,
+took his hand and bent over him.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Darling child, one does what one can; there are so many
+things to consider,&rdquo; urged Mrs. Moreen.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;It&rsquo;s his <i>place</i>&mdash;his only place.&nbsp;
+You see <i>you</i> think it is now.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Take me away&mdash;take me away,&rdquo; Morgan went on,
+smiling to Pemberton with his white face.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Where shall I take you, and how&mdash;oh <i>how</i>, my
+boy?&rdquo; the young man stammered, thinking of the rude way in
+which his friends in London held that, for his convenience, with
+no assurance of prompt return, he had thrown them over; of the
+just resentment with which they would already have called in a
+successor, and of the scant help to finding fresh employment that
+resided for him in the grossness of his having failed to pass his
+pupil.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Oh we&rsquo;ll settle that.&nbsp; You used to talk
+about it,&rdquo; said Morgan.&nbsp; &ldquo;If we can only go all
+the rest&rsquo;s a detail.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Talk about it as much as you like, but don&rsquo;t
+think you can attempt it.&nbsp; Mr. Moreen would never
+consent&mdash;it would be so <i>very</i> hand-to-mouth,&rdquo;
+Pemberton&rsquo;s hostess beautifully explained to him.&nbsp;
+Then to Morgan she made it clearer: &ldquo;It would destroy our
+peace, it would break our hearts.&nbsp; Now that he&rsquo;s back
+it will be all the same again.&nbsp; You&rsquo;ll have your life,
+your work and your freedom, and we&rsquo;ll all be happy as we
+used to be.&nbsp; You&rsquo;ll bloom and grow perfectly well, and
+we won&rsquo;t have any more silly experiments, will we?&nbsp;
+They&rsquo;re too absurd.&nbsp; It&rsquo;s Mr. Pemberton&rsquo;s
+place&mdash;every one in his place.&nbsp; You in yours, your papa
+in his, me in mine&mdash;n&rsquo;est-ce pas, ch&eacute;ri?&nbsp;
+We&rsquo;ll all forget how foolish we&rsquo;ve been and have
+lovely times.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>She continued to talk and to surge vaguely about the little
+draped stuffy salon while Pemberton sat with the boy, whose
+colour gradually came back; and she mixed up her reasons, hinting
+that there were going to be changes, that the other children
+might scatter (who knew?&mdash;Paula had her ideas) and that then
+it might be fancied how much the poor old parent-birds would want
+the little nestling.&nbsp; Morgan looked at Pemberton, who
+wouldn&rsquo;t let him move; and Pemberton knew exactly how he
+felt at hearing himself called a little nestling.&nbsp; He
+admitted that he had had one or two bad days, but he protested
+afresh against the wrong of his mother&rsquo;s having made them
+the ground of an appeal to poor Pemberton.&nbsp; Poor Pemberton
+could laugh now, apart from the comicality of Mrs. Moreen&rsquo;s
+mustering so much philosophy for her defence&mdash;she seemed to
+shake it out of her agitated petticoats, which knocked over the
+light gilt chairs&mdash;so little did their young companion,
+<i>marked</i>, unmistakeably marked at the best, strike him as
+qualified to repudiate any advantage.</p>
+<p>He himself was in for it at any rate.&nbsp; He should have
+Morgan on his hands again indefinitely; though indeed he saw the
+lad had a private theory to produce which would be intended to
+smooth this down.&nbsp; He was obliged to him for it in advance;
+but the suggested amendment didn&rsquo;t keep his heart rather
+from sinking, any more than it prevented him from accepting the
+prospect on the spot, with some confidence moreover that he
+should do so even better if he could have a little supper.&nbsp;
+Mrs. Moreen threw out more hints about the changes that were to
+be looked for, but she was such a mixture of smiles and
+shudders&mdash;she confessed she was very nervous&mdash;that he
+couldn&rsquo;t tell if she were in high feather or only in
+hysterics.&nbsp; If the family was really at last going to pieces
+why shouldn&rsquo;t she recognise the necessity of pitching
+Morgan into some sort of lifeboat?&nbsp; This presumption was
+fostered by the fact that they were established in luxurious
+quarters in the capital of pleasure; that was exactly where they
+naturally <i>would</i> be established in view of going to
+pieces.&nbsp; Moreover didn&rsquo;t she mention that Mr. Moreen
+and the others were enjoying themselves at the opera with Mr.
+Granger, and wasn&rsquo;t <i>that</i> also precisely where one
+would look for them on the eve of a smash?&nbsp; Pemberton
+gathered that Mr. Granger was a rich vacant American&mdash;a big
+bill with a flourishy heading and no items; so that one of
+Paula&rsquo;s &ldquo;ideas&rdquo; was probably that this time she
+hadn&rsquo;t missed fire&mdash;by which straight shot indeed she
+would have shattered the general cohesion.&nbsp; And if the
+cohesion was to crumble what would become of poor
+Pemberton?&nbsp; He felt quite enough bound up with them to
+figure to his alarm as a dislodged block in the edifice.</p>
+<p>It was Morgan who eventually asked if no supper had been
+ordered for him; sitting with him below, later, at the dim
+delayed meal, in the presence of a great deal of corded green
+plush, a plate of ornamental biscuit and an aloofness marked on
+the part of the waiter.&nbsp; Mrs. Moreen had explained that they
+had been obliged to secure a room for the visitor out of the
+house; and Morgan&rsquo;s consolation&mdash;he offered it while
+Pemberton reflected on the nastiness of lukewarm
+sauces&mdash;proved to be, largely, that his circumstance would
+facilitate their escape.&nbsp; He talked of their
+escape&mdash;recurring to it often afterwards&mdash;as if they
+were making up a &ldquo;boy&rsquo;s book&rdquo; together.&nbsp;
+But he likewise expressed his sense that there was something in
+the air, that the Moreens couldn&rsquo;t keep it up much
+longer.&nbsp; In point of fact, as Pemberton was to see, they
+kept it up for five or six months.&nbsp; All the while, however,
+Morgan&rsquo;s contention was designed to cheer him.&nbsp; Mr.
+Moreen and Ulick, whom he had met the day after his return,
+accepted that return like perfect men of the world.&nbsp; If
+Paula and Amy treated it even with less formality an allowance
+was to be made for them, inasmuch as Mr. Granger hadn&rsquo;t
+come to the opera after all.&nbsp; He had only placed his box at
+their service, with a bouquet for each of the party; there was
+even one apiece, embittering the thought of his profusion, for
+Mr. Moreen and Ulick.&nbsp; &ldquo;They&rsquo;re all like
+that,&rdquo; was Morgan&rsquo;s comment; &ldquo;at the very last,
+just when we think we&rsquo;ve landed them they&rsquo;re back in
+the deep sea!&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Morgan&rsquo;s comments in these days were more and more free;
+they even included a large recognition of the extraordinary
+tenderness with which he had been treated while Pemberton was
+away.&nbsp; Oh yes, they couldn&rsquo;t do enough to be nice to
+him, to show him they had him on their mind and make up for his
+loss.&nbsp; That was just what made the whole thing so sad and
+caused him to rejoice after all in Pemberton&rsquo;s
+return&mdash;he had to keep thinking of their affection less, had
+less sense of obligation.&nbsp; Pemberton laughed out at this
+last reason, and Morgan blushed and said: &ldquo;Well, dash it,
+you know what I mean.&rdquo;&nbsp; Pemberton knew perfectly what
+he meant; but there were a good many things that&mdash;dash it
+too!&mdash;it didn&rsquo;t make any clearer.&nbsp; This episode
+of his second sojourn in Paris stretched itself out wearily, with
+their resumed readings and wanderings and maunderings, their
+potterings on the quays, their hauntings of the museums, their
+occasional lingerings in the Palais Royal when the first sharp
+weather came on and there was a comfort in warm emanations,
+before Chevet&rsquo;s wonderful succulent window.&nbsp; Morgan
+wanted to hear all about the opulent youth&mdash;he took an
+immense interest in him.&nbsp; Some of the details of his
+opulence&mdash;Pemberton could spare him none of
+them&mdash;evidently fed the boy&rsquo;s appreciation of all his
+friend had given up to come back to him; but in addition to the
+greater reciprocity established by that heroism he had always his
+little brooding theory, in which there was a frivolous gaiety
+too, that their long probation was drawing to a close.&nbsp;
+Morgan&rsquo;s conviction that the Moreens couldn&rsquo;t go on
+much longer kept pace with the unexpended impetus with which,
+from month to month, they did go on.&nbsp; Three weeks after
+Pemberton had rejoined them they went on to another hotel, a
+dingier one than the first; but Morgan rejoiced that his tutor
+had at least still not sacrificed the advantage of a room
+outside.&nbsp; He clung to the romantic utility of this when the
+day, or rather the night, should arrive for their escape.</p>
+<p>For the first time, in this complicated connexion, our friend
+felt his collar gall him.&nbsp; It was, as he had said to Mrs.
+Moreen in Venice, trop fort&mdash;everything was trop fort.&nbsp;
+He could neither really throw off his blighting burden nor find
+in it the benefit of a pacified conscience or of a rewarded
+affection.&nbsp; He had spent all the money accruing to him in
+England, and he saw his youth going and that he was getting
+nothing back for it.&nbsp; It was all very well of Morgan to
+count it for reparation that he should now settle on him
+permanently&mdash;there was an irritating flaw in such a
+view.&nbsp; He saw what the boy had in his mind; the conception
+that as his friend had had the generosity to come back he must
+show his gratitude by giving him his life.&nbsp; But the poor
+friend didn&rsquo;t desire the gift&mdash;what could he do with
+Morgan&rsquo;s dreadful little life?&nbsp; Of course at the same
+time that Pemberton was irritated he remembered the reason, which
+was very honourable to Morgan and which dwelt simply in his
+making one so forget that he was no more than a patched
+urchin.&nbsp; If one dealt with him on a different basis
+one&rsquo;s misadventures were one&rsquo;s own fault.&nbsp; So
+Pemberton waited in a queer confusion of yearning and alarm for
+the catastrophe which was held to hang over the house of Moreen,
+of which he certainly at moments felt the symptoms brush his
+cheek and as to which he wondered much in what form it would find
+its liveliest effect.</p>
+<p>Perhaps it would take the form of sudden dispersal&mdash;a
+frightened sauve qui peut, a scuttling into selfish
+corners.&nbsp; Certainly they were less elastic than of yore;
+they were evidently looking for something they didn&rsquo;t
+find.&nbsp; The Dorringtons hadn&rsquo;t re-appeared, the princes
+had scattered; wasn&rsquo;t that the beginning of the end?&nbsp;
+Mrs. Moreen had lost her reckoning of the famous
+&ldquo;days&rdquo;; her social calendar was blurred&mdash;it had
+turned its face to the wall.&nbsp; Pemberton suspected that the
+great, the cruel discomfiture had been the unspeakable behaviour
+of Mr. Granger, who seemed not to know what he wanted, or, what
+was much worse, what they wanted.&nbsp; He kept sending flowers,
+as if to bestrew the path of his retreat, which was never the
+path of a return.&nbsp; Flowers were all very well,
+but&mdash;Pemberton could complete the proposition.&nbsp; It was
+now positively conspicuous that in the long run the Moreens were
+a social failure; so that the young man was almost grateful the
+run had not been short.&nbsp; Mr. Moreen indeed was still
+occasionally able to get away on business and, what was more
+surprising, was likewise able to get back.&nbsp; Ulick had no
+club but you couldn&rsquo;t have discovered it from his
+appearance, which was as much as ever that of a person looking at
+life from the window of such an institution; therefore Pemberton
+was doubly surprised at an answer he once heard him make his
+mother in the desperate tone of a man familiar with the worst
+privations.&nbsp; Her question Pemberton had not quite caught; it
+appeared to be an appeal for a suggestion as to whom they might
+get to take Amy.&nbsp; &ldquo;Let the Devil take her!&rdquo;
+Ulick snapped; so that Pemberton could see that they had not only
+lost their amiability but had ceased to believe in
+themselves.&nbsp; He could also see that if Mrs. Moreen was
+trying to get people to take her children she might be regarded
+as closing the hatches for the storm.&nbsp; But Morgan would be
+the last she would part with.</p>
+<p>One winter afternoon&mdash;it was a Sunday&mdash;he and the
+boy walked far together in the Bois de Boulogne.&nbsp; The
+evening was so splendid, the cold lemon-coloured sunset so clear,
+the stream of carriages and pedestrians so amusing and the
+fascination of Paris so great, that they stayed out later than
+usual and became aware that they should have to hurry home to
+arrive in time for dinner.&nbsp; They hurried accordingly,
+arm-in-arm, good-humoured and hungry, agreeing that there was
+nothing like Paris after all and that after everything too that
+had come and gone they were not yet sated with innocent
+pleasures.&nbsp; When they reached the hotel they found that,
+though scandalously late, they were in time for all the dinner
+they were likely to sit down to.&nbsp; Confusion reigned in the
+apartments of the Moreens&mdash;very shabby ones this time, but
+the best in the house&mdash;and before the interrupted service of
+the table, with objects displaced almost as if there had been a
+scuffle and a great wine-stain from an overturned bottle,
+Pemberton couldn&rsquo;t blink the fact that there had been a
+scene of the last proprietary firmness.&nbsp; The storm had
+come&mdash;they were all seeking refuge.&nbsp; The hatches were
+down, Paula and Amy were invisible&mdash;they had never tried the
+most casual art upon Pemberton, but he felt they had enough of an
+eye to him not to wish to meet him as young ladies whose frocks
+had been confiscated&mdash;and Ulick appeared to have jumped
+overboard.&nbsp; The host and his staff, in a word, had ceased to
+&ldquo;go on&rdquo; at the pace of their guests, and the air of
+embarrassed detention, thanks to a pile of gaping trunks in the
+passage, was strangely commingled with the air of indignant
+withdrawal.&nbsp; When Morgan took all this in&mdash;and he took
+it in very quickly&mdash;he coloured to the roots of his
+hair.&nbsp; He had walked from his infancy among difficulties and
+dangers, but he had never seen a public exposure.&nbsp; Pemberton
+noticed in a second glance at him that the tears had rushed into
+his eyes and that they were tears of a new and untasted
+bitterness.&nbsp; He wondered an instant, for the boy&rsquo;s
+sake, whether he might successfully pretend not to
+understand.&nbsp; Not successfully, he felt, as Mr. and Mrs.
+Moreen, dinnerless by their extinguished hearth, rose before him
+in their little dishonoured salon, casting about with glassy eyes
+for the nearest port in such a storm.&nbsp; They were not
+prostrate but were horribly white, and Mrs. Moreen had evidently
+been crying.&nbsp; Pemberton quickly learned however that her
+grief was not for the loss of her dinner, much as she usually
+enjoyed it, but the fruit of a blow that struck even deeper, as
+she made all haste to explain.&nbsp; He would see for himself, so
+far as that went, how the great change had come, the dreadful
+bolt had fallen, and how they would now all have to turn
+themselves about.&nbsp; Therefore cruel as it was to them to part
+with their darling she must look to him to carry a little further
+the influence he had so fortunately acquired with the
+boy&mdash;to induce his young charge to follow him into some
+modest retreat.&nbsp; They depended on him&mdash;that was the
+fact&mdash;to take their delightful child temporarily under his
+protection; it would leave Mr. Moreen and herself so much more
+free to give the proper attention (too little, alas! had been
+given) to the readjustment of their affairs.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;We trust you&mdash;we feel we <i>can</i>,&rdquo; said
+Mrs. Moreen, slowly rubbing her plump white hands and looking
+with compunction hard at Morgan, whose chin, not to take
+liberties, her husband stroked with a paternal forefinger.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Oh yes&mdash;we feel that we <i>can</i>.&nbsp; We trust
+Mr. Pemberton fully, Morgan,&rdquo; Mr. Moreen pursued.</p>
+<p>Pemberton wondered again if he might pretend not to
+understand; but everything good gave way to the intensity of
+Morgan&rsquo;s understanding.&nbsp; &ldquo;Do you mean he may
+take me to live with him for ever and ever?&rdquo; cried the
+boy.&nbsp; &ldquo;May take me away, away, anywhere he
+likes?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;For ever and ever?&nbsp; Comme vous-y-allez!&rdquo; Mr.
+Moreen laughed indulgently.&nbsp; &ldquo;For as long as Mr.
+Pemberton may be so good.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;We&rsquo;ve struggled, we&rsquo;ve suffered,&rdquo; his
+wife went on; &ldquo;but you&rsquo;ve made him so your own that
+we&rsquo;ve already been through the worst of the
+sacrifice.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Morgan had turned away from his father&mdash;he stood looking
+at Pemberton with a light in his face.&nbsp; His sense of shame
+for their common humiliated state had dropped; the case had
+another side&mdash;the thing was to clutch at <i>that</i>.&nbsp;
+He had a moment of boyish joy, scarcely mitigated by the
+reflexion that with this unexpected consecration of his
+hope&mdash;too sudden and too violent; the turn taken was away
+from a <i>good</i> boy&rsquo;s book&mdash;the
+&ldquo;escape&rdquo; was left on their hands.&nbsp; The boyish
+joy was there an instant, and Pemberton was almost scared at the
+rush of gratitude and affection that broke through his first
+abasement.&nbsp; When he stammered &ldquo;My dear fellow, what do
+you say to <i>that</i>?&rdquo; how could one not say something
+enthusiastic?&nbsp; But there was more need for courage at
+something else that immediately followed and that made the lad
+sit down quietly on the nearest chair.&nbsp; He had turned quite
+livid and had raised his hand to his left side.&nbsp; They were
+all three looking at him, but Mrs. Moreen suddenly bounded
+forward.&nbsp; &ldquo;Ah his darling little heart!&rdquo; she
+broke out; and this time, on her knees before him and without
+respect for the idol, she caught him ardently in her arms.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;You walked him too far, you hurried him too fast!&rdquo;
+she hurled over her shoulder at Pemberton.&nbsp; Her son made no
+protest, and the next instant, still holding him, she sprang up
+with her face convulsed and with the terrified cry &ldquo;Help,
+help! he&rsquo;s going, he&rsquo;s gone!&rdquo;&nbsp; Pemberton
+saw with equal horror, by Morgan&rsquo;s own stricken face, that
+he was beyond their wildest recall.&nbsp; He pulled him half out
+of his mother&rsquo;s hands, and for a moment, while they held
+him together, they looked all their dismay into each
+other&rsquo;s eyes, &ldquo;He couldn&rsquo;t stand it with his
+weak organ,&rdquo; said Pemberton&mdash;&ldquo;the shock, the
+whole scene, the violent emotion.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;But I thought he <i>wanted</i> to go to you!&rdquo;,
+wailed Mrs. Moreen.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;I <i>told</i> you he didn&rsquo;t, my dear,&rdquo; her
+husband made answer.&nbsp; Mr. Moreen was trembling all over and
+was in his way as deeply affected as his wife.&nbsp; But after
+the very first he took his bereavement as a man of the world.</p>
+<p>***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PUPIL***</p>
+<pre>
+
+
+***** This file should be named 1032-h.htm or 1032-h.zip******
+
+
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/0/3/1032
+
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://www.gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit:
+http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+</pre></body>
+</html>
diff --git a/1032.txt b/1032.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f008b2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/1032.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,2238 @@
+The Project Gutenberg eBook, The Pupil, by Henry James
+
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+
+
+
+Title: The Pupil
+
+
+Author: Henry James
+
+
+
+Release Date: December 24, 2010  [eBook #1032]
+First released: July 27, 1997
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-646-US (US-ASCII)
+
+
+***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PUPIL***
+
+
+Transcribed from the 1916 Le Roy Phillips edition by David Price, email
+ccx074@pglaf.org
+
+
+
+
+
+                                THE PUPIL
+
+
+                              BY HENRY JAMES
+
+                                * * * * *
+
+                             LE ROY PHILLIPS
+                                  BOSTON
+
+                                * * * * *
+
+                    This edition first published 1916
+
+                       The text follows that of the
+                            Definitive Edition
+
+                                * * * * *
+
+                        _Printed in Great Britain_
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+
+The poor young man hesitated and procrastinated: it cost him such an
+effort to broach the subject of terms, to speak of money to a person who
+spoke only of feelings and, as it were, of the aristocracy.  Yet he was
+unwilling to take leave, treating his engagement as settled, without some
+more conventional glance in that direction than he could find an opening
+for in the manner of the large affable lady who sat there drawing a pair
+of soiled gants de Suede through a fat jewelled hand and, at once
+pressing and gliding, repeated over and over everything but the thing he
+would have liked to hear.  He would have liked to hear the figure of his
+salary; but just as he was nervously about to sound that note the little
+boy came back--the little boy Mrs. Moreen had sent out of the room to
+fetch her fan.  He came back without the fan, only with the casual
+observation that he couldn't find it.  As he dropped this cynical
+confession he looked straight and hard at the candidate for the honour of
+taking his education in hand.  This personage reflected somewhat grimly
+that the thing he should have to teach his little charge would be to
+appear to address himself to his mother when he spoke to her--especially
+not to make her such an improper answer as that.
+
+When Mrs. Moreen bethought herself of this pretext for getting rid of
+their companion Pemberton supposed it was precisely to approach the
+delicate subject of his remuneration.  But it had been only to say some
+things about her son that it was better a boy of eleven shouldn't catch.
+They were extravagantly to his advantage save when she lowered her voice
+to sigh, tapping her left side familiarly, "And all overclouded by
+_this_, you know; all at the mercy of a weakness--!"  Pemberton gathered
+that the weakness was in the region of the heart.  He had known the poor
+child was not robust: this was the basis on which he had been invited to
+treat, through an English lady, an Oxford acquaintance, then at Nice, who
+happened to know both his needs and those of the amiable American family
+looking out for something really superior in the way of a resident tutor.
+
+The young man's impression of his prospective pupil, who had come into
+the room as if to see for himself the moment Pemberton was admitted, was
+not quite the soft solicitation the visitor had taken for granted.
+Morgan Moreen was somehow sickly without being "delicate," and that he
+looked intelligent--it is true Pemberton wouldn't have enjoyed his being
+stupid--only added to the suggestion that, as with his big mouth and big
+ears he really couldn't be called pretty, he might too utterly fail to
+please.  Pemberton was modest, was even timid; and the chance that his
+small scholar might prove cleverer than himself had quite figured, to his
+anxiety, among the dangers of an untried experiment.  He reflected,
+however, that these were risks one had to run when one accepted a
+position, as it was called, in a private family; when as yet one's
+university honours had, pecuniarily speaking, remained barren.  At any
+rate when Mrs. Moreen got up as to intimate that, since it was understood
+he would enter upon his duties within the week she would let him off now,
+he succeeded, in spite of the presence of the child, in squeezing out a
+phrase about the rate of payment.  It was not the fault of the conscious
+smile which seemed a reference to the lady's expensive identity, it was
+not the fault of this demonstration, which had, in a sort, both vagueness
+and point, if the allusion didn't sound rather vulgar.  This was exactly
+because she became still more gracious to reply: "Oh I can assure you
+that all that will be quite regular."
+
+Pemberton only wondered, while he took up his hat, what "all that" was to
+amount to--people had such different ideas.  Mrs. Moreen's words,
+however, seemed to commit the family to a pledge definite enough to
+elicit from the child a strange little comment in the shape of the
+mocking foreign ejaculation "Oh la-la!"
+
+Pemberton, in some confusion, glanced at him as he walked slowly to the
+window with his back turned, his hands in his pockets and the air in his
+elderly shoulders of a boy who didn't play.  The young man wondered if he
+should be able to teach him to play, though his mother had said it would
+never do and that this was why school was impossible.  Mrs. Moreen
+exhibited no discomfiture; she only continued blandly: "Mr. Moreen will
+be delighted to meet your wishes.  As I told you, he has been called to
+London for a week.  As soon as he comes back you shall have it out with
+him."
+
+This was so frank and friendly that the young man could only reply,
+laughing as his hostess laughed: "Oh I don't imagine we shall have much
+of a battle."
+
+"They'll give you anything you like," the boy remarked unexpectedly,
+returning from the window.  "We don't mind what anything costs--we live
+awfully well."
+
+"My darling, you're too quaint!" his mother exclaimed, putting out to
+caress him a practised but ineffectual hand.  He slipped out of it, but
+looked with intelligent innocent eyes at Pemberton, who had already had
+time to notice that from one moment to the other his small satiric face
+seemed to change its time of life.  At this moment it was infantine, yet
+it appeared also to be under the influence of curious intuitions and
+knowledges.  Pemberton rather disliked precocity and was disappointed to
+find gleams of it in a disciple not yet in his teens.  Nevertheless he
+divined on the spot that Morgan wouldn't prove a bore.  He would prove on
+the contrary a source of agitation.  This idea held the young man, in
+spite of a certain repulsion.
+
+"You pompous little person!  We're not extravagant!"  Mrs. Moreen gaily
+protested, making another unsuccessful attempt to draw the boy to her
+side.  "You must know what to expect," she went on to Pemberton.
+
+"The less you expect the better!" her companion interposed.  "But we
+_are_ people of fashion."
+
+"Only so far as _you_ make us so!" Mrs. Moreen tenderly mocked.  "Well
+then, on Friday--don't tell me you're superstitious--and mind you don't
+fail us.  Then you'll see us all.  I'm so sorry the girls are out.  I
+guess you'll like the girls.  And, you know, I've another son, quite
+different from this one."
+
+"He tries to imitate me," Morgan said to their friend.
+
+"He tries?  Why he's twenty years old!" cried Mrs. Moreen.
+
+"You're very witty," Pemberton remarked to the child--a proposition his
+mother echoed with enthusiasm, declaring Morgan's sallies to be the
+delight of the house.
+
+The boy paid no heed to this; he only enquired abruptly of the visitor,
+who was surprised afterwards that he hadn't struck him as offensively
+forward: "Do you _want_ very much to come?"
+
+"Can you doubt it after such a description of what I shall hear?"
+Pemberton replied.  Yet he didn't want to come at all; he was coming
+because he had to go somewhere, thanks to the collapse of his fortune at
+the end of a year abroad spent on the system of putting his scant
+patrimony into a single full wave of experience.  He had had his full
+wave but couldn't pay the score at his inn.  Moreover he had caught in
+the boy's eyes the glimpse of a far-off appeal.
+
+"Well, I'll do the best I can for you," said Morgan; with which he turned
+away again.  He passed out of one of the long windows; Pemberton saw him
+go and lean on the parapet of the terrace.  He remained there while the
+young man took leave of his mother, who, on Pemberton's looking as if he
+expected a farewell from him, interposed with: "Leave him, leave him;
+he's so strange!"  Pemberton supposed her to fear something he might say.
+"He's a genius--you'll love him," she added.  "He's much the most
+interesting person in the family."  And before he could invent some
+civility to oppose to this she wound up with: "But we're all good, you
+know!"
+
+"He's a genius--you'll love him!" were words that recurred to our
+aspirant before the Friday, suggesting among many things that geniuses
+were not invariably loveable.  However, it was all the better if there
+was an element that would make tutorship absorbing: he had perhaps taken
+too much for granted it would only disgust him.  As he left the villa
+after his interview he looked up at the balcony and saw the child leaning
+over it.  "We shall have great larks!" he called up.
+
+Morgan hung fire a moment and then gaily returned: "By the time you come
+back I shall have thought of something witty!"
+
+This made Pemberton say to himself "After all he's rather nice."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+
+On the Friday he saw them all, as Mrs. Moreen had promised, for her
+husband had come back and the girls and the other son were at home.  Mr.
+Moreen had a white moustache, a confiding manner and, in his buttonhole,
+the ribbon of a foreign order--bestowed, as Pemberton eventually learned,
+for services.  For what services he never clearly ascertained: this was a
+point--one of a large number--that Mr. Moreen's manner never confided.
+What it emphatically did confide was that he was even more a man of the
+world than you might first make out.  Ulick, the firstborn, was in
+visible training for the same profession--under the disadvantage as yet,
+however, of a buttonhole but feebly floral and a moustache with no
+pretensions to type.  The girls had hair and figures and manners and
+small fat feet, but had never been out alone.  As for Mrs. Moreen
+Pemberton saw on a nearer view that her elegance was intermittent and her
+parts didn't always match.  Her husband, as she had promised, met with
+enthusiasm Pemberton's ideas in regard to a salary.  The young man had
+endeavoured to keep these stammerings modest, and Mr. Moreen made it no
+secret that _he_ found them wanting in "style."  He further mentioned
+that he aspired to be intimate with his children, to be their best
+friend, and that he was always looking out for them.  That was what he
+went off for, to London and other places--to look out; and this vigilance
+was the theory of life, as well as the real occupation, of the whole
+family.  They all looked out, for they were very frank on the subject of
+its being necessary.  They desired it to be understood that they were
+earnest people, and also that their fortune, though quite adequate for
+earnest people, required the most careful administration.  Mr. Moreen, as
+the parent bird, sought sustenance for the nest.  Ulick invoked support
+mainly at the club, where Pemberton guessed that it was usually served on
+green cloth.  The girls used to do up their hair and their frocks
+themselves, and our young man felt appealed to to be glad, in regard to
+Morgan's education, that, though it must naturally be of the best, it
+didn't cost too much.  After a little he _was_ glad, forgetting at times
+his own needs in the interest inspired by the child's character and
+culture and the pleasure of making easy terms for him.
+
+During the first weeks of their acquaintance Morgan had been as puzzling
+as a page in an unknown language--altogether different from the obvious
+little Anglo-Saxons who had misrepresented childhood to Pemberton.
+Indeed the whole mystic volume in which the boy had been amateurishly
+bound demanded some practice in translation.  To-day, after a
+considerable interval, there is something phantasmagoria, like a
+prismatic reflexion or a serial novel, in Pemberton's memory of the
+queerness of the Moreens.  If it were not for a few tangible tokens--a
+lock of Morgan's hair cut by his own hand, and the half-dozen letters
+received from him when they were disjoined--the whole episode and the
+figures peopling it would seem too inconsequent for anything but
+dreamland.  Their supreme quaintness was their success--as it appeared to
+him for a while at the time; since he had never seen a family so
+brilliantly equipped for failure.  Wasn't it success to have kept him so
+hatefully long?  Wasn't it success to have drawn him in that first
+morning at dejeuner, the Friday he came--it was enough to _make_ one
+superstitious--so that he utterly committed himself, and this not by
+calculation or on a signal, but from a happy instinct which made them,
+like a band of gipsies, work so neatly together?  They amused him as much
+as if they had really been a band of gipsies.  He was still young and had
+not seen much of the world--his English years had been properly arid;
+therefore the reversed conventions of the Moreens--for they had _their_
+desperate proprieties--struck him as topsy-turvy.  He had encountered
+nothing like them at Oxford; still less had any such note been struck to
+his younger American ear during the four years at Yale in which he had
+richly supposed himself to be reacting against a Puritan strain.  The
+reaction of the Moreens, at any rate, went ever so much further.  He had
+thought himself very sharp that first day in hitting them all off in his
+mind with the "cosmopolite" label.  Later it seemed feeble and
+colourless--confessedly helplessly provisional.
+
+He yet when he first applied it felt a glow of joy--for an instructor he
+was still empirical--rise from the apprehension that living with them
+would really be to see life.  Their sociable strangeness was an
+intimation of that--their chatter of tongues, their gaiety and good
+humour, their infinite dawdling (they were always getting themselves up,
+but it took forever, and Pemberton had once found Mr. Moreen shaving in
+the drawing-room), their French, their Italian and, cropping up in the
+foreign fluencies, their cold tough slices of American.  They lived on
+macaroni and coffee--they had these articles prepared in perfection--but
+they knew recipes for a hundred other dishes.  They overflowed with music
+and song, were always humming and catching each other up, and had a sort
+of professional acquaintance with Continental cities.  They talked of
+"good places" as if they had been pickpockets or strolling players.  They
+had at Nice a villa, a carriage, a piano and a banjo, and they went to
+official parties.  They were a perfect calendar of the "days" of their
+friends, which Pemberton knew them, when they were indisposed, to get out
+of bed to go to, and which made the week larger than life when Mrs.
+Moreen talked of them with Paula and Amy.  Their initiations gave their
+new inmate at first an almost dazzling sense of culture.  Mrs. Moreen had
+translated something at some former period--an author whom it made
+Pemberton feel borne never to have heard of.  They could imitate Venetian
+and sing Neapolitan, and when they wanted to say something very
+particular communicated with each other in an ingenious dialect of their
+own, an elastic spoken cipher which Pemberton at first took for some
+patois of one of their countries, but which he "caught on to" as he would
+not have grasped provincial development of Spanish or German.
+
+"It's the family language--Ultramoreen," Morgan explained to him drolly
+enough; but the boy rarely condescended to use it himself, though he
+dealt in colloquial Latin as if he had been a little prelate.
+
+Among all the "days" with which Mrs. Moreen's memory was taxed she
+managed to squeeze in one of her own, which her friends sometimes forgot.
+But the house drew a frequented air from the number of fine people who
+were freely named there and from several mysterious men with foreign
+titles and English clothes whom Morgan called the princes and who, on
+sofas with the girls, talked French very loud--though sometimes with some
+oddity of accent--as if to show they were saying nothing improper.
+Pemberton wondered how the princes could ever propose in that tone and so
+publicly: he took for granted cynically that this was what was desired of
+them.  Then he recognised that even for the chance of such an advantage
+Mrs. Moreen would never allow Paula and Amy to receive alone.  These
+young ladies were not at all timid, but it was just the safeguards that
+made them so candidly free.  It was a houseful of Bohemians who wanted
+tremendously to be Philistines.
+
+In one respect, however, certainly they achieved no rigour--they were
+wonderfully amiable and ecstatic about Morgan.  It was a genuine
+tenderness, an artless admiration, equally strong in each.  They even
+praised his beauty, which was small, and were as afraid of him as if they
+felt him of finer clay.  They spoke of him as a little angel and a
+prodigy--they touched on his want of health with long vague faces.
+Pemberton feared at first an extravagance that might make him hate the
+boy, but before this happened he had become extravagant himself.  Later,
+when he had grown rather to hate the others, it was a bribe to patience
+for him that they were at any rate nice about Morgan, going on tiptoe if
+they fancied he was showing symptoms, and even giving up somebody's "day"
+to procure him a pleasure.  Mixed with this too was the oddest wish to
+make him independent, as if they had felt themselves not good enough for
+him.  They passed him over to the new members of their circle very much
+as if wishing to force some charity of adoption on so free an agent and
+get rid of their own charge.  They were delighted when they saw Morgan
+take so to his kind playfellow, and could think of no higher praise for
+the young man.  It was strange how they contrived to reconcile the
+appearance, and indeed the essential fact, of adoring the child with
+their eagerness to wash their hands of him.  Did they want to get rid of
+him before he should find them out?  Pemberton was finding them out month
+by month.  The boy's fond family, however this might be, turned their
+backs with exaggerated delicacy, as if to avoid the reproach of
+interfering.  Seeing in time how little he had in common with them--it
+was by _them_ he first observed it; they proclaimed it with complete
+humility--his companion was moved to speculate on the mysteries of
+transmission, the far jumps of heredity.  Where his detachment from most
+of the things they represented had come from was more than an observer
+could say--it certainly had burrowed under two or three generations.
+
+As for Pemberton's own estimate of his pupil, it was a good while before
+he got the point of view, so little had he been prepared for it by the
+smug young barbarians to whom the tradition of tutorship, as hitherto
+revealed to him, had been adjusted.  Morgan was scrappy and surprising,
+deficient in many properties supposed common to the genus and abounding
+in others that were the portion only of the supernaturally clever.  One
+day his friend made a great stride: it cleared up the question to
+perceive that Morgan _was_ supernaturally clever and that, though the
+formula was temporarily meagre, this would be the only assumption on
+which one could successfully deal with him.  He had the general quality
+of a child for whom life had not been simplified by school, a kind of
+homebred sensibility which might have been as bad for himself but was
+charming for others, and a whole range of refinement and
+perception--little musical vibrations as taking as picked-up
+airs--begotten by wandering about Europe at the tail of his migratory
+tribe.  This might not have been an education to recommend in advance,
+but its results with so special a subject were as appreciable as the
+marks on a piece of fine porcelain.  There was at the same time in him a
+small strain of stoicism, doubtless the fruit of having had to begin
+early to bear pain, which counted for pluck and made it of less
+consequence that he might have been thought at school rather a polyglot
+little beast.  Pemberton indeed quickly found himself rejoicing that
+school was out of the question: in any million of boys it was probably
+good for all but one, and Morgan was that millionth.  It would have made
+him comparative and superior--it might have made him really require
+kicking.  Pemberton would try to be school himself--a bigger seminary
+than five hundred grazing donkeys, so that, winning no prizes, the boy
+would remain unconscious and irresponsible and amusing--amusing, because,
+though life was already intense in his childish nature, freshness still
+made there a strong draught for jokes.  It turned out that even in the
+still air of Morgan's various disabilities jokes flourished greatly.  He
+was a pale lean acute undeveloped little cosmopolite, who liked
+intellectual gymnastics and who also, as regards the behaviour of
+mankind, had noticed more things than you might suppose, but who
+nevertheless had his proper playroom of superstitions, where he smashed a
+dozen toys a day.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+
+At Nice once, toward evening, as the pair rested in the open air after a
+walk, and looked over the sea at the pink western lights, he said
+suddenly to his comrade: "Do you like it, you know--being with us all in
+this intimate way?"
+
+"My dear fellow, why should I stay if I didn't?"
+
+"How do I know you'll stay?  I'm almost sure you won't, very long."
+
+"I hope you don't mean to dismiss me," said Pemberton.
+
+Morgan debated, looking at the sunset.  "I think if I did right I ought
+to."
+
+"Well, I know I'm supposed to instruct you in virtue; but in that case
+don't do right."
+
+"'You're very young--fortunately," Morgan went on, turning to him again.
+
+"Oh yes, compared with you!"
+
+"Therefore it won't matter so much if you do lose a lot of time."
+
+"That's the way to look at it," said Pemberton accommodatingly.
+
+They were silent a minute; after which the boy asked: "Do you like my
+father and my mother very much?"
+
+"Dear me, yes.  They're charming people."
+
+Morgan received this with another silence; then unexpectedly, familiarly,
+but at the same time affectionately, he remarked: "You're a jolly old
+humbug!"
+
+For a particular reason the words made our young man change colour.  The
+boy noticed in an instant that he had turned red, whereupon he turned red
+himself and pupil and master exchanged a longish glance in which there
+was a consciousness of many more things than are usually touched upon,
+even tacitly, in such a relation.  It produced for Pemberton an
+embarrassment; it raised in a shadowy form a question--this was the first
+glimpse of it--destined to play a singular and, as he imagined, owing to
+the altogether peculiar conditions, an unprecedented part in his
+intercourse with his little companion.  Later, when he found himself
+talking with the youngster in a way in which few youngsters could ever
+have been talked with, he thought of that clumsy moment on the bench at
+Nice as the dawn of an understanding that had broadened.  What had added
+to the clumsiness then was that he thought it his duty to declare to
+Morgan that he might abuse him, Pemberton, as much as he liked, but must
+never abuse his parents.  To this Morgan had the easy retort that he
+hadn't dreamed of abusing them; which appeared to be true: it put
+Pemberton in the wrong.
+
+"Then why am I a humbug for saying _I_ think them charming?" the young
+man asked, conscious of a certain rashness.
+
+"Well--they're not your parents."
+
+"They love you better than anything in the world--never forget that,"
+said Pemberton.
+
+"Is that why you like them so much?"
+
+"They're very kind to me," Pemberton replied evasively.
+
+"You _are_ a humbug!" laughed Morgan, passing an arm into his tutor's.
+He leaned against him looking oft at the sea again and swinging his long
+thin legs.
+
+"Don't kick my shins," said Pemberton while he reflected "Hang it, I
+can't complain of them to the child!"
+
+"There's another reason, too," Morgan went on, keeping his legs still.
+
+"Another reason for what?"
+
+"Besides their not being your parents."
+
+"I don't understand you," said Pemberton.
+
+"Well, you will before long.  All right!"
+
+He did understand fully before long, but he made a fight even with
+himself before he confessed it.  He thought it the oddest thing to have a
+struggle with the child about.  He wondered he didn't hate the hope of
+the Moreens for bringing the struggle on.  But by the time it began any
+such sentiment for that scion was closed to him.  Morgan was a special
+case, and to know him was to accept him on his own odd terms.  Pemberton
+had spent his aversion to special cases before arriving at knowledge.
+When at last he did arrive his quandary was great.  Against every
+interest he had attached himself.  They would have to meet things
+together.  Before they went home that evening at Nice the boy had said,
+clinging to his arm:
+
+"Well, at any rate you'll hang on to the last."
+
+"To the last?"
+
+"Till you're fairly beaten."
+
+"_You_ ought to be fairly beaten!" cried the young man, drawing him
+closer.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+
+A year after he had come to live with them Mr. and Mrs. Moreen suddenly
+gave up the villa at Nice.  Pemberton had got used to suddenness, having
+seen it practised on a considerable scale during two jerky little
+tours--one in Switzerland the first summer, and the other late in the
+winter, when they all ran down to Florence and then, at the end of ten
+days, liking it much less than they had intended, straggled back in
+mysterious depression.  They had returned to Nice "for ever," as they
+said; but this didn't prevent their squeezing, one rainy muggy May night,
+into a second-class railway-carriage--you could never tell by which class
+they would travel--where Pemberton helped them to stow away a wonderful
+collection of bundles and bags.  The explanation of this manoeuvre was
+that they had determined to spend the summer "in some bracing place"; but
+in Paris they dropped into a small furnished apartment--a fourth floor in
+a third-rate avenue, where there was a smell on the staircase and the
+portier was hateful--and passed the next four months in blank indigence.
+
+The better part of this baffled sojourn was for the preceptor and his
+pupil, who, visiting the Invalides and Notre Dame, the Conciergerie and
+all the museums, took a hundred remunerative rambles.  They learned to
+know their Paris, which was useful, for they came back another year for a
+longer stay, the general character of which in Pemberton's memory to-day
+mixes pitiably and confusedly with that of the first.  He sees Morgan's
+shabby knickerbockers--the everlasting pair that didn't match his blouse
+and that as he grew longer could only grow faded.  He remembers the
+particular holes in his three or four pair of coloured stockings.
+
+Morgan was dear to his mother, but he never was better dressed than was
+absolutely necessary--partly, no doubt, by his own fault, for he was as
+indifferent to his appearance as a German philosopher.  "My dear fellow,
+you _are_ coming to pieces," Pemberton would say to him in sceptical
+remonstrance; to which the child would reply, looking at him serenely up
+and down: "My dear fellow, so are you!  I don't want to cast you in the
+shade."  Pemberton could have no rejoinder for this--the assertion so
+closely represented the fact.  If however the deficiencies of his own
+wardrobe were a chapter by themselves he didn't like his little charge to
+look too poor.  Later he used to say "Well, if we're poor, why, after
+all, shouldn't we look it?" and he consoled himself with thinking there
+was something rather elderly and gentlemanly in Morgan's disrepair--it
+differed from the untidiness of the urchin who plays and spoils his
+things.  He could trace perfectly the degrees by which, in proportion as
+her little son confined himself to his tutor for society, Mrs. Moreen
+shrewdly forbore to renew his garments.  She did nothing that didn't
+show, neglected him because he escaped notice, and then, as he
+illustrated this clever policy, discouraged at home his public
+appearances.  Her position was logical enough--those members of her
+family who did show had to be showy.
+
+During this period and several others Pemberton was quite aware of how he
+and his comrade might strike people; wandering languidly through the
+Jardin des Plantes as if they had nowhere to go, sitting on the winter
+days in the galleries of the Louvre, so splendidly ironical to the
+homeless, as if for the advantage of the calorifere.  They joked about it
+sometimes: it was the sort of joke that was perfectly within the boy's
+compass.  They figured themselves as part of the vast vague hand-to-mouth
+multitude of the enormous city and pretended they were proud of their
+position in it--it showed them "such a lot of life" and made them
+conscious of a democratic brotherhood.  If Pemberton couldn't feel a
+sympathy in destitution with his small companion--for after all Morgan's
+fond parents would never have let him really suffer--the boy would at
+least feel it with him, so it came to the same thing.  He used sometimes
+to wonder what people would think they were--to fancy they were looked
+askance at, as if it might be a suspected case of kidnapping.  Morgan
+wouldn't be taken for a young patrician with a preceptor--he wasn't smart
+enough; though he might pass for his companion's sickly little brother.
+Now and then he had a five-franc piece, and except once, when they bought
+a couple of lovely neckties, one of which he made Pemberton accept, they
+laid it out scientifically in old books.  This was sure to be a great
+day, always spent on the quays, in a rummage of the dusty boxes that
+garnish the parapets.  Such occasions helped them to live, for their
+books ran low very soon after the beginning of their acquaintance.
+Pemberton had a good many in England, but he was obliged to write to a
+friend and ask him kindly to get some fellow to give him something for
+them.
+
+If they had to relinquish that summer the advantage of the bracing
+climate the young man couldn't but suspect this failure of the cup when
+at their very lips to have been the effect of a rude jostle of his own.
+This had represented his first blow-out, as he called it, with his
+patrons; his first successful attempt--though there was little other
+success about it--to bring them to a consideration of his impossible
+position.  As the ostensible eve of a costly journey the moment had
+struck him as favourable to an earnest protest, the presentation of an
+ultimatum.  Ridiculous as it sounded, he had never yet been able to
+compass an uninterrupted private interview with the elder pair or with
+either of them singly.  They were always flanked by their elder children,
+and poor Pemberton usually had his own little charge at his side.  He was
+conscious of its being a house in which the surface of one's delicacy got
+rather smudged; nevertheless he had preserved the bloom of his scruple
+against announcing to Mr. and Mrs. Moreen with publicity that he
+shouldn't be able to go on longer without a little money.  He was still
+simple enough to suppose Ulick and Paula and Amy might not know that
+since his arrival he had only had a hundred and forty francs; and he was
+magnanimous enough to wish not to compromise their parents in their eyes.
+Mr. Moreen now listened to him, as he listened to every one and to every
+thing, like a man of the world, and seemed to appeal to him--though not
+of course too grossly--to try and be a little more of one himself.
+Pemberton recognised in fact the importance of the character--from the
+advantage it gave Mr. Moreen.  He was not even confused or embarrassed,
+whereas the young man in his service was more so than there was any
+reason for.  Neither was he surprised--at least any more than a gentleman
+had to be who freely confessed himself a little shocked--though not
+perhaps strictly at Pemberton.
+
+"We must go into this, mustn't we, dear?" he said to his wife.  He
+assured his young friend that the matter should have his very best
+attention; and he melted into space as elusively as if, at the door, he
+were taking an inevitable but deprecatory precedence.  When, the next
+moment, Pemberton found himself alone with Mrs. Moreen it was to hear her
+say "I see, I see"--stroking the roundness of her chin and looking as if
+she were only hesitating between a dozen easy remedies.  If they didn't
+make their push Mr. Moreen could at least disappear for several days.
+During his absence his wife took up the subject again spontaneously, but
+her contribution to it was merely that she had thought all the while they
+were getting on so beautifully.  Pemberton's reply to this revelation was
+that unless they immediately put down something on account he would leave
+them on the spot and for ever.  He knew she would wonder how he would get
+away, and for a moment expected her to enquire.  She didn't, for which he
+was almost grateful to her, so little was he in a position to tell.
+
+"You won't, you _know_ you won't--you're too interested," she said.  "You
+are interested, you know you are, you dear kind man!"  She laughed with
+almost condemnatory archness, as if it were a reproach--though she
+wouldn't insist; and flirted a soiled pocket-handkerchief at him.
+
+Pemberton's mind was fully made up to take his step the following week.
+This would give him time to get an answer to a letter he had despatched
+to England.  If he did in the event nothing of the sort--that is if he
+stayed another year and then went away only for three months--it was not
+merely because before the answer to his letter came (most unsatisfactory
+when it did arrive) Mr. Moreen generously counted out to him, and again
+with the sacrifice to "form" of a marked man of the world, three hundred
+francs in elegant ringing gold.  He was irritated to find that Mrs.
+Moreen was right, that he couldn't at the pinch bear to leave the child.
+This stood out clearer for the very reason that, the night of his
+desperate appeal to his patrons, he had seen fully for the first time
+where he was.  Wasn't it another proof of the success with which those
+patrons practised their arts that they had managed to avert for so long
+the illuminating flash?  It descended on our friend with a breadth of
+effect which perhaps would have struck a spectator as comical, after he
+had returned to his little servile room, which looked into a close court
+where a bare dirty opposite wall took, with the sound of shrill clatter,
+the reflexion of lighted back windows.  He had simply given himself away
+to a band of adventurers.  The idea, the word itself, wore a romantic
+horror for him--he had always lived on such safe lines.  Later it assumed
+a more interesting, almost a soothing, sense: it pointed a moral, and
+Pemberton could enjoy a moral.  The Moreens were adventurers not merely
+because they didn't pay their debts, because they lived on society, but
+because their whole view of life, dim and confused and instinctive, like
+that of clever colour-blind animals, was speculative and rapacious and
+mean.  Oh they were "respectable," and that only made them more immondes.
+The young man's analysis, while he brooded, put it at last very
+simply--they were adventurers because they were toadies and snobs.  That
+was the completest account of them--it was the law of their being.  Even
+when this truth became vivid to their ingenious inmate he remained
+unconscious of how much his mind had been prepared for it by the
+extraordinary little boy who had now become such a complication in his
+life.  Much less could he then calculate on the information he was still
+to owe the extraordinary little boy.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+
+But it was during the ensuing time that the real problem came up--the
+problem of how far it was excusable to discuss the turpitude of parents
+with a child of twelve, of thirteen, of fourteen.  Absolutely inexcusable
+and quite impossible it of course at first appeared; and indeed the
+question didn't press for some time after Pemberton had received his
+three hundred francs.  They produced a temporary lull, a relief from the
+sharpest pressure.  The young man frugally amended his wardrobe and even
+had a few francs in his pocket.  He thought the Moreens looked at him as
+if he were almost too smart, as if they ought to take care not to spoil
+him.  If Mr. Moreen hadn't been such a man of the world he would perhaps
+have spoken of the freedom of such neckties on the part of a subordinate.
+But Mr. Moreen was always enough a man of the world to let things
+pass--he had certainly shown that.  It was singular how Pemberton guessed
+that Morgan, though saying nothing about it, knew something had happened.
+But three hundred francs, especially when one owed money, couldn't last
+for ever; and when the treasure was gone--the boy knew when it had
+failed--Morgan did break ground.  The party had returned to Nice at the
+beginning of the winter, but not to the charming villa.  They went to an
+hotel, where they stayed three months, and then moved to another
+establishment, explaining that they had left the first because, after
+waiting and waiting, they couldn't get the rooms they wanted.  These
+apartments, the rooms they wanted, were generally very splendid; but
+fortunately they never _could_ get them--fortunately, I mean, for
+Pemberton, who reflected always that if they had got them there would
+have been a still scantier educational fund.  What Morgan said at last
+was said suddenly, irrelevantly, when the moment came, in the middle of a
+lesson, and consisted of the apparently unfeeling words: "You ought to
+filer, you know--you really ought."
+
+Pemberton stared.  He had learnt enough French slang from Morgan to know
+that to filer meant to cut sticks.  "Ah my dear fellow, don't turn me
+off!"
+
+Morgan pulled a Greek lexicon toward him--he used a Greek-German--to look
+out a word, instead of asking it of Pemberton.  "You can't go on like
+this, you know."
+
+"Like what, my boy?"
+
+"You know they don't pay you up," said Morgan, blushing and turning his
+leaves.
+
+"Don't pay me?" Pemberton stared again and feigned amazement.  "What on
+earth put that into your head?"
+
+"It has been there a long time," the boy replied rummaging his book.
+
+Pemberton was silent, then he went on: "I say, what are you hunting for?
+They pay me beautifully."
+
+"I'm hunting for the Greek for awful whopper," Morgan dropped.
+
+"Find that rather for gross impertinence and disabuse your mind.  What do
+I want of money?"
+
+"Oh that's another question!"
+
+Pemberton wavered--he was drawn in different ways.  The severely correct
+thing would have been to tell the boy that such a matter was none of his
+business and bid him go on with his lines.  But they were really too
+intimate for that; it was not the way he was in the habit of treating
+him; there had been no reason it should be.  On the other hand Morgan had
+quite lighted on the truth--he really shouldn't be able to keep it up
+much longer; therefore why not let him know one's real motive for
+forsaking him?  At the same time it wasn't decent to abuse to one's pupil
+the family of one's pupil; it was better to misrepresent than to do that.
+So in reply to his comrade's last exclamation he just declared, to
+dismiss the subject, that he had received several payments.
+
+"I say--I say!" the boy ejaculated, laughing.
+
+"That's all right," Pemberton insisted.  "Give me your written
+rendering."
+
+Morgan pushed a copybook across the table, and he began to read the page,
+but with something running in his head that made it no sense.  Looking up
+after a minute or two he found the child's eyes fixed on him and felt in
+them something strange.  Then Morgan said: "I'm not afraid of the stern
+reality."
+
+"I haven't yet seen the thing you _are_ afraid of--I'll do you that
+justice!"
+
+This came out with a jump--it was perfectly true--and evidently gave
+Morgan pleasure.  "I've thought of it a long time," he presently resumed.
+
+"Well, don't think of it any more."
+
+The boy appeared to comply, and they had a comfortable and even an
+amusing hour.  They had a theory that they were very thorough, and yet
+they seemed always to be in the amusing part of lessons, the intervals
+between the dull dark tunnels, where there were waysides and jolly views.
+Yet the morning was brought to a violent as end by Morgan's suddenly
+leaning his arms on the table, burying his head in them and bursting into
+tears: at which Pemberton was the more startled that, as it then came
+over him, it was the first time he had ever seen the boy cry and that the
+impression was consequently quite awful.
+
+The next day, after much thought, he took a decision and, believing it to
+be just, immediately acted on it.  He cornered Mr. and Mrs. Moreen again
+and let them know that if on the spot they didn't pay him all they owed
+him he wouldn't only leave their house but would tell Morgan exactly what
+had brought him to it.
+
+"Oh you _haven't_ told him?" cried Mrs. Moreen with a pacifying hand on
+her well-dressed bosom.
+
+"Without warning you?  For what do you take me?" the young man returned.
+
+Mr. and Mrs. Moreen looked at each other; he could see that they
+appreciated, as tending to their security, his superstition of delicacy,
+and yet that there was a certain alarm in their relief.  "My dear
+fellow," Mr. Moreen demanded, "what use can you have, leading the quiet
+life we all do, for such a lot of money?"--a question to which Pemberton
+made no answer, occupied as he was in noting that what passed in the mind
+of his patrons was something like: "Oh then, if we've felt that the
+child, dear little angel, has judged us and how he regards us, and we
+haven't been betrayed, he must have guessed--and in short it's
+_general_!" an inference that rather stirred up Mr. and Mrs. Moreen, as
+Pemberton had desired it should.  At the same time, if he had supposed
+his threat would do something towards bringing them round, he was
+disappointed to find them taking for granted--how vulgar their perception
+_had_ been!--that he had already given them away.  There was a mystic
+uneasiness in their parental breasts, and that had been the inferior
+sense of it.  None the less however, his threat did touch them; for if
+they had escaped it was only to meet a new danger.  Mr. Moreen appealed
+to him, on every precedent, as a man of the world; but his wife had
+recourse, for the first time since his domestication with them, to a fine
+hauteur, reminding him that a devoted mother, with her child, had arts
+that protected her against gross misrepresentation.
+
+"I should misrepresent you grossly if I accused you of common honesty!"
+our friend replied; but as he closed the door behind him sharply,
+thinking he had not done himself much good, while Mr. Moreen lighted
+another cigarette, he heard his hostess shout after him more touchingly:
+
+"Oh you do, you _do_, put the knife to one's throat!"
+
+The next morning, very early, she came to his room.  He recognised her
+knock, but had no hope she brought him money; as to which he was wrong,
+for she had fifty francs in her hand.  She squeezed forward in her
+dressing-gown, and he received her in his own, between his bath-tub and
+his bed.  He had been tolerably schooled by this time to the "foreign
+ways" of his hosts.  Mrs. Moreen was ardent, and when she was ardent she
+didn't care what she did; so she now sat down on his bed, his clothes
+being on the chairs, and, in her preoccupation, forgot, as she glanced
+round, to be ashamed of giving him such a horrid room.  What Mrs.
+Moreen's ardour now bore upon was the design of persuading him that in
+the first place she was very good-natured to bring him fifty francs, and
+that in the second, if he would only see it, he was really too absurd to
+expect to be paid.  Wasn't he paid enough without perpetual money--wasn't
+he paid by the comfortable luxurious home he enjoyed with them all,
+without a care, an anxiety, a solitary want?  Wasn't he sure of his
+position, and wasn't that everything to a young man like him, quite
+unknown, with singularly little to show, the ground of whose exorbitant
+pretensions it had never been easy to discover?  Wasn't he paid above all
+by the sweet relation he had established with Morgan--quite ideal as from
+master to pupil--and by the simple privilege of knowing and living with
+so amazingly gifted a child; than whom really (and she meant literally
+what she said) there was no better company in Europe?  Mrs. Moreen
+herself took to appealing to him as a man of the world; she said "Voyons,
+mon cher," and "My dear man, look here now"; and urged him to be
+reasonable, putting it before him that it was truly a chance for him.
+She spoke as if, according as he _should_ be reasonable, he would prove
+himself worthy to be her son's tutor and of the extraordinary confidence
+they had placed in him.
+
+After all, Pemberton reflected, it was only a difference of theory and
+the theory didn't matter much.  They had hitherto gone on that of
+remunerated, as now they would go on that of gratuitous, service; but why
+should they have so many words about it?  Mrs. Moreen at all events
+continued to be convincing; sitting there with her fifty francs she
+talked and reiterated, as women reiterate, and bored and irritated him,
+while he leaned against the wall with his hands in the pockets of his
+wrapper, drawing it together round his legs and looking over the head of
+his visitor at the grey negations of his window.  She wound up with
+saying: "You see I bring you a definite proposal."
+
+"A definite proposal?"
+
+"To make our relations regular, as it were--to put them on a comfortable
+footing."
+
+"I see--it's a system," said Pemberton.  "A kind of organised blackmail."
+
+Mrs. Moreen bounded up, which was exactly what he wanted.  "What do you
+mean by that?"
+
+"You practise on one's fears--one's fears about the child if one should
+go away."
+
+"And pray what would happen to him in that event?" she demanded, with
+majesty.
+
+"Why he'd be alone with _you_."
+
+"And pray with whom _should_ a child be but with those whom he loves
+most?"
+
+"If you think that, why don't you dismiss me?"
+
+"Do you pretend he loves you more than he loves _us_?" cried Mrs. Moreen.
+
+"I think he ought to.  I make sacrifices for him.  Though I've heard of
+those _you_ make I don't see them."
+
+Mrs. Moreen stared a moment; then with emotion she grasped her inmate's
+hand.  "_Will_ you make it--the sacrifice?"
+
+He burst out laughing.  "I'll see.  I'll do what I can.  I'll stay a
+little longer.  Your calculation's just--I _do_ hate intensely to give
+him up; I'm fond of him and he thoroughly interests me, in spite of the
+inconvenience I suffer.  You know my situation perfectly.  I haven't a
+penny in the world and, occupied as you see me with Morgan, am unable to
+earn money."
+
+Mrs. Moreen tapped her undressed arm with her folded bank-note.  "Can't
+you write articles?  Can't you translate as _I_ do?"
+
+"I don't know about translating; it's wretchedly paid."
+
+"I'm glad to earn what I can," said Mrs. Moreen with prodigious virtue.
+
+"You ought to tell me who you do it for."  Pemberton paused a moment, and
+she said nothing; so he added: "I've tried to turn off some little
+sketches, but the magazines won't have them--they're declined with
+thanks."
+
+"You see then you're not such a phoenix," his visitor pointedly
+smiled--"to pretend to abilities you're sacrificing for our sake."
+
+"I haven't time to do things properly," he ruefully went on.  Then as it
+came over him that he was almost abjectly good-natured to give these
+explanations he added: "If I stay on longer it must be on one
+condition--that Morgan shall know distinctly on what footing I am."
+
+Mrs. Moreen demurred.  "Surely you don't want to show off to a child?"
+
+"To show _you_ off, do you mean?"
+
+Again she cast about, but this time it was to produce a still finer
+flower.  "And _you_ talk of blackmail!"
+
+"You can easily prevent it," said Pemberton.
+
+"And _you_ talk of practising on fears," she bravely pushed on.
+
+"Yes, there's no doubt I'm a great scoundrel."
+
+His patroness met his eyes--it was clear she was in straits.  Then she
+thrust out her money at him.  "Mr. Moreen desired me to give you this on
+account."
+
+"I'm much obliged to Mr. Moreen, but we _have_ no account."
+
+"You won't take it?"
+
+"That leaves me more free," said Pemberton.
+
+"To poison my darling's mind?" groaned Mrs. Moreen.
+
+"Oh your darling's mind--!" the young man laughed.
+
+She fixed him a moment, and he thought she was going to break out
+tormentedly, pleadingly: "For God's sake, tell me what _is_ in it!"  But
+she checked this impulse--another was stronger.  She pocketed the
+money--the crudity of the alternative was comical--and swept out of the
+room with the desperate concession: "You may tell him any horror you
+like!"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+
+A couple of days after this, during which he had failed to profit by so
+free a permission, he had been for a quarter of an hour walking with his
+charge in silence when the boy became sociable again with the remark:
+"I'll tell you how I know it; I know it through Zenobie."
+
+"Zenobie?  Who in the world is _she_?"
+
+"A nurse I used to have--ever so many years ago.  A charming woman.  I
+liked her awfully, and she liked me."
+
+"There's no accounting for tastes.  What is it you know through her?"
+
+"Why what their idea is.  She went away because they didn't fork out.
+She did like me awfully, and she stayed two years.  She told me all about
+it--that at last she could never get her wages.  As soon as they saw how
+much she liked me they stopped giving her anything.  They thought she'd
+stay for nothing--just _because_, don't you know?"  And Morgan had a
+queer little conscious lucid look.  "She did stay ever so long--as long
+an she could.  She was only a poor girl.  She used to send money to her
+mother.  At last she couldn't afford it any longer, and went away in a
+fearful rage one night--I mean of course in a rage against _them_.  She
+cried over me tremendously, she hugged me nearly to death.  She told me
+all about it," the boy repeated.  "She told me it was their idea.  So I
+guessed, ever so long ago, that they have had the same idea with you."
+
+"Zenobie was very sharp," said Pemberton.  "And she made you so."
+
+"Oh that wasn't Zenobie; that was nature.  And experience!" Morgan
+laughed.
+
+"Well, Zenobie was a part of your experience."
+
+"Certainly I was a part of hers, poor dear!" the boy wisely sighed.  "And
+I'm part of yours."
+
+"A very important part.  But I don't see how you know that I've been
+treated like Zenobie."
+
+"Do you take me for the biggest dunce you've known?" Morgan asked.
+"Haven't I been conscious of what we've been through together?"
+
+"What we've been through?"
+
+"Our privations--our dark days."
+
+"Oh our days have been bright enough."
+
+Morgan went on in silence for a moment.  Then he said: "My dear chap,
+you're a hero!"
+
+"Well, you're another!" Pemberton retorted.
+
+"No I'm not, but I ain't a baby.  I won't stand it any longer.  You must
+get some occupation that pays.  I'm ashamed, I'm ashamed!" quavered the
+boy with a ring of passion, like some high silver note from a small
+cathedral cloister, that deeply touched his friend.
+
+"We ought to go off and live somewhere together," the young man said.
+
+"I'll go like a shot if you'll take me."
+
+"I'd get some work that would keep us both afloat," Pemberton continued.
+
+"So would I.  Why shouldn't I work?  I ain't such a beastly little muff
+as that comes to."
+
+"The difficulty is that your parents wouldn't hear of it.  They'd never
+part with you; they worship the ground you tread on.  Don't you see the
+proof of it?" Pemberton developed.  "They don't dislike me; they wish me
+no harm; they're very amiable people; but they're perfectly ready to
+expose me to any awkwardness in life for your sake."
+
+The silence in which Morgan received his fond sophistry struck Pemberton
+somehow as expressive.  After a moment the child repeated: "You are a
+hero!"  Then he added: "They leave me with you altogether.  You've all
+the responsibility.  They put me off on you from morning till night.  Why
+then should they object to my taking up with you completely?  I'd help
+you."
+
+"They're not particularly keen about my being helped, and they delight in
+thinking of you as _theirs_.  They're tremendously proud of you."
+
+"I'm not proud of _them_.  But you know that," Morgan returned.
+
+"Except for the little matter we speak of they're charming people," said
+Pemberton, not taking up the point made for his intelligence, but
+wondering greatly at the boy's own, and especially at this fresh reminder
+of something he had been conscious of from the first--the strangest thing
+in his friend's large little composition, a temper, a sensibility, even a
+private ideal, which made him as privately disown the stuff his people
+were made of.  Morgan had in secret a small loftiness which made him
+acute about betrayed meanness; as well as a critical sense for the
+manners immediately surrounding him that was quite without precedent in a
+juvenile nature, especially when one noted that it had not made this
+nature "old-fashioned," as the word is of children--quaint or wizened or
+offensive.  It was as if he had been a little gentleman and had paid the
+penalty by discovering that he was the only such person in his family.
+This comparison didn't make him vain, but it could make him melancholy
+and a trifle austere.  While Pemberton guessed at these dim young things,
+shadows of shadows, he was partly drawn on and partly checked, as for a
+scruple, by the charm of attempting to sound the little cool shallows
+that were so quickly growing deeper.  When he tried to figure to himself
+the morning twilight of childhood, so as to deal with it safely, he saw
+it was never fixed, never arrested, that ignorance, at the instant he
+touched it, was already flushing faintly into knowledge, that there was
+nothing that at a given moment you could say an intelligent child didn't
+know.  It seemed to him that he himself knew too much to imagine Morgan's
+simplicity and too little to disembroil his tangle.
+
+The boy paid no heed to his last remark; he only went on: "I'd have
+spoken to them about their idea, as I call it, long ago, if I hadn't been
+sure what they'd say."
+
+"And what would they say?"
+
+"Just what they said about what poor Zenobie told me--that it was a
+horrid dreadful story, that they had paid her every penny they owed her."
+
+"Well, perhaps they had," said Pemberton.
+
+"Perhaps they've paid you!"
+
+"Let us pretend they have, and n'en parlons plus."
+
+"They accused her of lying and cheating"--Morgan stuck to historic truth.
+"That's why I don't want to speak to them."
+
+"Lest they should accuse me, too?"  To this Morgan made no answer, and
+his companion, looking down at him--the boy turned away his eyes, which
+had filled--saw what he couldn't have trusted himself to utter.  "You're
+right.  Don't worry them," Pemberton pursued.  "Except for that, they
+_are_ charming people."
+
+"Except for _their_ lying and _their_ cheating?"
+
+"I say--I say!" cried Pemberton, imitating a little tone of the lad's
+which was itself an imitation.
+
+"We must be frank, at the last; we _must_ come to an understanding," said
+Morgan with the importance of the small boy who lets himself think he is
+arranging great affairs--almost playing at shipwreck or at Indians.  "I
+know all about everything."
+
+"I dare say your father has his reasons," Pemberton replied, but too
+vaguely, as he was aware.
+
+"For lying and cheating?"
+
+"For saving and managing and turning his means to the best account.  He
+has plenty to do with his money.  You're an expensive family."
+
+"Yes, I'm very expensive," Morgan concurred in a manner that made his
+preceptor burst out laughing.
+
+"He's saving for _you_," said Pemberton.  "They think of you in
+everything they do."
+
+"He might, while he's about it, save a little--"  The boy paused, and his
+friend waited to hear what.  Then Morgan brought out oddly: "A little
+reputation."
+
+"Oh there's plenty of that.  That's all right!"
+
+"Enough of it for the people they know, no doubt.  The people they know
+are awful."
+
+"Do you mean the princes?  We mustn't abuse the princes."
+
+"Why not?  They haven't married Paula--they haven't married Amy.  They
+only clean out Ulick."
+
+"You _do_ know everything!" Pemberton declared.
+
+"No, I don't, after all.  I don't know what they live on, or how they
+live, or _why_ they live!  What have they got and how did they get it?
+Are they rich, are they poor, or have they a modeste aisance?  Why are
+they always chiveying me about--living one year like ambassadors and the
+next like paupers?  Who are they, any way, and what are they?  I've
+thought of all that--I've thought of a lot of things.  They're so beastly
+worldly.  That's what I hate most--oh, I've _seen_ it!  All they care
+about is to make an appearance and to pass for something or other.  What
+the dickens do they want to pass for?  What _do_ they, Mr. Pemberton?"
+
+"You pause for a reply," said Pemberton, treating the question as a joke,
+yet wondering too and greatly struck with his mate's intense if imperfect
+vision.  "I haven't the least idea."
+
+"And what good does it do?  Haven't I seen the way people treat them--the
+'nice' people, the ones they want to know?  They'll take anything from
+them--they'll lie down and be trampled on.  The nice ones hate that--they
+just sicken them.  You're the only really nice person we know."
+
+"Are you sure?  They don't lie down for me!"
+
+"Well, you shan't lie down for them.  You've got to go--that's what
+you've got to do," said Morgan.
+
+"And what will become of you?"
+
+"Oh I'm growing up.  I shall get off before long.  I'll see you later."
+
+"You had better let me finish you," Pemberton urged, lending himself to
+the child's strange superiority.
+
+Morgan stopped in their walk, looking up at him.  He had to look up much
+less than a couple of years before--he had grown, in his loose leanness,
+so long and high.  "Finish me?" he echoed.
+
+"There are such a lot of jolly things we can do together yet.  I want to
+turn you out--I want you to do me credit."
+
+Morgan continued to look at him.  "To give you credit--do you mean?"
+
+"My dear fellow, you're too clever to live."
+
+"That's just what I'm afraid you think.  No, no; it isn't fair--I can't
+endure it.  We'll separate next week.  The sooner it's over the sooner to
+sleep."
+
+"If I hear of anything--any other chance--I promise to go," Pemberton
+said.
+
+Morgan consented to consider this.  "But you'll be honest," he demanded;
+"you won't pretend you haven't heard?"
+
+"I'm much more likely to pretend I have."
+
+"But what can you hear of, this way, stuck in a hole with us?  You ought
+to be on the spot, to go to England--you ought to go to America."
+
+"One would think you were _my_ tutor!" said Pemberton.
+
+Morgan walked on and after a little had begun again: "Well, now that you
+know I know and that we look at the facts and keep nothing back--it's
+much more comfortable, isn't it?"
+
+"My dear boy, it's so amusing, so interesting, that it will surely be
+quite impossible for me to forego such hours as these."
+
+This made Morgan stop once more.  "You _do_ keep something back.  Oh
+you're not straight--_I_ am!"
+
+"How am I not straight?"
+
+"Oh you've got your idea!"
+
+"My idea?"
+
+"Why that I probably shan't make old--make older--bones, and that you can
+stick it out till I'm removed."
+
+"You _are_ too clever to live!" Pemberton repeated.
+
+"I call it a mean idea," Morgan pursued.  "But I shall punish you by the
+way I hang on."
+
+"Look out or I'll poison you!" Pemberton laughed.
+
+"I'm stronger and better every year.  Haven't you noticed that there
+hasn't been a doctor near me since you came?"
+
+"_I'm_ your doctor," said the young man, taking his arm and drawing him
+tenderly on again.
+
+Morgan proceeded and after a few steps gave a sigh of mingled weariness
+and relief.  "Ah now that we look at the facts it's all right!"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+
+They looked at the facts a good deal after this and one of the first
+consequences of their doing so was that Pemberton stuck it out, in his
+friend's parlance, for the purpose.  Morgan made the facts so vivid and
+so droll, and at the same time so bald and so ugly, that there was
+fascination in talking them over with him, just as there would have been
+heartlessness in leaving him alone with them.  Now that the pair had such
+perceptions in common it was useless for them to pretend they didn't
+judge such people; but the very judgement and the exchange of perceptions
+created another tie.  Morgan had never been so interesting as now that he
+himself was made plainer by the sidelight of these confidences.  What
+came out in it most was the small fine passion of his pride.  He had
+plenty of that, Pemberton felt--so much that one might perhaps wisely
+wish for it some early bruises.  He would have liked his people to have a
+spirit and had waked up to the sense of their perpetually eating
+humble-pie.  His mother would consume any amount, and his father would
+consume even more than his mother.  He had a theory that Ulick had
+wriggled out of an "affair" at Nice: there had once been a flurry at
+home, a regular panic, after which they all went to bed and took
+medicine, not to be accounted for on any other supposition.  Morgan had a
+romantic imagination, led by poetry and history, and he would have liked
+those who "bore his name"--as he used to say to Pemberton with the humour
+that made his queer delicacies manly--to carry themselves with an air.
+But their one idea was to get in with people who didn't want them and to
+take snubs as it they were honourable scars.  Why people didn't want them
+more he didn't know--that was people's own affair; after all they weren't
+superficially repulsive, they were a hundred times cleverer than most of
+the dreary grandees, the "poor swells" they rushed about Europe to catch
+up with.  "After all they _are_ amusing--they are!" he used to pronounce
+with the wisdom of the ages.  To which Pemberton always replied:
+"Amusing--the great Moreen troupe?  Why they're altogether delightful;
+and if it weren't for the hitch that you and I (feeble performers!) make
+in the ensemble they'd carry everything before them."
+
+What the boy couldn't get over was the fact that this particular blight
+seemed, in a tradition of self-respect, so undeserved and so arbitrary.
+No doubt people had a right to take the line they liked; but why should
+his people have liked the line of pushing and toadying and lying and
+cheating?  What had their forefathers--all decent folk, so far as he
+knew--done to them, or what had he done to them?  Who had poisoned their
+blood with the fifth-rate social ideal, the fixed idea of making smart
+acquaintances and getting into the monde chic, especially when it was
+foredoomed to failure and exposure?  They showed so what they were after;
+that was what made the people they wanted not want _them_.  And never a
+wince for dignity, never a throb of shame at looking each other in the
+face, never any independence or resentment or disgust.  If his father or
+his brother would only knock some one down once or twice a year!  Clever
+as they were they never guessed the impression they made.  They were
+good-natured, yes--as good-natured as Jews at the doors of
+clothing-shops!  But was that the model one wanted one's family to
+follow?  Morgan had dim memories of an old grandfather, the maternal, in
+New York, whom he had been taken across the ocean at the age of five to
+see: a gentleman with a high neck-cloth and a good deal of pronunciation,
+who wore a dress-coat in the morning, which made one wonder what he wore
+in the evening, and had, or was supposed to have "property" and something
+to do with the Bible Society.  It couldn't have been but that he was a
+good type.  Pemberton himself remembered Mrs. Clancy, a widowed sister of
+Mr. Moreen's, who was as irritating as a moral tale and had paid a
+fortnight's visit to the family at Nice shortly after he came to live
+with them.  She was "pure and refined," as Amy said over the banjo, and
+had the air of not knowing what they meant when they talked, and of
+keeping something rather important back.  Pemberton judged that what she
+kept back was an approval of many of their ways; therefore it was to be
+supposed that she too was of a good type, and that Mr. and Mrs. Moreen
+and Ulick and Paula and Amy might easily have been of a better one if
+they would.
+
+But that they wouldn't was more and more perceptible from day to day.
+They continued to "chivey," as Morgan called it, and in due time became
+aware of a variety of reasons for proceeding to Venice.  They mentioned a
+great many of them--they were always strikingly frank and had the
+brightest friendly chatter, at the late foreign breakfast in especial,
+before the ladies had made up their faces, when they leaned their arms on
+the table, had something to follow the demitasse, and, in the heat of
+familiar discussion as to what they "really ought" to do, fell inevitably
+into the languages in which they could tutoyer.  Even Pemberton liked
+them then; he could endure even Ulick when he heard him give his little
+flat voice for the "sweet sea-city."  That was what made him have a
+sneaking kindness for them--that they were so out of the workaday world
+and kept him so out of it.  The summer had waned when, with cries of
+ecstasy, they all passed out on the balcony that overhung the Grand
+Canal.  The sunsets then were splendid and the Dorringtons had arrived.
+The Dorringtons were the only reason they hadn't talked of at breakfast;
+but the reasons they didn't talk of at breakfast always came out in the
+end.  The Dorringtons on the other hand came out very little; or else
+when they did they stayed--as was natural--for hours, during which
+periods Mrs. Moreen and the girls sometimes called at their hotel (to see
+if they had returned) as many as three times running.  The gondola was
+for the ladies, as in Venice too there were "days," which Mrs. Moreen
+knew in their order an hour after she arrived.  She immediately took one
+herself, to which the Dorringtons never came, though on a certain
+occasion when Pemberton and his pupil were together at St. Mark's--where,
+taking the best walks they had ever had and haunting a hundred churches,
+they spent a great deal of time--they saw the old lord turn up with Mr.
+Moreen and Ulick, who showed him the dim basilica as if it belonged to
+them.  Pemberton noted how much less, among its curiosities, Lord
+Dorrington carried himself as a man of the world; wondering too whether,
+for such services, his companions took a fee from him.  The autumn at any
+rate waned, the Dorringtons departed, and Lord Verschoyle, the eldest
+son, had proposed neither for Amy nor for Paula.
+
+One sad November day, while the wind roared round the old palace and the
+rain lashed the lagoon, Pemberton, for exercise and even somewhat for
+warmth--the Moreens were horribly frugal about fires; it was a cause of
+suffering to their inmate--walked up and down the big bare sala with his
+pupil.  The scagliola floor was cold, the high battered casements shook
+in the storm, and the stately decay of the place was unrelieved by a
+particle of furniture.  Pemberton's spirits were low, and it came over
+him that the fortune of the Moreens was now even lower.  A blast of
+desolation, a portent of disgrace and disaster, seemed to draw through
+the comfortless hall.  Mr. Moreen and Ulick were in the Piazza, looking
+out for something, strolling drearily, in mackintoshes, under the
+arcades; but still, in spite of mackintoshes, unmistakeable men of the
+world.  Paula and Amy were in bed--it might have been thought they were
+staying there to keep warm.  Pemberton looked askance at the boy at his
+side, to see to what extent he was conscious of these dark omens.  But
+Morgan, luckily for him, was now mainly conscious of growing taller and
+stronger and indeed of being in his fifteenth year.  This fact was
+intensely interesting to him and the basis of a private theory--which,
+however, he had imparted to his tutor--that in a little while he should
+stand on his own feet.  He considered that the situation would
+change--that in short he should be "finished," grown up, producible in
+the world of affairs and ready to prove himself of sterling ability.
+Sharply as he was capable at times of analysing, as he called it, his
+life, there were happy hours when he remained, as he also called it--and
+as the name, really, of their right ideal--"jolly" superficial; the proof
+of which was his fundamental assumption that he should presently go to
+Oxford, to Pemberton's college, and, aided and abetted by Pemberton, do
+the most wonderful things.  It depressed the young man to see how little
+in such a project he took account of ways and means: in other connexions
+he mostly kept to the measure.  Pemberton tried to imagine the Moreens at
+Oxford and fortunately failed; yet unless they were to adopt it as a
+residence there would be no modus vivendi for Morgan.  How could he live
+without an allowance, and where was the allowance to come from?  He,
+Pemberton, might live on Morgan; but how could Morgan live on _him_?
+What was to become of him anyhow?  Somehow the fact that he was a big boy
+now, with better prospects of health, made the question of his future
+more difficult.  So long as he was markedly frail the great consideration
+he inspired seemed enough of an answer to it.  But at the bottom of
+Pemberton's heart was the recognition of his probably being strong enough
+to live and not yet strong enough to struggle or to thrive.  Morgan
+himself at any rate was in the first flush of the rosiest consciousness
+of adolescence, so that the beating of the tempest seemed to him after
+all but the voice of life and the challenge of fate.  He had on his
+shabby little overcoat, with the collar up, but was enjoying his walk.
+
+It was interrupted at last by the appearance of his mother at the end of
+the sala.  She beckoned him to come to her, and while Pemberton saw him,
+complaisant, pass down the long vista and over the damp false marble, he
+wondered what was in the air.  Mrs. Moreen said a word to the boy and
+made him go into the room she had quitted.  Then, having closed the door
+after him, she directed her steps swiftly to Pemberton.  There was
+something in the air, but his wildest flight of fancy wouldn't have
+suggested what it proved to be.  She signified that she had made a
+pretext to get Morgan out of the way, and then she enquired--without
+hesitation--if the young man could favour her with the loan of three
+louis.  While, before bursting into a laugh, he stared at her with
+surprise, she declared that she was awfully pressed for the money; she
+was desperate for it--it would save her life.
+
+"Dear lady, c'est trop fort!"  Pemberton laughed in the manner and with
+the borrowed grace of idiom that marked the best colloquial, the best
+anecdotic, moments of his friends themselves.  "Where in the world do you
+suppose I should get three louis, du train dont vous allez?"
+
+"I thought you worked--wrote things.  Don't they pay you?"
+
+"Not a penny."
+
+"Are you such a fool as to work for nothing?"
+
+"You ought surely to know that."
+
+Mrs. Moreen stared, then she coloured a little.  Pemberton saw she had
+quite forgotten the terms--if "terms" they could be called--that he had
+ended by accepting from herself; they had burdened her memory as little
+as her conscience.  "Oh yes, I see what you mean--you've been very nice
+about that; but why drag it in so often?"  She had been perfectly urbane
+with him ever since the rough scene of explanation in his room the
+morning he made her accept _his_ "terms"--the necessity of his making his
+case known to Morgan.  She had felt no resentment after seeing there was
+no danger Morgan would take the matter up with her.  Indeed, attributing
+this immunity to the good taste of his influence with the boy, she had
+once said to Pemberton "My dear fellow, it's an immense comfort you're a
+gentleman."  She repeated this in substance now.  "Of course you're a
+gentleman--that's a bother the less!"  Pemberton reminded her that he had
+not "dragged in" anything that wasn't already in as much as his foot was
+in his shoe; and she also repeated her prayer that, somewhere and
+somehow, he would find her sixty francs.  He took the liberty of hinting
+that if he could find them it wouldn't be to lend them to _her_--as to
+which he consciously did himself injustice, knowing that if he had them
+he would certainly put them at her disposal.  He accused himself, at
+bottom and not unveraciously, of a fantastic, a demoralised sympathy with
+her.  If misery made strange bedfellows it also made strange sympathies.
+It was moreover a part of the abasement of living with such people that
+one had to make vulgar retorts, quite out of one's own tradition of good
+manners.  "Morgan, Morgan, to what pass have I come for you?" he groaned
+while Mrs. Moreen floated voluminously down the sala again to liberate
+the boy, wailing as she went that everything was too odious.
+
+Before their young friend was liberated there came a thump at the door
+communicating with the staircase, followed by the apparition of a
+dripping youth who poked in his head.  Pemberton recognised him as the
+bearer of a telegram and recognised the telegram as addressed to himself.
+Morgan came back as, after glancing at the signature--that of a relative
+in London--he was reading the words: "Found a jolly job for you,
+engagement to coach opulent youth on own terms.  Come at once."  The
+answer happily was paid and the messenger waited.  Morgan, who had drawn
+near, waited too and looked hard at Pemberton; and Pemberton, after a
+moment, having met his look, handed him the telegram.  It was really by
+wise looks--they knew each other so well now--that, while the
+telegraph-boy, in his waterproof cape, made a great puddle on the floor,
+the thing was settled between them.  Pemberton wrote the answer with a
+pencil against the frescoed wall, and the messenger departed.  When he
+had gone the young man explained himself.
+
+"I'll make a tremendous charge; I'll earn a lot of money in a short time,
+and we'll live on it."
+
+"Well, I hope the opulent youth will be a dismal dunce--he probably
+will--" Morgan parenthesised--"and keep you a long time a-hammering of it
+in."
+
+"Of course the longer he keeps me the more we shall have for our old
+age."
+
+"But suppose _they_ don't pay you!" Morgan awfully suggested.
+
+"Oh there are not two such--!"  But Pemberton pulled up; he had been on
+the point of using too invidious a term.  Instead of this he said "Two
+such fatalities."
+
+Morgan flushed--the tears came to his eyes.  "Dites toujours two such
+rascally crews!"  Then in a different tone he added: "Happy opulent
+youth!"
+
+"Not if he's a dismal dunce."
+
+"Oh they're happier then.  But you can't have everything, can you?" the
+boy smiled.
+
+Pemberton held him fast, hands on his shoulders--he had never loved him
+so.  "What will become of you, what will you do?"  He thought of Mrs.
+Moreen, desperate for sixty francs.
+
+"I shall become an homme fait."  And then as if he recognised all the
+bearings of Pemberton's allusion: "I shall get on with them better when
+you're not here."
+
+"Ah don't say that--it sounds as if I set you against them!"
+
+"You do--the sight of you.  It's all right; you know what I mean.  I
+shall be beautiful.  I'll take their affairs in hand; I'll marry my
+sisters."
+
+"You'll marry yourself!" joked Pemberton; as high, rather tense
+pleasantry would evidently be the right, or the safest, tone for their
+separation.
+
+It was, however, not purely in this strain that Morgan suddenly asked:
+"But I say--how will you get to your jolly job?  You'll have to telegraph
+to the opulent youth for money to come on."
+
+Pemberton bethought himself.  "They won't like that, will they?"
+
+"Oh look out for them!"
+
+Then Pemberton brought out his remedy.  "I'll go to the American Consul;
+I'll borrow some money of him--just for the few days, on the strength of
+the telegram."
+
+Morgan was hilarious.  "Show him the telegram--then collar the money and
+stay!"
+
+Pemberton entered into the joke sufficiently to reply that for Morgan he
+was really capable of that; but the boy, growing more serious, and to
+prove he hadn't meant what he said, not only hurried him off to the
+Consulate--since he was to start that evening, as he had wired to his
+friend--but made sure of their affair by going with him.  They splashed
+through the tortuous perforations and over the humpbacked bridges, and
+they passed through the Piazza, where they saw Mr. Moreen and Ulick go
+into a jeweller's shop.  The Consul proved accommodating--Pemberton said
+it wasn't the letter, but Morgan's grand air--and on their way back they
+went into Saint Mark's for a hushed ten minutes.  Later they took up and
+kept up the fun of it to the very end; and it seemed to Pemberton a part
+of that fun that Mrs. Moreen, who was very angry when he had announced
+her his intention, should charge him, grotesquely and vulgarly and in
+reference to the loan she had vainly endeavoured to effect, with bolting
+lest they should "get something out" of him.  On the other hand he had to
+do Mr. Moreen and Ulick the justice to recognise that when on coming in
+they heard the cruel news they took it like perfect men of the world.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+
+When he got at work with the opulent youth, who was to be taken in hand
+for Balliol, he found himself unable to say if this aspirant had really
+such poor parts or if the appearance were only begotten of his own long
+association with an intensely living little mind.  From Morgan he heard
+half a dozen times: the boy wrote charming young letters, a patchwork of
+tongues, with indulgent postscripts in the family Volapuk and, in little
+squares and rounds and crannies of the text, the drollest
+illustrations--letters that he was divided between the impulse to show
+his present charge as a vain, a wasted incentive, and the sense of
+something in them that publicity would profane.  The opulent youth went
+up in due course and failed to pass; but it seemed to add to the
+presumption that brilliancy was not expected of him all at once that his
+parents, condoning the lapse, which they good-naturedly treated as little
+as possible as if it were Pemberton's, should have sounded the rally
+again, begged the young coach to renew the siege.
+
+The young coach was now in a position to lend Mrs. Moreen three louis,
+and he sent her a post-office order even for a larger amount.  In return
+for this favour he received a frantic scribbled line from her: "Implore
+you to come back instantly--Morgan dreadfully ill."  They were on there
+rebound, once more in Paris--often as Pemberton had seen them depressed
+he had never seen them crushed--and communication was therefore rapid.
+He wrote to the boy to ascertain the state of his health, but awaited the
+answer in vain.  He accordingly, after three days, took an abrupt leave
+of the opulent youth and, crossing the Channel, alighted at the small
+hotel, in the quarter of the Champs Elysees, of which Mrs. Moreen had
+given him the address.  A deep if dumb dissatisfaction with this lady and
+her companions bore him company: they couldn't be vulgarly honest, but
+they could live at hotels, in velvety entresols, amid a smell of burnt
+pastilles, surrounded by the most expensive city in Europe.  When he had
+left them in Venice it was with an irrepressible suspicion that something
+was going to happen; but the only thing that could have taken place was
+again their masterly retreat.  "How is he? where is he?" he asked of Mrs.
+Moreen; but before she could speak these questions were answered by the
+pressure round hid neck of a pair of arms, in shrunken sleeves, which
+still were perfectly capable of an effusive young foreign squeeze.
+
+"Dreadfully ill--I don't see it!" the young man cried.  And then to
+Morgan: "Why on earth didn't you relieve me?  Why didn't you answer my
+letter?"
+
+Mrs. Moreen declared that when she wrote he was very bad, and Pemberton
+learned at the same time from the boy that he had answered every letter
+he had received.  This led to the clear inference that Pemberton's note
+had been kept from him so that the game practised should not be
+interfered with.  Mrs. Moreen was prepared to see the fact exposed, as
+Pemberton saw the moment he faced her that she was prepared for a good
+many other things.  She was prepared above all to maintain that she had
+acted from a sense of duty, that she was enchanted she had got him over,
+whatever they might say, and that it was useless of him to pretend he
+didn't know in all his bones that his place at such a time was with
+Morgan.  He had taken the boy away from them and now had no right to
+abandon him.  He had created for himself the gravest responsibilities and
+must at least abide by what he had done.
+
+"Taken him away from you?" Pemberton exclaimed indignantly.
+
+"Do it--do it for pity's sake; that's just what I want.  I can't stand
+_this_--and such scenes.  They're awful frauds--poor dears!"  These words
+broke from Morgan, who had intermitted his embrace, in a key which made
+Pemberton turn quickly to him and see that he had suddenly seated
+himself, was breathing in great pain, and was very pale.
+
+"_Now_ do you say he's not in a state, my precious pet?" shouted his
+mother, dropping on her knees before him with clasped hands, but touching
+him no more than if he had been a gilded idol.  "It will pass--it's only
+for an instant; but don't say such dreadful things!"
+
+"I'm all right--all right," Morgan panted to Pemberton, whom he sat
+looking up at with a strange smile, his hands resting on either side of
+the sofa.
+
+"Now do you pretend I've been dishonest, that I've deceived?" Mrs. Moreen
+flashed at Pemberton as she got up.
+
+"It isn't _he_ says it, it's I!" the boy returned, apparently easier, but
+sinking back against the wall; while his restored friend, who had sat
+down beside him, took his hand and bent over him.
+
+"Darling child, one does what one can; there are so many things to
+consider," urged Mrs. Moreen.  "It's his _place_--his only place.  You
+see _you_ think it is now."
+
+"Take me away--take me away," Morgan went on, smiling to Pemberton with
+his white face.
+
+"Where shall I take you, and how--oh _how_, my boy?" the young man
+stammered, thinking of the rude way in which his friends in London held
+that, for his convenience, with no assurance of prompt return, he had
+thrown them over; of the just resentment with which they would already
+have called in a successor, and of the scant help to finding fresh
+employment that resided for him in the grossness of his having failed to
+pass his pupil.
+
+"Oh we'll settle that.  You used to talk about it," said Morgan.  "If we
+can only go all the rest's a detail."
+
+"Talk about it as much as you like, but don't think you can attempt it.
+Mr. Moreen would never consent--it would be so _very_ hand-to-mouth,"
+Pemberton's hostess beautifully explained to him.  Then to Morgan she
+made it clearer: "It would destroy our peace, it would break our hearts.
+Now that he's back it will be all the same again.  You'll have your life,
+your work and your freedom, and we'll all be happy as we used to be.
+You'll bloom and grow perfectly well, and we won't have any more silly
+experiments, will we?  They're too absurd.  It's Mr. Pemberton's
+place--every one in his place.  You in yours, your papa in his, me in
+mine--n'est-ce pas, cheri?  We'll all forget how foolish we've been and
+have lovely times."
+
+She continued to talk and to surge vaguely about the little draped stuffy
+salon while Pemberton sat with the boy, whose colour gradually came back;
+and she mixed up her reasons, hinting that there were going to be
+changes, that the other children might scatter (who knew?--Paula had her
+ideas) and that then it might be fancied how much the poor old
+parent-birds would want the little nestling.  Morgan looked at Pemberton,
+who wouldn't let him move; and Pemberton knew exactly how he felt at
+hearing himself called a little nestling.  He admitted that he had had
+one or two bad days, but he protested afresh against the wrong of his
+mother's having made them the ground of an appeal to poor Pemberton.
+Poor Pemberton could laugh now, apart from the comicality of Mrs.
+Moreen's mustering so much philosophy for her defence--she seemed to
+shake it out of her agitated petticoats, which knocked over the light
+gilt chairs--so little did their young companion, _marked_, unmistakeably
+marked at the best, strike him as qualified to repudiate any advantage.
+
+He himself was in for it at any rate.  He should have Morgan on his hands
+again indefinitely; though indeed he saw the lad had a private theory to
+produce which would be intended to smooth this down.  He was obliged to
+him for it in advance; but the suggested amendment didn't keep his heart
+rather from sinking, any more than it prevented him from accepting the
+prospect on the spot, with some confidence moreover that he should do so
+even better if he could have a little supper.  Mrs. Moreen threw out more
+hints about the changes that were to be looked for, but she was such a
+mixture of smiles and shudders--she confessed she was very nervous--that
+he couldn't tell if she were in high feather or only in hysterics.  If
+the family was really at last going to pieces why shouldn't she recognise
+the necessity of pitching Morgan into some sort of lifeboat?  This
+presumption was fostered by the fact that they were established in
+luxurious quarters in the capital of pleasure; that was exactly where
+they naturally _would_ be established in view of going to pieces.
+Moreover didn't she mention that Mr. Moreen and the others were enjoying
+themselves at the opera with Mr. Granger, and wasn't _that_ also
+precisely where one would look for them on the eve of a smash?  Pemberton
+gathered that Mr. Granger was a rich vacant American--a big bill with a
+flourishy heading and no items; so that one of Paula's "ideas" was
+probably that this time she hadn't missed fire--by which straight shot
+indeed she would have shattered the general cohesion.  And if the
+cohesion was to crumble what would become of poor Pemberton?  He felt
+quite enough bound up with them to figure to his alarm as a dislodged
+block in the edifice.
+
+It was Morgan who eventually asked if no supper had been ordered for him;
+sitting with him below, later, at the dim delayed meal, in the presence
+of a great deal of corded green plush, a plate of ornamental biscuit and
+an aloofness marked on the part of the waiter.  Mrs. Moreen had explained
+that they had been obliged to secure a room for the visitor out of the
+house; and Morgan's consolation--he offered it while Pemberton reflected
+on the nastiness of lukewarm sauces--proved to be, largely, that his
+circumstance would facilitate their escape.  He talked of their
+escape--recurring to it often afterwards--as if they were making up a
+"boy's book" together.  But he likewise expressed his sense that there
+was something in the air, that the Moreens couldn't keep it up much
+longer.  In point of fact, as Pemberton was to see, they kept it up for
+five or six months.  All the while, however, Morgan's contention was
+designed to cheer him.  Mr. Moreen and Ulick, whom he had met the day
+after his return, accepted that return like perfect men of the world.  If
+Paula and Amy treated it even with less formality an allowance was to be
+made for them, inasmuch as Mr. Granger hadn't come to the opera after
+all.  He had only placed his box at their service, with a bouquet for
+each of the party; there was even one apiece, embittering the thought of
+his profusion, for Mr. Moreen and Ulick.  "They're all like that," was
+Morgan's comment; "at the very last, just when we think we've landed them
+they're back in the deep sea!"
+
+Morgan's comments in these days were more and more free; they even
+included a large recognition of the extraordinary tenderness with which
+he had been treated while Pemberton was away.  Oh yes, they couldn't do
+enough to be nice to him, to show him they had him on their mind and make
+up for his loss.  That was just what made the whole thing so sad and
+caused him to rejoice after all in Pemberton's return--he had to keep
+thinking of their affection less, had less sense of obligation.
+Pemberton laughed out at this last reason, and Morgan blushed and said:
+"Well, dash it, you know what I mean."  Pemberton knew perfectly what he
+meant; but there were a good many things that--dash it too!--it didn't
+make any clearer.  This episode of his second sojourn in Paris stretched
+itself out wearily, with their resumed readings and wanderings and
+maunderings, their potterings on the quays, their hauntings of the
+museums, their occasional lingerings in the Palais Royal when the first
+sharp weather came on and there was a comfort in warm emanations, before
+Chevet's wonderful succulent window.  Morgan wanted to hear all about the
+opulent youth--he took an immense interest in him.  Some of the details
+of his opulence--Pemberton could spare him none of them--evidently fed
+the boy's appreciation of all his friend had given up to come back to
+him; but in addition to the greater reciprocity established by that
+heroism he had always his little brooding theory, in which there was a
+frivolous gaiety too, that their long probation was drawing to a close.
+Morgan's conviction that the Moreens couldn't go on much longer kept pace
+with the unexpended impetus with which, from month to month, they did go
+on.  Three weeks after Pemberton had rejoined them they went on to
+another hotel, a dingier one than the first; but Morgan rejoiced that his
+tutor had at least still not sacrificed the advantage of a room outside.
+He clung to the romantic utility of this when the day, or rather the
+night, should arrive for their escape.
+
+For the first time, in this complicated connexion, our friend felt his
+collar gall him.  It was, as he had said to Mrs. Moreen in Venice, trop
+fort--everything was trop fort.  He could neither really throw off his
+blighting burden nor find in it the benefit of a pacified conscience or
+of a rewarded affection.  He had spent all the money accruing to him in
+England, and he saw his youth going and that he was getting nothing back
+for it.  It was all very well of Morgan to count it for reparation that
+he should now settle on him permanently--there was an irritating flaw in
+such a view.  He saw what the boy had in his mind; the conception that as
+his friend had had the generosity to come back he must show his gratitude
+by giving him his life.  But the poor friend didn't desire the gift--what
+could he do with Morgan's dreadful little life?  Of course at the same
+time that Pemberton was irritated he remembered the reason, which was
+very honourable to Morgan and which dwelt simply in his making one so
+forget that he was no more than a patched urchin.  If one dealt with him
+on a different basis one's misadventures were one's own fault.  So
+Pemberton waited in a queer confusion of yearning and alarm for the
+catastrophe which was held to hang over the house of Moreen, of which he
+certainly at moments felt the symptoms brush his cheek and as to which he
+wondered much in what form it would find its liveliest effect.
+
+Perhaps it would take the form of sudden dispersal--a frightened sauve
+qui peut, a scuttling into selfish corners.  Certainly they were less
+elastic than of yore; they were evidently looking for something they
+didn't find.  The Dorringtons hadn't re-appeared, the princes had
+scattered; wasn't that the beginning of the end?  Mrs. Moreen had lost
+her reckoning of the famous "days"; her social calendar was blurred--it
+had turned its face to the wall.  Pemberton suspected that the great, the
+cruel discomfiture had been the unspeakable behaviour of Mr. Granger, who
+seemed not to know what he wanted, or, what was much worse, what they
+wanted.  He kept sending flowers, as if to bestrew the path of his
+retreat, which was never the path of a return.  Flowers were all very
+well, but--Pemberton could complete the proposition.  It was now
+positively conspicuous that in the long run the Moreens were a social
+failure; so that the young man was almost grateful the run had not been
+short.  Mr. Moreen indeed was still occasionally able to get away on
+business and, what was more surprising, was likewise able to get back.
+Ulick had no club but you couldn't have discovered it from his
+appearance, which was as much as ever that of a person looking at life
+from the window of such an institution; therefore Pemberton was doubly
+surprised at an answer he once heard him make his mother in the desperate
+tone of a man familiar with the worst privations.  Her question Pemberton
+had not quite caught; it appeared to be an appeal for a suggestion as to
+whom they might get to take Amy.  "Let the Devil take her!" Ulick
+snapped; so that Pemberton could see that they had not only lost their
+amiability but had ceased to believe in themselves.  He could also see
+that if Mrs. Moreen was trying to get people to take her children she
+might be regarded as closing the hatches for the storm.  But Morgan would
+be the last she would part with.
+
+One winter afternoon--it was a Sunday--he and the boy walked far together
+in the Bois de Boulogne.  The evening was so splendid, the cold
+lemon-coloured sunset so clear, the stream of carriages and pedestrians
+so amusing and the fascination of Paris so great, that they stayed out
+later than usual and became aware that they should have to hurry home to
+arrive in time for dinner.  They hurried accordingly, arm-in-arm,
+good-humoured and hungry, agreeing that there was nothing like Paris
+after all and that after everything too that had come and gone they were
+not yet sated with innocent pleasures.  When they reached the hotel they
+found that, though scandalously late, they were in time for all the
+dinner they were likely to sit down to.  Confusion reigned in the
+apartments of the Moreens--very shabby ones this time, but the best in
+the house--and before the interrupted service of the table, with objects
+displaced almost as if there had been a scuffle and a great wine-stain
+from an overturned bottle, Pemberton couldn't blink the fact that there
+had been a scene of the last proprietary firmness.  The storm had
+come--they were all seeking refuge.  The hatches were down, Paula and Amy
+were invisible--they had never tried the most casual art upon Pemberton,
+but he felt they had enough of an eye to him not to wish to meet him as
+young ladies whose frocks had been confiscated--and Ulick appeared to
+have jumped overboard.  The host and his staff, in a word, had ceased to
+"go on" at the pace of their guests, and the air of embarrassed
+detention, thanks to a pile of gaping trunks in the passage, was
+strangely commingled with the air of indignant withdrawal.  When Morgan
+took all this in--and he took it in very quickly--he coloured to the
+roots of his hair.  He had walked from his infancy among difficulties and
+dangers, but he had never seen a public exposure.  Pemberton noticed in a
+second glance at him that the tears had rushed into his eyes and that
+they were tears of a new and untasted bitterness.  He wondered an
+instant, for the boy's sake, whether he might successfully pretend not to
+understand.  Not successfully, he felt, as Mr. and Mrs. Moreen,
+dinnerless by their extinguished hearth, rose before him in their little
+dishonoured salon, casting about with glassy eyes for the nearest port in
+such a storm.  They were not prostrate but were horribly white, and Mrs.
+Moreen had evidently been crying.  Pemberton quickly learned however that
+her grief was not for the loss of her dinner, much as she usually enjoyed
+it, but the fruit of a blow that struck even deeper, as she made all
+haste to explain.  He would see for himself, so far as that went, how the
+great change had come, the dreadful bolt had fallen, and how they would
+now all have to turn themselves about.  Therefore cruel as it was to them
+to part with their darling she must look to him to carry a little further
+the influence he had so fortunately acquired with the boy--to induce his
+young charge to follow him into some modest retreat.  They depended on
+him--that was the fact--to take their delightful child temporarily under
+his protection; it would leave Mr. Moreen and herself so much more free
+to give the proper attention (too little, alas! had been given) to the
+readjustment of their affairs.
+
+"We trust you--we feel we _can_," said Mrs. Moreen, slowly rubbing her
+plump white hands and looking with compunction hard at Morgan, whose
+chin, not to take liberties, her husband stroked with a paternal
+forefinger.
+
+"Oh yes--we feel that we _can_.  We trust Mr. Pemberton fully, Morgan,"
+Mr. Moreen pursued.
+
+Pemberton wondered again if he might pretend not to understand; but
+everything good gave way to the intensity of Morgan's understanding.  "Do
+you mean he may take me to live with him for ever and ever?" cried the
+boy.  "May take me away, away, anywhere he likes?"
+
+"For ever and ever?  Comme vous-y-allez!" Mr. Moreen laughed indulgently.
+"For as long as Mr. Pemberton may be so good."
+
+"We've struggled, we've suffered," his wife went on; "but you've made him
+so your own that we've already been through the worst of the sacrifice."
+
+Morgan had turned away from his father--he stood looking at Pemberton
+with a light in his face.  His sense of shame for their common humiliated
+state had dropped; the case had another side--the thing was to clutch at
+_that_.  He had a moment of boyish joy, scarcely mitigated by the
+reflexion that with this unexpected consecration of his hope--too sudden
+and too violent; the turn taken was away from a _good_ boy's book--the
+"escape" was left on their hands.  The boyish joy was there an instant,
+and Pemberton was almost scared at the rush of gratitude and affection
+that broke through his first abasement.  When he stammered "My dear
+fellow, what do you say to _that_?" how could one not say something
+enthusiastic?  But there was more need for courage at something else that
+immediately followed and that made the lad sit down quietly on the
+nearest chair.  He had turned quite livid and had raised his hand to his
+left side.  They were all three looking at him, but Mrs. Moreen suddenly
+bounded forward.  "Ah his darling little heart!" she broke out; and this
+time, on her knees before him and without respect for the idol, she
+caught him ardently in her arms.  "You walked him too far, you hurried
+him too fast!" she hurled over her shoulder at Pemberton.  Her son made
+no protest, and the next instant, still holding him, she sprang up with
+her face convulsed and with the terrified cry "Help, help! he's going,
+he's gone!"  Pemberton saw with equal horror, by Morgan's own stricken
+face, that he was beyond their wildest recall.  He pulled him half out of
+his mother's hands, and for a moment, while they held him together, they
+looked all their dismay into each other's eyes, "He couldn't stand it
+with his weak organ," said Pemberton--"the shock, the whole scene, the
+violent emotion."
+
+"But I thought he _wanted_ to go to you!", wailed Mrs. Moreen.
+
+"I _told_ you he didn't, my dear," her husband made answer.  Mr. Moreen
+was trembling all over and was in his way as deeply affected as his wife.
+But after the very first he took his bereavement as a man of the world.
+
+
+
+
+***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PUPIL***
+
+
+******* This file should be named 1032.txt or 1032.zip *******
+
+
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/0/3/1032
+
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://www.gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit:
+http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
diff --git a/1032.zip b/1032.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a42835c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/1032.zip
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..682bb4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #1032 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/1032)
diff --git a/old/pupil10.txt b/old/pupil10.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d86cfd6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pupil10.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,2219 @@
+****The Project Gutenberg Etext of The Pupil by Henry James*****
+#14 in our series by Henry James
+
+
+Copyright laws are changing all over the world, be sure to check
+the copyright laws for your country before posting these files!!
+
+Please take a look at the important information in this header.
+We encourage you to keep this file on your own disk, keeping an
+electronic path open for the next readers.  Do not remove this.
+
+
+**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts**
+
+**Etexts Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971**
+
+*These Etexts Prepared By Hundreds of Volunteers and Donations*
+
+Information on contacting Project Gutenberg to get Etexts, and
+further information is included below.  We need your donations.
+
+
+The Pupil
+
+by Henry James
+
+September, 1997  [Etext #1032]
+
+
+****The Project Gutenberg Etext of The Pupil by Henry James*****
+******This file should be named pupil10.txt or pupil10.zip******
+
+Corrected EDITIONS of our etexts get a new NUMBER, pupil11.txt.
+VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, pupil10a.txt.
+
+
+Scanned and proofed by David Price, email ccx074@coventry.ac.uk
+
+
+We are now trying to release all our books one month in advance
+of the official release dates, for time for better editing.
+
+Please note:  neither this list nor its contents are final till
+midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement.
+The official release date of all Project Gutenberg Etexts is at
+Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month.  A
+preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment
+and editing by those who wish to do so.  To be sure you have an
+up to date first edition [xxxxx10x.xxx] please check file sizes
+in the first week of the next month.  Since our ftp program has
+a bug in it that scrambles the date [tried to fix and failed] a
+look at the file size will have to do, but we will try to see a
+new copy has at least one byte more or less.
+
+
+Information about Project Gutenberg (one page)
+
+We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work.  The
+fifty hours is one conservative estimate for how long it we take
+to get any etext selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright
+searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc.  This
+projected audience is one hundred million readers.  If our value
+per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2
+million dollars per hour this year as we release thirty-two text
+files per month, or 384 more Etexts in 1997 for a total of 1000+
+If these reach just 10% of the computerized population, then the
+total should reach over 100 billion Etexts given away.
+
+The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away One Trillion Etext
+Files by the December 31, 2001.  [10,000 x 100,000,000=Trillion]
+This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers,
+which is only 10% of the present number of computer users.  2001
+should have at least twice as many computer users as that, so it
+will require us reaching less than 5% of the users in 2001.
+
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+
+All donations should be made to "Project Gutenberg/CMU": and are
+tax deductible to the extent allowable by law.  (CMU = Carnegie-
+Mellon University).
+
+For these and other matters, please mail to:
+
+Project Gutenberg
+P. O. Box  2782
+Champaign, IL 61825
+
+When all other email fails try our Executive Director:
+Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com>
+
+We would prefer to send you this information by email
+(Internet, Bitnet, Compuserve, ATTMAIL or MCImail).
+
+******
+If you have an FTP program (or emulator), please
+FTP directly to the Project Gutenberg archives:
+[Mac users, do NOT point and click. . .type]
+
+ftp uiarchive.cso.uiuc.edu
+login:  anonymous
+password:  your@login
+cd etext/etext90 through /etext96
+or cd etext/articles [get suggest gut for more information]
+dir [to see files]
+get or mget [to get files. . .set bin for zip files]
+GET INDEX?00.GUT
+for a list of books
+and
+GET NEW GUT for general information
+and
+MGET GUT* for newsletters.
+
+**Information prepared by the Project Gutenberg legal advisor**
+(Three Pages)
+
+
+***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS**START***
+Why is this "Small Print!" statement here?  You know: lawyers.
+They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with
+your copy of this etext, even if you got it for free from
+someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our
+fault.  So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement
+disclaims most of our liability to you.  It also tells you how
+you can distribute copies of this etext if you want to.
+
+*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS ETEXT
+By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
+etext, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept
+this "Small Print!" statement.  If you do not, you can receive
+a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this etext by
+sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person
+you got it from.  If you received this etext on a physical
+medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request.
+
+ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM ETEXTS
+This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-
+tm etexts, is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor
+Michael S. Hart through the Project Gutenberg Association at
+Carnegie-Mellon University (the "Project").  Among other
+things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright
+on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and
+distribute it in the United States without permission and
+without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules, set forth
+below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this etext
+under the Project's "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark.
+
+To create these etexts, the Project expends considerable
+efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain
+works.  Despite these efforts, the Project's etexts and any
+medium they may be on may contain "Defects".  Among other
+things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged
+disk or other etext medium, a computer virus, or computer
+codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES
+But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below,
+[1] the Project (and any other party you may receive this
+etext from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext) disclaims all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including
+legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR
+UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT,
+INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE
+OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+If you discover a Defect in this etext within 90 days of
+receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any)
+you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that
+time to the person you received it from.  If you received it
+on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and
+such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement
+copy.  If you received it electronically, such person may
+choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to
+receive it electronically.
+
+THIS ETEXT IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS".  NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS
+TO THE ETEXT OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
+PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or
+the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the
+above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you
+may have other legal rights.
+
+INDEMNITY
+You will indemnify and hold the Project, its directors,
+officers, members and agents harmless from all liability, cost
+and expense, including legal fees, that arise directly or
+indirectly from any of the following that you do or cause:
+[1] distribution of this etext, [2] alteration, modification,
+or addition to the etext, or [3] any Defect.
+
+DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm"
+You may distribute copies of this etext electronically, or by
+disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this
+"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg,
+or:
+
+[1]  Only give exact copies of it.  Among other things, this
+     requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the
+     etext or this "small print!" statement.  You may however,
+     if you wish, distribute this etext in machine readable
+     binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form,
+     including any form resulting from conversion by word pro-
+     cessing or hypertext software, but only so long as
+     *EITHER*:
+
+     [*]  The etext, when displayed, is clearly readable, and
+          does *not* contain characters other than those
+          intended by the author of the work, although tilde
+          (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may
+          be used to convey punctuation intended by the
+          author, and additional characters may be used to
+          indicate hypertext links; OR
+
+     [*]  The etext may be readily converted by the reader at
+          no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent
+          form by the program that displays the etext (as is
+          the case, for instance, with most word processors);
+          OR
+
+     [*]  You provide, or agree to also provide on request at
+          no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the
+          etext in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC
+          or other equivalent proprietary form).
+
+[2]  Honor the etext refund and replacement provisions of this
+     "Small Print!" statement.
+
+[3]  Pay a trademark license fee to the Project of 20% of the
+     net profits you derive calculated using the method you
+     already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  If you
+     don't derive profits, no royalty is due.  Royalties are
+     payable to "Project Gutenberg Association/Carnegie-Mellon
+     University" within the 60 days following each
+     date you prepare (or were legally required to prepare)
+     your annual (or equivalent periodic) tax return.
+
+WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO?
+The Project gratefully accepts contributions in money, time,
+scanning machines, OCR software, public domain etexts, royalty
+free copyright licenses, and every other sort of contribution
+you can think of.  Money should be paid to "Project Gutenberg
+Association / Carnegie-Mellon University".
+
+*END*THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS*Ver.04.29.93*END*
+
+
+
+
+
+Scanned and proofed by David Price, email ccx074@coventry.ac.uk
+
+
+
+
+
+The Pupil
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+
+
+The poor young man hesitated and procrastinated:  it cost him such
+an effort to broach the subject of terms, to speak of money to a
+person who spoke only of feelings and, as it were, of the
+aristocracy.  Yet he was unwilling to take leave, treating his
+engagement as settled, without some more conventional glance in
+that direction than he could find an opening for in the manner of
+the large affable lady who sat there drawing a pair of soiled gants
+de Suede through a fat jewelled hand and, at once pressing and
+gliding, repeated over and over everything but the thing he would
+have liked to hear.  He would have liked to hear the figure of his
+salary; but just as he was nervously about to sound that note the
+little boy came back - the little boy Mrs. Moreen had sent out of
+the room to fetch her fan.  He came back without the fan, only with
+the casual observation that he couldn't find it.  As he dropped
+this cynical confession he looked straight and hard at the
+candidate for the honour of taking his education in hand.  This
+personage reflected somewhat grimly that the thing he should have
+to teach his little charge would be to appear to address himself to
+his mother when he spoke to her - especially not to make her such
+an improper answer as that.
+
+When Mrs. Moreen bethought herself of this pretext for getting rid
+of their companion Pemberton supposed it was precisely to approach
+the delicate subject of his remuneration.  But it had been only to
+say some things about her son that it was better a boy of eleven
+shouldn't catch.  They were extravagantly to his advantage save
+when she lowered her voice to sigh, tapping her left side
+familiarly, "And all overclouded by THIS, you know; all at the
+mercy of a weakness - !"  Pemberton gathered that the weakness was
+in the region of the heart.  He had known the poor child was not
+robust:  this was the basis on which he had been invited to treat,
+through an English lady, an Oxford acquaintance, then at Nice, who
+happened to know both his needs and those of the amiable American
+family looking out for something really superior in the way of a
+resident tutor.
+
+The young man's impression of his prospective pupil, who had come
+into the room as if to see for himself the moment Pemberton was
+admitted, was not quite the soft solicitation the visitor had taken
+for granted.  Morgan Moreen was somehow sickly without being
+"delicate," and that he looked intelligent - it is true Pemberton
+wouldn't have enjoyed his being stupid - only added to the
+suggestion that, as with his big mouth and big ears he really
+couldn't be called pretty, he might too utterly fail to please.
+Pemberton was modest, was even timid; and the chance that his small
+scholar might prove cleverer than himself had quite figured, to his
+anxiety, among the dangers of an untried experiment.  He reflected,
+however, that these were risks one had to run when one accepted a
+position, as it was called, in a private family; when as yet one's
+university honours had, pecuniarily speaking, remained barren.  At
+any rate when Mrs. Moreen got up as to intimate that, since it was
+understood he would enter upon his duties within the week she would
+let him off now, he succeeded, in spite of the presence of the
+child, in squeezing out a phrase about the rate of payment.  It was
+not the fault of the conscious smile which seemed a reference to
+the lady's expensive identity, it was not the fault of this
+demonstration, which had, in a sort, both vagueness and point, if
+the allusion didn't sound rather vulgar.  This was exactly because
+she became still more gracious to reply:  "Oh I can assure you that
+all that will be quite regular."
+
+Pemberton only wondered, while he took up his hat, what "all that"
+was to amount to - people had such different ideas.  Mrs. Moreen's
+words, however, seemed to commit the family to a pledge definite
+enough to elicit from the child a strange little comment in the
+shape of the mocking foreign ejaculation "Oh la-la!"
+
+Pemberton, in some confusion, glanced at him as he walked slowly to
+the window with his back turned, his hands in his pockets and the
+air in his elderly shoulders of a boy who didn't play.  The young
+man wondered if he should be able to teach him to play, though his
+mother had said it would never do and that this was why school was
+impossible.  Mrs. Moreen exhibited no discomfiture; she only
+continued blandly:  "Mr. Moreen will be delighted to meet your
+wishes.  As I told you, he has been called to London for a week.
+As soon as he comes back you shall have it out with him."
+
+This was so frank and friendly that the young man could only reply,
+laughing as his hostess laughed:  "Oh I don't imagine we shall have
+much of a battle."
+
+"They'll give you anything you like," the boy remarked
+unexpectedly, returning from the window.  "We don't mind what
+anything costs - we live awfully well."
+
+"My darling, you're too quaint!" his mother exclaimed, putting out
+to caress him a practised but ineffectual hand.  He slipped out of
+it, but looked with intelligent innocent eyes at Pemberton, who had
+already had time to notice that from one moment to the other his
+small satiric face seemed to change its time of life.  At this
+moment it was infantine, yet it appeared also to be under the
+influence of curious intuitions and knowledges.  Pemberton rather
+disliked precocity and was disappointed to find gleams of it in a
+disciple not yet in his teens.  Nevertheless he divined on the spot
+that Morgan wouldn't prove a bore.  He would prove on the contrary
+a source of agitation.  This idea held the young man, in spite of a
+certain repulsion.
+
+"You pompous little person!  We're not extravagant!"  Mrs. Moreen
+gaily protested, making another unsuccessful attempt to draw the
+boy to her side.  "You must know what to expect," she went on to
+Pemberton.
+
+"The less you expect the better!" her companion interposed.  "But
+we ARE people of fashion."
+
+"Only so far as YOU make us so!" Mrs. Moreen tenderly mocked.
+"Well then, on Friday - don't tell me you're superstitious - and
+mind you don't fail us.  Then you'll see us all.  I'm so sorry the
+girls are out.  I guess you'll like the girls.  And, you know, I've
+another son, quite different from this one."
+
+"He tries to imitate me," Morgan said to their friend.
+
+"He tries?  Why he's twenty years old!" cried Mrs. Moreen.
+
+"You're very witty," Pemberton remarked to the child - a
+proposition his mother echoed with enthusiasm, declaring Morgan's
+sallies to be the delight of the house.
+
+The boy paid no heed to this; he only enquired abruptly of the
+visitor, who was surprised afterwards that he hadn't struck him as
+offensively forward:  "Do you WANT very much to come?"
+
+"Can you doubt it after such a description of what I shall hear?"
+Pemberton replied.  Yet he didn't want to come at all; he was
+coming because he had to go somewhere, thanks to the collapse of
+his fortune at the end of a year abroad spent on the system of
+putting his scant patrimony into a single full wave of experience.
+He had had his full wave but couldn't pay the score at his inn.
+Moreover he had caught in the boy's eyes the glimpse of a far-off
+appeal.
+
+"Well, I'll do the best I can for you," said Morgan; with which he
+turned away again.  He passed out of one of the long windows;
+Pemberton saw him go and lean on the parapet of the terrace.  He
+remained there while the young man took leave of his mother, who,
+on Pemberton's looking as if he expected a farewell from him,
+interposed with:  "Leave him, leave him; he's so strange!"
+Pemberton supposed her to fear something he might say.  "He's a
+genius - you'll love him," she added.  "He's much the most
+interesting person in the family."  And before he could invent some
+civility to oppose to this she wound up with:  "But we're all good,
+you know!"
+
+"He's a genius - you'll love him!" were words that recurred to our
+aspirant before the Friday, suggesting among many things that
+geniuses were not invariably loveable.  However, it was all the
+better if there was an element that would make tutorship absorbing:
+he had perhaps taken too much for granted it would only disgust
+him.  As he left the villa after his interview he looked up at the
+balcony and saw the child leaning over it.  "We shall have great
+larks!" he called up.
+
+Morgan hung fire a moment and then gaily returned:  "By the time
+you come back I shall have thought of something witty!"
+
+This made Pemberton say to himself "After all he's rather nice."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+
+
+On the Friday he saw them all, as Mrs. Moreen had promised, for her
+husband had come back and the girls and the other son were at home.
+Mr. Moreen had a white moustache, a confiding manner and, in his
+buttonhole, the ribbon of a foreign order - bestowed, as Pemberton
+eventually learned, for services.  For what services he never
+clearly ascertained:  this was a point - one of a large number -
+that Mr. Moreen's manner never confided.  What it emphatically did
+confide was that he was even more a man of the world than you might
+first make out.  Ulick, the firstborn, was in visible training for
+the same profession - under the disadvantage as yet, however, of a
+buttonhole but feebly floral and a moustache with no pretensions to
+type.  The girls had hair and figures and manners and small fat
+feet, but had never been out alone.  As for Mrs. Moreen Pemberton
+saw on a nearer view that her elegance was intermittent and her
+parts didn't always match.  Her husband, as she had promised, met
+with enthusiasm Pemberton's ideas in regard to a salary.  The young
+man had endeavoured to keep these stammerings modest, and Mr.
+Moreen made it no secret that HE found them wanting in "style."  He
+further mentioned that he aspired to be intimate with his children,
+to be their best friend, and that he was always looking out for
+them.  That was what he went off for, to London and other places -
+to look out; and this vigilance was the theory of life, as well as
+the real occupation, of the whole family.  They all looked out, for
+they were very frank on the subject of its being necessary.  They
+desired it to be understood that they were earnest people, and also
+that their fortune, though quite adequate for earnest people,
+required the most careful administration.  Mr. Moreen, as the
+parent bird, sought sustenance for the nest.  Ulick invoked support
+mainly at the club, where Pemberton guessed that it was usually
+served on green cloth.  The girls used to do up their hair and
+their frocks themselves, and our young man felt appealed to to be
+glad, in regard to Morgan's education, that, though it must
+naturally be of the best, it didn't cost too much.  After a little
+he WAS glad, forgetting at times his own needs in the interest
+inspired by the child's character and culture and the pleasure of
+making easy terms for him.
+
+During the first weeks of their acquaintance Morgan had been as
+puzzling as a page in an unknown language - altogether different
+from the obvious little Anglo-Saxons who had misrepresented
+childhood to Pemberton.  Indeed the whole mystic volume in which
+the boy had been amateurishly bound demanded some practice in
+translation.  To-day, after a considerable interval, there is
+something phantasmagoria, like a prismatic reflexion or a serial
+novel, in Pemberton's memory of the queerness of the Moreens.  If
+it were not for a few tangible tokens - a lock of Morgan's hair cut
+by his own hand, and the half-dozen letters received from him when
+they were disjoined - the whole episode and the figures peopling it
+would seem too inconsequent for anything but dreamland.  Their
+supreme quaintness was their success - as it appeared to him for a
+while at the time; since he had never seen a family so brilliantly
+equipped for failure.  Wasn't it success to have kept him so
+hatefully long?  Wasn't it success to have drawn him in that first
+morning at dejeuner, the Friday he came - it was enough to MAKE one
+superstitious - so that he utterly committed himself, and this not
+by calculation or on a signal, but from a happy instinct which made
+them, like a band of gipsies, work so neatly together?  They amused
+him as much as if they had really been a band of gipsies.  He was
+still young and had not seen much of the world - his English years
+had been properly arid; therefore the reversed conventions of the
+Moreens - for they had THEIR desperate proprieties - struck him as
+topsy-turvy.  He had encountered nothing like them at Oxford; still
+less had any such note been struck to his younger American ear
+during the four years at Yale in which he had richly supposed
+himself to be reacting against a Puritan strain.  The reaction of
+the Moreens, at any rate, went ever so much further.  He had
+thought himself very sharp that first day in hitting them all off
+in his mind with the "cosmopolite" label.  Later it seemed feeble
+and colourless - confessedly helplessly provisional.
+
+He yet when he first applied it felt a glow of joy - for an
+instructor he was still empirical - rise from the apprehension that
+living with them would really he to see life.  Their sociable
+strangeness was an intimation of that - their chatter of tongues,
+their gaiety and good humour, their infinite dawdling (they were
+always getting themselves up, but it took forever, and Pemberton
+had once found Mr. Moreen shaving in the drawing-room), their
+French, their Italian and, cropping up in the foreign fluencies,
+their cold tough slices of American.  They lived on macaroni and
+coffee - they had these articles prepared in perfection - but they
+knew recipes for a hundred other dishes.  They overflowed with
+music and song, were always humming and catching each other up, and
+had a sort of professional acquaintance with Continental cities.
+They talked of "good places" as if they had been pickpockets or
+strolling players.  They had at Nice a villa, a carriage, a piano
+and a banjo, and they went to official parties.  They were a
+perfect calendar of the "days" of their friends, which Pemberton
+knew them, when they were indisposed, to get out of bed to go to,
+and which made the week larger than life when Mrs. Moreen talked of
+them with Paula and Amy.  Their initiations gave their new inmate
+at first an almost dazzling sense of culture.  Mrs. Moreen had
+translated something at some former period - an author whom it made
+Pemberton feel borne never to have heard of.  They could imitate
+Venetian and sing Neapolitan, and when they wanted to say something
+very particular communicated with each other in an ingenious
+dialect of their own, an elastic spoken cipher which Pemberton at
+first took for some patois of one of their countries, but which he
+"caught on to" as he would not have grasped provincial development
+of Spanish or German.
+
+"It's the family language - Ultramoreen," Morgan explained to him
+drolly enough; but the boy rarely condescended to use it himself,
+though he dealt in colloquial Latin as if he had been a little
+prelate.
+
+Among all the "days" with which Mrs. Moreen's memory was taxed she
+managed to squeeze in one of her own, which her friends sometimes
+forgot.  But the house drew a frequented air from the number of
+fine people who were freely named there and from several mysterious
+men with foreign titles and English clothes whom Morgan called the
+princes and who, on sofas with the girls, talked French very loud -
+though sometimes with some oddity of accent - as if to show they
+were saying nothing improper.  Pemberton wondered how the princes
+could ever propose in that tone and so publicly:  he took for
+granted cynically that this was what was desired of them.  Then he
+recognised that even for the chance of such an advantage Mrs.
+Moreen would never allow Paula and Amy to receive alone.  These
+young ladies were not at all timid, but it was just the safeguards
+that made them so candidly free.  It was a houseful of Bohemians
+who wanted tremendously to be Philistines.
+
+In one respect, however, certainly they achieved no rigour - they
+were wonderfully amiable and ecstatic about Morgan.  It was a
+genuine tenderness, an artless admiration, equally strong in each.
+They even praised his beauty, which was small, and were as afraid
+of him as if they felt him of finer clay.  They spoke of him as a
+little angel and a prodigy - they touched on his want of health
+with long vague faces.  Pemberton feared at first an extravagance
+that might make him hate the boy, but before this happened he had
+become extravagant himself.  Later, when he had grown rather to
+hate the others, it was a bribe to patience for him that they were
+at any rate nice about Morgan, going on tiptoe if they fancied he
+was showing symptoms, and even giving up somebody's "day" to
+procure him a pleasure.  Mixed with this too was the oddest wish to
+make him independent, as if they had felt themselves not good
+enough for him.  They passed him over to the new members of their
+circle very much as if wishing to force some charity of adoption on
+so free an agent and get rid of their own charge.  They were
+delighted when they saw Morgan take so to his kind playfellow, and
+could think of no higher praise for the young man.  It was strange
+how they contrived to reconcile the appearance, and indeed the
+essential fact, of adoring the child with their eagerness to wash
+their hands of him.  Did they want to get rid of him before he
+should find them out?  Pemberton was finding them out month by
+month.  The boy's fond family, however this might be, turned their
+backs with exaggerated delicacy, as if to avoid the reproach of
+interfering.  Seeing in time how little he had in common with them
+- it was by THEM he first observed it; they proclaimed it with
+complete humility - his companion was moved to speculate on the
+mysteries of transmission, the far jumps of heredity.  Where his
+detachment from most of the things they represented had come from
+was more than an observer could say - it certainly had burrowed
+under two or three generations.
+
+As for Pemberton's own estimate of his pupil, it was a good while
+before he got the point of view, so little had he been prepared for
+it by the smug young barbarians to whom the tradition of tutorship,
+as hitherto revealed to him, had been adjusted.  Morgan was scrappy
+and surprising, deficient in many properties supposed common to the
+genus and abounding in others that were the portion only of the
+supernaturally clever.  One day his friend made a great stride:  it
+cleared up the question to perceive that Morgan WAS supernaturally
+clever and that, though the formula was temporarily meagre, this
+would be the only assumption on which one could successfully deal
+with him.  He had the general quality of a child for whom life had
+not been simplified by school, a kind of homebred sensibility which
+might have been as bad for himself but was charming for others, and
+a whole range of refinement and perception - little musical
+vibrations as taking as picked-up airs - begotten by wandering
+about Europe at the tail of his migratory tribe.  This might not
+have been an education to recommend in advance, but its results
+with so special a subject were as appreciable as the marks on a
+piece of fine porcelain.  There was at the same time in him a small
+strain of stoicism, doubtless the fruit of having had to begin
+early to bear pain, which counted for pluck and made it of less
+consequence that he might have been thought at school rather a
+polyglot little beast.  Pemberton indeed quickly found himself
+rejoicing that school was out of the question:  in any million of
+boys it was probably good for all but one, and Morgan was that
+millionth.  It would have made him comparative and superior - it
+might have made him really require kicking.  Pemberton would try to
+be school himself - a bigger seminary than five hundred grazing
+donkeys, so that, winning no prizes, the boy would remain
+unconscious and irresponsible and amusing - amusing, because,
+though life was already intense in his childish nature, freshness
+still made there a strong draught for jokes.  It turned out that
+even in the still air of Morgan's various disabilities jokes
+flourished greatly.  He was a pale lean acute undeveloped little
+cosmopolite, who liked intellectual gymnastics and who also, as
+regards the behaviour of mankind, had noticed more things than you
+might suppose, but who nevertheless had his proper playroom of
+superstitions, where he smashed a dozen toys a day.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+
+
+At Nice once, toward evening, as the pair rested in the open air
+after a walk, and looked over the sea at the pink western lights,
+he said suddenly to his comrade:  "Do you like it, you know - being
+with us all in this intimate way?"
+
+"My dear fellow, why should I stay if I didn't?"
+
+"How do I know you'll stay?  I'm almost sure you won't, very long."
+
+"I hope you don't mean to dismiss me," said Pemberton.
+
+Morgan debated, looking at the sunset.  "I think if I did right I
+ought to."
+
+"Well, I know I'm supposed to instruct you in virtue; but in that
+case don't do right."
+
+"'You're very young - fortunately," Morgan went on, turning to him
+again.
+
+"Oh yes, compared with you!"
+
+"Therefore it won't matter so much if you do lose a lot of time."
+
+"That's the way to look at it," said Pemberton accommodatingly.
+
+They were silent a minute; after which the boy asked:  "Do you like
+my father and my mother very much?"
+
+"Dear me, yes.  They're charming people."
+
+Morgan received this with another silence; then unexpectedly,
+familiarly, but at the same time affectionately, he remarked:
+"You're a jolly old humbug!"
+
+For a particular reason the words made our young man change colour.
+The boy noticed in an instant that he had turned red, whereupon he
+turned red himself and pupil and master exchanged a longish glance
+in which there was a consciousness of many more things than are
+usually touched upon, even tacitly, in such a relation.  It
+produced for Pemberton an embarrassment; it raised in a shadowy
+form a question - this was the first glimpse of it - destined to
+play a singular and, as he imagined, owing to the altogether
+peculiar conditions, an unprecedented part in his intercourse with
+his little companion.  Later, when he found himself talking with
+the youngster in a way in which few youngsters could ever have been
+talked with, he thought of that clumsy moment on the bench at Nice
+as the dawn of an understanding that had broadened.  What had added
+to the clumsiness then was that he thought it his duty to declare
+to Morgan that he might abuse him, Pemberton, as much as he liked,
+but must never abuse his parents.  To this Morgan had the easy
+retort that he hadn't dreamed of abusing them; which appeared to be
+true:  it put Pemberton in the wrong.
+
+"Then why am I a humbug for saying I think them charming?" the
+young man asked, conscious of a certain rashness.
+
+"Well - they're not your parents."
+
+"They love you better than anything in the world - never forget
+that," said Pemberton.
+
+"Is that why you like them so much?"
+
+"They're very kind to me," Pemberton replied evasively.
+
+"You ARE a humbug!" laughed Morgan, passing an arm into his
+tutor's.  He leaned against him looking oft at the sea again and
+swinging his long thin legs.
+
+"Don't kick my shins," said Pemberton while he reflected "Hang it,
+I can't complain of them to the child!"
+
+"There's another reason, too," Morgan went on, keeping his legs
+still.
+
+"Another reason for what?"
+
+"Besides their not being your parents."
+
+"I don't understand you," said Pemberton.
+
+"Well, you will before long.  All right!"
+
+He did understand fully before long, but he made a fight even with
+himself before he confessed it.  He thought it the oddest thing to
+have a struggle with the child about.  He wondered he didn't hate
+the hope of the Moreens for bringing the struggle on.  But by the
+time it began any such sentiment for that scion was closed to him.
+Morgan was a special case, and to know him was to accept him on his
+own odd terms.  Pemberton had spent his aversion to special cases
+before arriving at knowledge.  When at last he did arrive his
+quandary was great.  Against every interest he had attached
+himself.  They would have to meet things together.  Before they
+went home that evening at Nice the boy had said, clinging to his
+arm:
+
+"Well, at any rate you'll hang on to the last."
+
+"To the last?"
+
+"Till you're fairly beaten."
+
+"YOU ought to be fairly beaten!" cried the young man, drawing him
+closer.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+
+
+A year after he had come to live with them Mr. and Mrs. Moreen
+suddenly gave up the villa at Nice.  Pemberton had got used to
+suddenness, having seen it practised on a considerable scale during
+two jerky little tours - one in Switzerland the first summer, and
+the other late in the winter, when they all ran down to Florence
+and then, at the end of ten days, liking it much less than they had
+intended, straggled back in mysterious depression.  They had
+returned to Nice "for ever," as they said; but this didn't prevent
+their squeezing, one rainy muggy May night, into a second-class
+railway-carriage - you could never tell by which class they would
+travel - where Pemberton helped them to stow away a wonderful
+collection of bundles and bags.  The explanation of this manoeuvre
+was that they had determined to spend the summer "in some bracing
+place"; but in Paris they dropped into a small furnished apartment
+- a fourth floor in a third-rate avenue, where there was a smell on
+the staircase and the portier was hateful - and passed the next
+four months in blank indigence.
+
+The better part of this baffled sojourn was for the preceptor and
+his pupil, who, visiting the Invalides and Notre Dame, the
+Conciergerie and all the museums, took a hundred remunerative
+rambles.  They learned to know their Paris, which was useful, for
+they came back another year for a longer stay, the general
+character of which in Pemberton's memory to-day mixes pitiably and
+confusedly with that of the first.  He sees Morgan's shabby
+knickerbockers - the everlasting pair that didn't match his blouse
+and that as he grew longer could only grow faded.  He remembers the
+particular holes in his three or four pair of coloured stockings.
+
+Morgan was dear to his mother, but he never was better dressed than
+was absolutely necessary - partly, no doubt, by his own fault, for
+he was as indifferent to his appearance as a German philosopher.
+"My dear fellow, you ARE coming to pieces," Pemberton would say to
+him in sceptical remonstrance; to which the child would reply,
+looking at him serenely up and down:  "My dear fellow, so are you!
+I don't want to cast you in the shade."  Pemberton could have no
+rejoinder for this - the assertion so closely represented the fact.
+If however the deficiencies of his own wardrobe were a chapter by
+themselves he didn't like his little charge to look too poor.
+Later he used to say "Well, if we're poor, why, after all,
+shouldn't we look it?" and he consoled himself with thinking there
+was something rather elderly and gentlemanly in Morgan's disrepair
+- it differed from the untidiness of the urchin who plays and
+spoils his things.  He could trace perfectly the degrees by which,
+in proportion as her little son confined himself to his tutor for
+society, Mrs. Moreen shrewdly forbore to renew his garments.  She
+did nothing that didn't show, neglected him because he escaped
+notice, and then, as he illustrated this clever policy, discouraged
+at home his public appearances.  Her position was logical enough -
+those members of her family who did show had to be showy.
+
+During this period and several others Pemberton was quite aware of
+how he and his comrade might strike people; wandering languidly
+through the Jardin des Plantes as if they had nowhere to go,
+sitting on the winter days in the galleries of the Louvre, so
+splendidly ironical to the homeless, as if for the advantage of the
+calorifere.  They joked about it sometimes:  it was the sort of
+joke that was perfectly within the boy's compass.  They figured
+themselves as part of the vast vague hand-to-mouth multitude of the
+enormous city and pretended they were proud of their position in it
+- it showed them "such a lot of life" and made them conscious of a
+democratic brotherhood.  If Pemberton couldn't feel a sympathy in
+destitution with his small companion - for after all Morgan's fond
+parents would never have let him really suffer - the boy would at
+least feel it with him, so it came to the same thing.  He used
+sometimes to wonder what people would think they were - to fancy
+they were looked askance at, as if it might be a suspected case of
+kidnapping.  Morgan wouldn't be taken for a young patrician with a
+preceptor - he wasn't smart enough; though he might pass for his
+companion's sickly little brother.  Now and then he had a five-
+franc piece, and except once, when they bought a couple of lovely
+neckties, one of which he made Pemberton accept, they laid it out
+scientifically in old books.  This was sure to be a great day,
+always spent on the quays, in a rummage of the dusty boxes that
+garnish the parapets.  Such occasions helped them to live, for
+their books ran low very soon after the beginning of their
+acquaintance.  Pemberton had a good many in England, but he was
+obliged to write to a friend and ask him kindly to get some fellow
+to give him something for them.
+
+If they had to relinquish that summer the advantage of the bracing
+climate the young man couldn't but suspect this failure of the cup
+when at their very lips to have been the effect of a rude jostle of
+his own.  This had represented his first blow-out, as he called it,
+with his patrons; his first successful attempt - though there was
+little other success about it - to bring them to a consideration of
+his impossible position.  As the ostensible eve of a costly journey
+the moment had struck him as favourable to an earnest protest, the
+presentation of an ultimatum.  Ridiculous as it sounded, he had
+never yet been able to compass an uninterrupted private interview
+with the elder pair or with either of them singly.  They were
+always flanked by their elder children, and poor Pemberton usually
+had his own little charge at his side.  He was conscious of its
+being a house in which the surface of one's delicacy got rather
+smudged; nevertheless he had preserved the bloom of his scruple
+against announcing to Mr. and Mrs. Moreen with publicity that he
+shouldn't be able to go on longer without a little money.  He was
+still simple enough to suppose Ulick and Paula and Amy might not
+know that since his arrival he had only had a hundred and forty
+francs; and he was magnanimous enough to wish not to compromise
+their parents in their eyes.  Mr. Moreen now listened to him, as he
+listened to every one and to every thing, like a man of the world,
+and seemed to appeal to him - though not of course too grossly - to
+try and be a little more of one himself.  Pemberton recognised in
+fact the importance of the character - from the advantage it gave
+Mr. Moreen.  He was not even confused or embarrassed, whereas the
+young man in his service was more so than there was any reason for.
+Neither was he surprised - at least any more than a gentleman had
+to be who freely confessed himself a little shocked - though not
+perhaps strictly at Pemberton.
+
+"We must go into this, mustn't we, dear?" he said to his wife.  He
+assured his young friend that the matter should have his very best
+attention; and he melted into space as elusively as if, at the
+door, he were taking an inevitable but deprecatory precedence.
+When, the next moment, Pemberton found himself alone with Mrs.
+Moreen it was to hear her say "I see, I see" - stroking the
+roundness of her chin and looking as if she were only hesitating
+between a dozen easy remedies.  If they didn't make their push Mr.
+Moreen could at least disappear for several days.  During his
+absence his wife took up the subject again spontaneously, but her
+contribution to it was merely that she had thought all the while
+they were getting on so beautifully.  Pemberton's reply to this
+revelation was that unless they immediately put down something on
+account he would leave them on the spot and for ever.  He knew she
+would wonder how he would get away, and for a moment expected her
+to enquire.  She didn't, for which he was almost grateful to her,
+so little was he in a position to tell.
+
+"You won't, you KNOW you won't - you're too interested," she said.
+"You are interested, you know you are, you dear kind man!"  She
+laughed with almost condemnatory archness, as if it were a reproach
+- though she wouldn't insist; and flirted a soiled pocket-
+handkerchief at him.
+
+Pemberton's mind was fully made up to take his step the following
+week.  This would give him time to get an answer to a letter he had
+despatched to England.  If he did in the event nothing of the sort
+- that is if he stayed another year and then went away only for
+three months - it was not merely because before the answer to his
+letter came (most unsatisfactory when it did arrive) Mr. Moreen
+generously counted out to him, and again with the sacrifice to
+"form" of a marked man of the world, three hundred francs in
+elegant ringing gold.  He was irritated to find that Mrs. Moreen
+was right, that he couldn't at the pinch bear to leave the child.
+This stood out clearer for the very reason that, the night of his
+desperate appeal to his patrons, he had seen fully for the first
+time where he was.  Wasn't it another proof of the success with
+which those patrons practised their arts that they had managed to
+avert for so long the illuminating flash?  It descended on our
+friend with a breadth of effect which perhaps would have struck a
+spectator as comical, after he had returned to his little servile
+room, which looked into a close court where a bare dirty opposite
+wall took, with the sound of shrill clatter, the reflexion of
+lighted back windows.  He had simply given himself away to a band
+of adventurers.  The idea, the word itself, wore a romantic horror
+for him - he had always lived on such safe lines.  Later it assumed
+a more interesting, almost a soothing, sense:  it pointed a moral,
+and Pemberton could enjoy a moral.  The Moreens were adventurers
+not merely because they didn't pay their debts, because they lived
+on society, but because their whole view of life, dim and confused
+and instinctive, like that of clever colour-blind animals, was
+speculative and rapacious and mean.  Oh they were "respectable,"
+and that only made them more immondes.  The young man's analysis,
+while he brooded, put it at last very simply - they were
+adventurers because they were toadies and snobs.  That was the
+completest account of them - it was the law of their being.  Even
+when this truth became vivid to their ingenious inmate he remained
+unconscious of how much his mind had been prepared for it by the
+extraordinary little boy who had now become such a complication in
+his life.  Much less could he then calculate on the information he
+was still to owe the extraordinary little boy.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+
+
+But it was during the ensuing time that the real problem came up -
+the problem of how far it was excusable to discuss the turpitude of
+parents with a child of twelve, of thirteen, of fourteen.
+Absolutely inexcusable and quite impossible it of course at first
+appeared; and indeed the question didn't press for some time after
+Pemberton had received his three hundred francs.  They produced a
+temporary lull, a relief from the sharpest pressure.  The young man
+frugally amended his wardrobe and even had a few francs in his
+pocket.  He thought the Moreens looked at him as if he were almost
+too smart, as if they ought to take care not to spoil him.  If Mr.
+Moreen hadn't been such a man of the world he would perhaps have
+spoken of the freedom of such neckties on the part of a
+subordinate.  But Mr. Moreen was always enough a man of the world
+to let things pass - he had certainly shown that.  It was singular
+how Pemberton guessed that Morgan, though saying nothing about it,
+knew something had happened.  But three hundred francs, especially
+when one owed money, couldn't last for ever; and when the treasure
+was gone - the boy knew when it had failed - Morgan did break
+ground.  The party had returned to Nice at the beginning of the
+winter, but not to the charming villa.  They went to an hotel,
+where they stayed three months, and then moved to another
+establishment, explaining that they had left the first because,
+after waiting and waiting, they couldn't get the rooms they wanted.
+These apartments, the rooms they wanted, were generally very
+splendid; but fortunately they never COULD get them - fortunately,
+I mean, for Pemberton, who reflected always that if they had got
+them there would have been a still scantier educational fund.  What
+Morgan said at last was said suddenly, irrelevantly, when the
+moment came, in the middle of a lesson, and consisted of the
+apparently unfeeling words:  "You ought to filer, you know - you
+really ought."
+
+Pemberton stared.  He had learnt enough French slang from Morgan to
+know that to filer meant to cut sticks.  "Ah my dear fellow, don't
+turn me off!"
+
+Morgan pulled a Greek lexicon toward him - he used a Greek-German -
+to look out a word, instead of asking it of Pemberton.  "You can't
+go on like this, you know."
+
+"Like what, my boy?"
+
+"You know they don't pay you up," said Morgan, blushing and turning
+his leaves.
+
+"Don't pay me?" Pemberton stared again and feigned amazement.
+"What on earth put that into your head?"
+
+"It has been there a long time," the boy replied rummaging his
+book.
+
+Pemberton was silent, then he went on:  "I say, what are you
+hunting for?  They pay me beautifully."
+
+"I'm hunting for the Greek for awful whopper," Morgan dropped.
+
+"Find that rather for gross impertinence and disabuse your mind.
+What do I want of money?"
+
+"Oh that's another question!"
+
+Pemberton wavered - he was drawn in different ways.  The severely
+correct thing would have been to tell the boy that such a matter
+was none of his business and bid him go on with his lines.  But
+they were really too intimate for that; it was not the way he was
+in the habit of treating him; there had been no reason it should
+be.  On the other hand Morgan had quite lighted on the truth - he
+really shouldn't be able to keep it up much longer; therefore why
+not let him know one's real motive for forsaking him?  At the same
+time it wasn't decent to abuse to one's pupil the family of one's
+pupil; it was better to misrepresent than to do that.  So in reply
+to his comrade's last exclamation he just declared, to dismiss the
+subject, that he had received several payments.
+
+"I say - I say!" the boy ejaculated, laughing.
+
+"That's all right," Pemberton insisted.  "Give me your written
+rendering."
+
+Morgan pushed a copybook across the table, and he began to read the
+page, but with something running in his head that made it no sense.
+Looking up after a minute or two he found the child's eyes fixed on
+him and felt in them something strange.  Then Morgan said:  "I'm
+not afraid of the stern reality."
+
+"I haven't yet seen the thing you ARE afraid of - I'll do you that
+justice!"
+
+This came out with a jump - it was perfectly true - and evidently
+gave Morgan pleasure.  "I've thought of it a long time," he
+presently resumed.
+
+"Well, don't think of it any more."
+
+The boy appeared to comply, and they had a comfortable and even an
+amusing hour.  They had a theory that they were very thorough, and
+yet they seemed always to be in the amusing part of lessons, the
+intervals between the dull dark tunnels, where there were waysides
+and jolly views.  Yet the morning was brought to a violent as end
+by Morgan's suddenly leaning his arms on the table, burying his
+head in them and bursting into tears:  at which Pemberton was the
+more startled that, as it then came over him, it was the first time
+he had ever seen the boy cry and that the impression was
+consequently quite awful.
+
+The next day, after much thought, he took a decision and, believing
+it to be just, immediately acted on it.  He cornered Mr. and Mrs.
+Moreen again and let them know that if on the spot they didn't pay
+him all they owed him he wouldn't only leave their house but would
+tell Morgan exactly what had brought him to it.
+
+"Oh you HAVEN'T told him?" cried Mrs. Moreen with a pacifying hand
+on her well-dressed bosom.
+
+"Without warning you?  For what do you take me?" the young man
+returned.
+
+Mr. and Mrs. Moreen looked at each other; he could see that they
+appreciated, as tending to their security, his superstition of
+delicacy, and yet that there was a certain alarm in their relief.
+"My dear fellow," Mr. Moreen demanded, "what use can you have,
+leading the quiet life we all do, for such a lot of money?" - a
+question to which Pemberton made no answer, occupied as he was in
+noting that what passed in the mind of his patrons was something
+like:  "Oh then, if we've felt that the child, dear little angel,
+has judged us and how he regards us, and we haven't been betrayed,
+he must have guessed - and in short it's GENERAL!" an inference
+that rather stirred up Mr. and Mrs. Moreen, as Pemberton had
+desired it should.  At the same time, if he had supposed his threat
+would do something towards bringing them round, he was disappointed
+to find them taking for granted - how vulgar their perception HAD
+been! - that he had already given them away.  There was a mystic
+uneasiness in their parental breasts, and that had been the
+inferior sense of it.  None the less however, his threat did touch
+them; for if they had escaped it was only to meet a new danger.
+Mr. Moreen appealed to him, on every precedent, as a man of the
+world; but his wife had recourse, for the first time since his
+domestication with them, to a fine hauteur, reminding him that a
+devoted mother, with her child, had arts that protected her against
+gross misrepresentation.
+
+"I should misrepresent you grossly if I accused you of common
+honesty!" our friend replied; but as he closed the door behind him
+sharply, thinking he had not done himself much good, while Mr.
+Moreen lighted another cigarette, he heard his hostess shout after
+him more touchingly
+
+"Oh you do, you DO, put the knife to one's throat!"
+
+The next morning, very early, she came to his  room.  He recognised
+her knock, but had no hope she brought him money; as to which he
+was wrong, for she had fifty francs in her hand.  She squeezed
+forward in her dressing-gown, and he received her in his own,
+between his bath-tub and his bed.  He had been tolerably schooled
+by this time to the "foreign ways" of his hosts.  Mrs. Moreen was
+ardent, and when she was ardent she didn't care what she did; so
+she now sat down on his bed, his clothes being on the chairs, and,
+in her preoccupation, forgot, as she glanced round, to be ashamed
+of giving him such a horrid room.  What Mrs. Moreen's ardour now
+bore upon was the design of persuading him that in the first place
+she was very good-natured to bring him fifty francs, and that in
+the second, if he would only see it, he was really too absurd to
+expect to be paid.  Wasn't he paid enough without perpetual money -
+wasn't he paid by the comfortable luxurious home he enjoyed with
+them all, without a care, an anxiety, a solitary want?  Wasn't he
+sure of his position, and wasn't that everything to a young man
+like him, quite unknown, with singularly little to show, the ground
+of whose exorbitant pretensions it had never been easy to discover?
+Wasn't he paid above all by the sweet relation he had established
+with Morgan - quite ideal as from master to pupil - and by the
+simple privilege of knowing and living with so amazingly gifted a
+child; than whom really (and she meant literally what she said)
+there was no better company in Europe?  Mrs. Moreen herself took to
+appealing to him as a man of the world; she said "Voyons, mon
+cher," and "My dear man, look here now"; and urged him to be
+reasonable, putting it before him that it was truly a chance for
+him.  She spoke as if, according as he SHOULD be reasonable, he
+would prove himself worthy to be her son's tutor and of the
+extraordinary confidence they had placed in him.
+
+After all, Pemberton reflected, it was only a difference of theory
+and the theory didn't matter much.  They had hitherto gone on that
+of remunerated, as now they would go on that of gratuitous,
+service; but why should they have so many words about it?  Mrs.
+Moreen at all events continued to be convincing; sitting there with
+her fifty francs she talked and reiterated, as women reiterate, and
+bored and irritated him, while he leaned against the wall with his
+hands in the pockets of his wrapper, drawing it together round his
+legs and looking over the head of his visitor at the grey negations
+of his window.  She wound up with saying:  "You see I bring you a
+definite proposal."
+
+"A definite proposal?"
+
+"To make our relations regular, as it were - to put them on a
+comfortable footing."
+
+"I see - it's a system," said Pemberton.  "A kind of organised
+blackmail."
+
+Mrs. Moreen bounded up, which was exactly what he wanted.  "What do
+you mean by that?"
+
+"You practise on one's fears - one's fears about the child if one
+should go away."
+
+"And pray what would happen to him in that event?" she demanded,
+with majesty.
+
+"Why he'd be alone with YOU."
+
+"And pray with whom SHOULD a child be but with those whom he loves
+most?"
+
+"If you think that, why don't you dismiss me?"
+
+"Do you pretend he loves you more than he loves US?" cried Mrs.
+Moreen.
+
+"I think he ought to.  I make sacrifices for him.  Though I've
+heard of those YOU make I don't see them."
+
+Mrs. Moreen stared a moment; then with emotion she grasped her
+inmate's hand.  "WILL you make it - the sacrifice?"
+
+He burst out laughing.  "I'll see.  I'll do what I can.  I'll stay
+a little longer.  Your calculation's just - I DO hate intensely to
+give him up; I'm fond of him and he thoroughly interests me, in
+spite of the inconvenience I suffer.  You know my situation
+perfectly.  I haven't a penny in the world and, occupied as you see
+me with Morgan, am unable to earn money."
+
+Mrs. Moreen tapped her undressed arm with her folded bank-note.
+"Can't you write articles?  Can't you translate as I do?"
+
+"I don't know about translating; it's wretchedly paid."
+
+"I'm glad to earn what I can," said Mrs. Moreen with prodigious
+virtue.
+
+"You ought to tell me who you do it for."  Pemberton paused a
+moment, and she said nothing; so he added:  "I've tried to turn off
+some little sketches, but the magazines won't have them - they're
+declined with thanks."
+
+"You see then you're not such a phoenix," his visitor pointedly
+smiled - "to pretend to abilities you're sacrificing for our sake."
+
+"I haven't time to do things properly," he ruefully went on.  Then
+as it came over him that he was almost abjectly good-natured to
+give these explanations he added:  "If I stay on longer it must be
+on one condition - that Morgan shall know distinctly on what
+footing I am."
+
+Mrs. Moreen demurred.  "Surely you don't want to show off to a
+child?"
+
+"To show YOU off, do you mean?"
+
+Again she cast about, but this time it was to produce a still finer
+flower.  "And YOU talk of blackmail!"
+
+"You can easily prevent it," said Pemberton.
+
+"And YOU talk of practising on fears," she bravely pushed on.
+
+"Yes, there's no doubt I'm a great scoundrel."
+
+His patroness met his eyes - it was clear she was in straits.  Then
+she thrust out her money at him.  "Mr. Moreen desired me to give
+you this on account."
+
+"I'm much obliged to Mr. Moreen, but we HAVE no account."
+
+"You won't take it?"
+
+"That leaves me more free," said Pemberton.
+
+"To poison my darling's mind?" groaned Mrs. Moreen.
+
+"Oh your darling's mind -!" the young man laughed.
+
+She fixed him a moment, and he thought she was going to break out
+tormentedly, pleadingly:  "For God's sake, tell me what IS in it!"
+But she checked this impulse - another was stronger.  She pocketed
+the money - the crudity of the alternative was comical - and swept
+out of the room with the desperate concession:  "You may tell him
+any horror you like!"
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+
+
+A couple of days after this, during which he had failed to profit
+by so free a permission, he had been for a quarter of an hour
+walking with his charge in silence when the boy became sociable
+again with the remark:  "I'll tell you how I know it; I know it
+through Zenobie."
+
+"Zenobie?  Who in the world is SHE?"
+
+"A nurse I used to have - ever so many years ago.  A charming
+woman.  I liked her awfully, and she liked me."
+
+"There's no accounting for tastes.  What is it you know through
+her?"
+
+"Why what their idea is.  She went away because they didn't fork
+out.  She did like me awfully, and she stayed two years.  She told
+me all about it - that at last she could never get her wages.  As
+soon as they saw how much she liked me they stopped giving her
+anything.  They thought she'd stay for nothing - just BECAUSE,
+don't you know?"  And Morgan had a queer little conscious lucid
+look.  "She did stay ever so long - as long an she could.  She was
+only a poor girl.  She used to send money to her mother.  At last
+she couldn't afford it any longer, and went away in a fearful rage
+one night - I mean of course in a rage against THEM.  She cried
+over me tremendously, she hugged me nearly to death.  She told me
+all about it," the boy repeated.  "She told me it was their idea.
+So I guessed, ever so long ago, that they have had the same idea
+with you."
+
+"Zenobie was very sharp," said Pemberton.  "And she made you so."
+
+"Oh that wasn't Zenobie; that was nature.  And experience!" Morgan
+laughed.
+
+"Well, Zenobie was a part of your experience."
+
+"Certainly I was a part of hers, poor dear!" the boy wisely sighed.
+"And I'm part of yours."
+
+"A very important part.  But I don't see how you know that I've
+been treated like Zenobie."
+
+"Do you take me for the biggest dunce you've known?" Morgan asked.
+"Haven't I been conscious of what we've been through together?"
+
+"What we've been through?"
+
+"Our privations - our dark days."
+
+"Oh our days have been bright enough."
+
+Morgan went on in silence for a moment.  Then he said:  "My dear
+chap, you're a hero!"
+
+"Well, you're another!" Pemberton retorted.
+
+"No I'm not, but I ain't a baby.  I won't stand it any longer.  You
+must get some occupation that pays.  I'm ashamed, I'm ashamed!"
+quavered the boy with a ring of passion, like some high silver note
+from a small cathedral cloister, that deeply touched his friend.
+
+"We ought to go off and live somewhere together," the young man
+said.
+
+"I'll go like a shot if you'll take me."
+
+"I'd get some work that would keep us both afloat," Pemberton
+continued.
+
+"So would I.  Why shouldn't I work?  I ain't such a beastly little
+muff as that comes to."
+
+"The difficulty is that your parents wouldn't hear of it.  They'd
+never part with you; they worship the ground you tread on.  Don't
+you see the proof of it?" Pemberton developed.  "They don't dislike
+me; they wish me no harm; they're very amiable people; but they're
+perfectly ready to expose me to any awkwardness in life for your
+sake."
+
+The silence in which Morgan received his fond sophistry struck
+Pemberton somehow as expressive.  After a moment the child
+repeated:  "You are a hero!"  Then he added:  "They leave me with
+you altogether.  You've all the responsibility.  They put me off on
+you from morning till night.  Why then should they object to my
+taking up with you completely?  I'd help you."
+
+"They're not particularly keen about my being helped, and they
+delight in thinking of you as THEIRS.  They're tremendously proud
+of you."
+
+"I'm not proud of THEM.  But you know that," Morgan returned.
+
+"Except for the little matter we speak of they're charming people,"
+said Pemberton, not taking up the point made for his intelligence,
+but wondering greatly at the boy's own, and especially at this
+fresh reminder of something he had been conscious of from the first
+- the strangest thing in his friend's large little composition, a
+temper, a sensibility, even a private ideal, which made him as
+privately disown the stuff his people were made of.  Morgan had in
+secret a small loftiness which made him acute about betrayed
+meanness; as well as a critical sense for the manners immediately
+surrounding him that was quite without precedent in a juvenile
+nature, especially when one noted that it had not made this nature
+"old-fashioned," as the word is of children - quaint or wizened or
+offensive.  It was as if he had been a little gentleman and had
+paid the penalty by discovering that he was the only such person in
+his family.  This comparison didn't make him vain, but it could
+make him melancholy and a trifle austere.  While Pemberton guessed
+at these dim young things, shadows of shadows, he was partly drawn
+on and partly checked, as for a scruple, by the charm of attempting
+to sound the little cool shallows that were so quickly growing
+deeper.  When he tried to figure to himself the morning twilight of
+childhood, so as to deal with it safely, he saw it was never fixed,
+never arrested, that ignorance, at the instant he touched it, was
+already flushing faintly into knowledge, that there was nothing
+that at a given moment you could say an intelligent child didn't
+know.  It seemed to him that he himself knew too much to imagine
+Morgan's simplicity and too little to disembroil his tangle.
+
+The boy paid no heed to his last remark; he only went on:  "I'd
+have spoken to them about their idea, as I call it, long ago, if I
+hadn't been sure what they'd say."
+
+"And what would they say?"
+
+"Just what they said about what poor Zenobie told me - that it was
+a horrid dreadful story, that they had paid her every penny they
+owed her."
+
+"Well, perhaps they had," said Pemberton.
+
+"Perhaps they've paid you!"
+
+"Let us pretend they have, and n'en parlons plus."
+
+"They accused her of lying and cheating" - Morgan stuck to historic
+truth.  "That's why I don't want to speak to them."
+
+"Lest they should accuse me, too?"  To this Morgan made no answer,
+and his companion, looking down at him - the boy turned away his
+eyes, which had filled - saw what he couldn't have trusted himself
+to utter.  "You're right.  Don't worry them," Pemberton pursued.
+"Except for that, they ARE charming people."
+
+"Except for THEIR lying and THEIR cheating?"
+
+"I say - I say!" cried Pemberton, imitating a little tone of the
+lad's which was itself an imitation.
+
+"We must be frank, at the last; we MUST come to an understanding,"
+said Morgan with the importance of the small boy who lets himself
+think he is arranging great affairs - almost playing at shipwreck
+or at Indians.  "I know all about everything."
+
+"I dare say your father has his reasons,'' Pemberton replied, but
+too vaguely, as he was aware.
+
+"For lying and cheating?"
+
+"For saving and managing and turning his means to the best account.
+He has plenty to do with his money.  You're an expensive family."
+
+"Yes, I'm very expensive," Morgan concurred in a manner that made
+his preceptor burst out laughing.
+
+"He's saving for YOU," said Pemberton.  "They think of you in
+everything they do."
+
+"He might, while he's about it, save a little - "  The boy paused,
+and his friend waited to hear what.  Then Morgan brought out oddly:
+"A little reputation."
+
+"Oh there's plenty of that.  That's all right!"
+
+"Enough of it for the people they know, no doubt.  The people they
+know are awful."
+
+"Do you mean the princes?  We mustn't abuse the princes."
+
+"Why not?  They haven't married Paula - they haven't married Amy.
+They only clean out Ulick."
+
+"You DO know everything!" Pemberton declared.
+
+"No, I don't, after all.  I don't know what they live on, or how
+they live, or WHY they live!  What have they got and how did they
+get it?  Are they rich, are they poor, or have they a modeste
+aisance?  Why are they always chiveying me about - living one year
+like ambassadors and the next like paupers?  Who are they, any way,
+and what are they?  I've thought of all that - I've thought of a
+lot of things.  They're so beastly worldly.  That's what I hate
+most - oh, I've SEEN it!  All they care about is to make an
+appearance and to pass for something or other.  What the dickens do
+they want to pass for?  What DO they, Mr. Pemberton?"
+
+"You pause for a reply," said Pemberton, treating the question as a
+joke, yet wondering too and greatly struck with his mate's intense
+if imperfect vision.  "I haven't the least idea."
+
+"And what good does it do?  Haven't I seen the way people treat
+them - the 'nice' people, the ones they want to know?  They'll take
+anything from them - they'll lie down and be trampled on.  The nice
+ones hate that - they just sicken them.  You're the only really
+nice person we know."
+
+"Are you sure?  They don't lie down for me!"
+
+"Well, you shan't lie down for them.  You've got to go - that's
+what you've got to do," said Morgan.
+
+"And what will become of you?"
+
+"Oh I'm growing up.  I shall get off before long.  I'll see you
+later."
+
+"You had better let me finish you," Pemberton urged, lending
+himself to the child's strange superiority.
+
+Morgan stopped in their walk, looking up at him.  He had to look up
+much less than a couple of years before - he had grown, in his
+loose leanness, so long and high.  "Finish me?" he echoed.
+
+"There are such a lot of jolly things we can do together yet.  I
+want to turn you out - I want you to do me credit."
+
+Morgan continued to look at him.  "To give you credit - do you
+mean?"
+
+"My dear fellow, you're too clever to live."
+
+"That's just what I'm afraid you think.  No, no; it isn't fair - I
+can't endure it.  We'll separate next week.  The sooner it's over
+the sooner to sleep."
+
+"If I hear of anything - any other chance - I promise to go,"
+Pemberton said.
+
+Morgan consented to consider this.  "But you'll be honest," he
+demanded; "you won't pretend you haven't heard?"
+
+"I'm much more likely to pretend I have."
+
+"But what can you hear of, this way, stuck in a hole with us?  You
+ought to be on the spot, to go to England - you ought to go to
+America."
+
+"One would think you were MY tutor!" said Pemberton.
+
+Morgan walked on and after a little had begun again:  "Well, now
+that you know I know and that we look at the facts and keep nothing
+back - it's much more comfortable, isn't it?"
+
+"My dear boy, it's so amusing, so interesting, that it will surely
+be quite impossible for me to forego such hours as these."
+
+This made Morgan stop once more.  "You DO keep something back.  Oh
+you're not straight - I am!"
+
+"How am I not straight?"
+
+"Oh you've got your idea!"
+
+"My idea?"
+
+"Why that I probably shan't make old - make older - bones, and that
+you can stick it out till I'm removed."
+
+"You ARE too clever to live!" Pemberton repeated.
+
+"I call it a mean idea," Morgan pursued.  "But I shall punish you
+by the way I hang on."
+
+"Look out or I'll poison you!" Pemberton laughed.
+
+"I'm stronger and better every year.  Haven't you noticed that
+there hasn't been a doctor near me since you came?"
+
+"I'M your doctor," said the young man, taking his arm and drawing
+him tenderly on again.
+
+Morgan proceeded and after a few steps gave a sigh of mingled
+weariness and relief.  "Ah now that we look at the facts it's all
+right!"
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+
+
+They looked at the facts a good deal after this and one of the
+first consequences of their doing so was that Pemberton stuck it
+out, in his friend's parlance, for the purpose.  Morgan made the
+facts so vivid and so droll, and at the same time so bald and so
+ugly, that there was fascination in talking them over with him,
+just as there would have been heartlessness in leaving him alone
+with them.  Now that the pair had such perceptions in common it was
+useless for them to pretend they didn't judge such people; but the
+very judgement and the exchange of perceptions created another tie.
+Morgan had never been so interesting as now that he himself was
+made plainer by the sidelight of these confidences.  What came out
+in it most was the small fine passion of his pride.  He had plenty
+of that, Pemberton felt - so much that one might perhaps wisely
+wish for it some early bruises.  He would have liked his people to
+have a spirit and had waked up to the sense of their perpetually
+eating humble-pie.  His mother would consume any amount, and his
+father would consume even more than his mother.  He had a theory
+that Ulick had wriggled out of an "affair" at Nice:  there had once
+been a flurry at home, a regular panic, after which they all went
+to bed and took medicine, not to be accounted for on any other
+supposition.  Morgan had a romantic imagination, led by poetry and
+history, and he would have liked those who "bore his name" - as he
+used to say to Pemberton with the humour that made his queer
+delicacies manly - to carry themselves with an air.  But their one
+idea was to get in with people who didn't want them and to take
+snubs as it they were honourable scars.  Why people didn't want
+them more he didn't know - that was people's own affair; after all
+they weren't superficially repulsive, they were a hundred times
+cleverer than most of the dreary grandees, the "poor swells" they
+rushed about Europe to catch up with.  "After all they ARE amusing
+- they are!" he used to pronounce with the wisdom of the ages.  To
+which Pemberton always replied:  "Amusing - the great Moreen
+troupe?  Why they're altogether delightful; and if it weren't for
+the hitch that you and I (feeble performers!) make in the ensemble
+they'd carry everything before them."
+
+What the boy couldn't get over was the fact that this particular
+blight seemed, in a tradition of self-respect, so undeserved and so
+arbitrary.  No doubt people had a right to take the line they
+liked; but why should his people have liked the line of pushing and
+toadying and lying and cheating?  What had their forefathers - all
+decent folk, so far as he knew - done to them, or what had he done
+to them?  Who had poisoned their blood with the fifth-rate social
+ideal, the fixed idea of making smart acquaintances and getting
+into the monde chic, especially when it was foredoomed to failure
+and exposure?  They showed so what they were after; that was what
+made the people they wanted not want THEM.  And never a wince for
+dignity, never a throb of shame at looking each other in the face,
+never any independence or resentment or disgust.  If his father or
+his brother would only knock some one down once or twice a year!
+Clever as they were they never guessed the impression they made.
+They were good-natured, yes - as good-natured as Jews at the doors
+of clothing-shops!  But was that the model one wanted one's family
+to follow?  Morgan had dim memories of an old grandfather, the
+maternal, in New York, whom he had been taken across the ocean at
+the age of five to see:  a gentleman with a high neck-cloth and a
+good deal of pronunciation, who wore a dress-coat in the morning,
+which made one wonder what he wore in the evening, and had, or was
+supposed to have "property" and something to do with the Bible
+Society.  It couldn't have been but that he was a good type.
+Pemberton himself remembered Mrs. Clancy, a widowed sister of Mr.
+Moreen's, who was as irritating as a moral tale and had paid a
+fortnight's visit to the family at Nice shortly after he came to
+live with them.  She was "pure and refined," as Amy said over the
+banjo, and had the air of not knowing what they meant when they
+talked, and of keeping something rather important back.  Pemberton
+judged that what she kept back was an approval of many of their
+ways; therefore it was to be supposed that she too was of a good
+type, and that Mr. and Mrs. Moreen and Ulick and Paula and Amy
+might easily have been of a better one if they would.
+
+But that they wouldn't was more and more perceptible from day to
+day.  They continued to "chivey," as Morgan called it, and in due
+time became aware of a variety of reasons for proceeding to Venice.
+They mentioned a great many of them - they were always strikingly
+frank and had the brightest friendly chatter, at the late foreign
+breakfast in especial, before the ladies had made up their faces,
+when they leaned their arms on the table, had something to follow
+the demitasse, and, in the heat of familiar discussion as to what
+they "really ought" to do, fell inevitably into the languages in
+which they could tutoyer.  Even Pemberton liked them then; he could
+endure even Ulick when he heard him give his little flat voice for
+the "sweet sea-city."  That was what made him have a sneaking
+kindness for them - that they were so out of the workaday world and
+kept him so out of it.  The summer had waned when, with cries of
+ecstasy, they all passed out on the balcony that overhung the Grand
+Canal.  The sunsets then were splendid and the Dorringtons had
+arrived.  The Dorringtons were the only reason they hadn't talked
+of at breakfast; but the reasons they didn't talk of at breakfast
+always came out in the end.  The Dorringtons on the other hand came
+out very little; or else when they did they stayed - as was natural
+- for hours, during which periods Mrs. Moreen and the girls
+sometimes called at their hotel (to see if they had returned) as
+many as three times running.  The gondola was for the ladies, as in
+Venice too there were "days," which Mrs. Moreen knew in their order
+an hour after she arrived.  She immediately took one herself, to
+which the Dorringtons never came, though on a certain occasion when
+Pemberton and his pupil were together at St. Mark's - where, taking
+the best walks they had ever had and haunting a hundred churches,
+they spent a great deal of time - they saw the old lord turn up
+with Mr. Moreen and Ulick, who showed him the dim basilica as if it
+belonged to them.  Pemberton noted how much less, among its
+curiosities, Lord Dorrington carried himself as a man of the world;
+wondering too whether, for such services, his companions took a fee
+from him.  The autumn at any rate waned, the Dorringtons departed,
+and Lord Verschoyle, the eldest son, had proposed neither for Amy
+nor for Paula.
+
+One sad November day, while the wind roared round the old palace
+and the rain lashed the lagoon, Pemberton, for exercise and even
+somewhat for warmth - the Moreens were horribly frugal about fires;
+it was a cause of suffering to their inmate - walked up and down
+the big bare sala with his pupil.  The scagliola floor was cold,
+the high battered casements shook in the storm, and the stately
+decay of the place was unrelieved by a particle of furniture.
+Pemberton's spirits were low, and it came over him that the fortune
+of the Moreens was now even lower.  A blast of desolation, a
+portent of disgrace and disaster, seemed to draw through the
+comfortless hall.  Mr. Moreen and Ulick were in the Piazza, looking
+out for something, strolling drearily, in mackintoshes, under the
+arcades; but still, in spite of mackintoshes, unmistakeable men of
+the world.  Paula and Amy were in bed - it might have been thought
+they were staying there to keep warm.  Pemberton looked askance at
+the boy at his side, to see to what extent he was conscious of
+these dark omens.  But Morgan, luckily for him, was now mainly
+conscious of growing taller and stronger and indeed of being in his
+fifteenth year.  This fact was intensely interesting to him and the
+basis of a private theory - which, however, he had imparted to his
+tutor - that in a little while he should stand on his own feet.  He
+considered that the situation would change - that in short he
+should be "finished," grown up, producible in the world of affairs
+and ready to prove himself of sterling ability.  Sharply as he was
+capable at times of analysing, as he called it, his life, there
+were happy hours when he remained, as he also called it - and as
+the name, really, of their right ideal - "jolly" superficial; the
+proof of which was his fundamental assumption that he should
+presently go to Oxford, to Pemberton's college, and, aided and
+abetted by Pemberton, do the most wonderful things.  It depressed
+the young man to see how little in such a project he took account
+of ways and means:  in other connexions he mostly kept to the
+measure.  Pemberton tried to imagine the Moreens at Oxford and
+fortunately failed; yet unless they were to adopt it as a residence
+there would be no modus vivendi for Morgan.  How could he live
+without an allowance, and where was the allowance to come from?
+He, Pemberton, might live on Morgan; but how could Morgan live on
+HIM?  What was to become of him anyhow?  Somehow the fact that he
+was a big boy now, with better prospects of health, made the
+question of his future more difficult.  So long as he was markedly
+frail the great consideration he inspired seemed enough of an
+answer to it.  But at the bottom of Pemberton's heart was the
+recognition of his probably being strong enough to live and not yet
+strong enough to struggle or to thrive.  Morgan himself at any rate
+was in the first flush of the rosiest consciousness of adolescence,
+so that the beating of the tempest seemed to him after all but the
+voice of life and the challenge of fate.  He had on his shabby
+little overcoat, with the collar up, but was enjoying his walk.
+
+It was interrupted at last by the appearance of his mother at the
+end of the sala.  She beckoned him to come to her, and while
+Pemberton saw him, complaisant, pass down the long vista and over
+the damp false marble, he wondered what was in the air.  Mrs.
+Moreen said a word to the boy and made him go into the room she had
+quitted.  Then, having closed the door after him, she directed her
+steps swiftly to Pemberton.  There was something in the air, but
+his wildest flight of fancy wouldn't have suggested what it proved
+to be.  She signified that she had made a pretext to get Morgan out
+of the way, and then she enquired - without hesitation - if the
+young man could favour her with the loan of three louis.  While,
+before bursting into a laugh, he stared at her with surprise, she
+declared that she was awfully pressed for the money; she was
+desperate for it - it would save her life.
+
+"Dear lady, c'est trop fort!"  Pemberton laughed in the manner and
+with the borrowed grace of idiom that marked the best colloquial,
+the best anecdotic, moments of his friends themselves.  "Where in
+the world do you suppose I should get three louis, du train dont
+vous allez?"
+
+"I thought you worked - wrote things.  Don't they pay you?"
+
+"Not a penny."
+
+"Are you such a fool as to work for nothing?"
+
+"You ought surely to know that."
+
+Mrs. Moreen stared, then she coloured a little.  Pemberton saw she
+had quite forgotten the terms - if "terms" they could be called -
+that he had ended by accepting from herself; they had burdened her
+memory as little as her conscience.  "Oh yes, I see what you mean -
+you've been very nice about that; but why drag it in so often?"
+She had been perfectly urbane with him ever since the rough scene
+of explanation in his room the morning he made her accept HIS
+"terms" - the necessity of his making his case known to Morgan.
+She had felt no resentment after seeing there was no danger Morgan
+would take the matter up with her.  Indeed, attributing this
+immunity to the good taste of his influence with the boy, she had
+once said to Pemberton "My dear fellow, it's an immense comfort
+you're a gentleman."  She repeated this in substance now.  "Of
+course you're a gentleman - that's a bother the less!"  Pemberton
+reminded her that he had not "dragged in" anything that wasn't
+already in as much as his foot was in his shoe; and she also
+repeated her prayer that, somewhere and somehow, he would find her
+sixty francs.  He took the liberty of hinting that if he could find
+them it wouldn't be to lend them to HER - as to which he
+consciously did himself injustice, knowing that if he had them he
+would certainly put them at her disposal.  He accused himself, at
+bottom and not unveraciously, of a fantastic, a demoralised
+sympathy with her.  If misery made strange bedfellows it also made
+strange sympathies.  It was moreover a part of the abasement of
+living with such people that one had to make vulgar retorts, quite
+out of one's own tradition of good manners.  "Morgan, Morgan, to
+what pass have I come for you?" he groaned while Mrs. Moreen
+floated voluminously down the sala again to liberate the boy,
+wailing as she went that everything was too odious.
+
+Before their young friend was liberated there came a thump at the
+door communicating with the staircase, followed by the apparition
+of a dripping youth who poked in his head.  Pemberton recognised
+him as the bearer of a telegram and recognised the telegram as
+addressed to himself.  Morgan came back as, after glancing at the
+signature - that of a relative in London - he was reading the
+words:  "Found a jolly job for you, engagement to coach opulent
+youth on own terms.  Come at once."  The answer happily was paid
+and the messenger waited.  Morgan, who had drawn near, waited too
+and looked hard at Pemberton; and Pemberton, after a moment, having
+met his look, handed him the telegram.  It was really by wise looks
+- they knew each other so well now - that, while the telegraph-boy,
+in his waterproof cape, made a great puddle on the floor, the thing
+was settled between them.  Pemberton wrote the answer with a pencil
+against the frescoed wall, and the messenger departed.  When he had
+gone the young man explained himself.
+
+"I'll make a tremendous charge; I'll earn a lot of money in a short
+time, and we'll live on it."
+
+"Well, I hope the opulent youth will be a dismal dunce - he
+probably will - " Morgan parenthesised - "and keep you a long time
+a-hammering of it in."
+
+"Of course the longer he keeps me the more we shall have for our
+old age."
+
+"But suppose THEY don't pay you!" Morgan awfully suggested.
+
+"Oh there are not two such - !"  But Pemberton pulled up; he had
+been on the point of using too invidious a term.  Instead of this
+he said "Two such fatalities."
+
+Morgan flushed - the tears came to his eyes.  "Dites toujours two
+such rascally crews!"  Then in a different tone he added:  "Happy
+opulent youth!"
+
+"Not if he's a dismal dunce."
+
+"Oh they're happier then.  But you can't have everything, can you?"
+the boy smiled.
+
+Pemberton held him fast, hands on his shoulders - he had never
+loved him so.  "What will become of you, what will you do?"  He
+thought of Mrs. Moreen, desperate for sixty francs.
+
+"I shall become an homme fait."  And then as if he recognised all
+the bearings of Pemberton's allusion:  "I shall get on with them
+better when you're not here."
+
+"Ah don't say that - it sounds as if I set you against them!"
+
+"You do - the sight of you.  It's all right; you know what I mean.
+I shall be beautiful.  I'll take their affairs in hand; I'll marry
+my sisters."
+
+"You'll marry yourself!" joked Pemberton; as high, rather tense
+pleasantry would evidently be the right, or the safest, tone for
+their separation.
+
+It was, however, not purely in this strain that Morgan suddenly
+asked:  "But I say - how will you get to your jolly job?  You'll
+have to telegraph to the opulent youth for money to come on."
+
+Pemberton bethought himself.  "They won't like that, will they?"
+
+"Oh look out for them!"
+
+Then Pemberton brought out his remedy.  "I'll go to the American
+Consul; I'll borrow some money of him - just for the few days, on
+the strength of the telegram."
+
+Morgan was hilarious.  "Show him the telegram - then collar the
+money and stay!"
+
+Pemberton entered into the joke sufficiently to reply that for
+Morgan he was really capable of that; but the boy, growing more
+serious, and to prove he hadn't meant what he said, not only
+hurried him off to the Consulate - since he was to start that
+evening, as he had wired to his friend - but made sure of their
+affair by going with him.  They splashed through the tortuous
+perforations and over the humpbacked bridges, and they passed
+through the Piazza, where they saw Mr. Moreen and Ulick go into a
+jeweller's shop.  The Consul proved accommodating - Pemberton said
+it wasn't the letter, but Morgan's grand air - and on their way
+back they went into Saint Mark's for a hushed ten minutes.  Later
+they took up and kept up the fun of it to the very end; and it
+seemed to Pemberton a part of that fun that Mrs. Moreen, who was
+very angry when he had announced her his intention, should charge
+him, grotesquely and vulgarly and in reference to the loan she had
+vainly endeavoured to effect, with bolting lest they should "get
+something out" of him.  On the other hand he had to do Mr. Moreen
+and Ulick the justice to recognise that when on coming in they
+heard the cruel news they took it like perfect men of the world.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+
+
+When he got at work with the opulent youth, who was to be taken in
+hand for Balliol, he found himself unable to say if this aspirant
+had really such poor parts or if the appearance were only begotten
+of his own long association with an intensely living little mind.
+From Morgan he heard half a dozen times:  the boy wrote charming
+young letters, a patchwork of tongues, with indulgent postscripts
+in the family Volapuk and, in little squares and rounds and
+crannies of the text, the drollest illustrations - letters that he
+was divided between the impulse to show his present charge as a
+vain, a wasted incentive, and the sense of something in them that
+publicity would profane.  The opulent youth went up in due course
+and failed to pass; but it seemed to add to the presumption that
+brilliancy was not expected of him all at once that his parents,
+condoning the lapse, which they good-naturedly treated as little as
+possible as if it were Pemberton's, should have sounded the rally
+again, begged the young coach to renew the siege.
+
+The young coach was now in a position to lend Mrs. Moreen three
+louis, and he sent her a post-office order even for a larger
+amount.  In return for this favour he received a frantic scribbled
+line from her:  "Implore you to come back instantly - Morgan dread
+fully ill."  They were on there rebound, once more in Paris - often
+as Pemberton had seen them depressed he had never seen them crushed
+- and communication was therefore rapid.  He wrote to the boy to
+ascertain the state of his health, but awaited the answer in vain.
+He accordingly, after three days, took an abrupt leave of the
+opulent youth and, crossing the Channel, alighted at the small
+hotel, in the quarter of the Champs Elysees, of which Mrs. Moreen
+had given him the address.  A deep if dumb dissatisfaction with
+this lady and her companions bore him company:  they couldn't be
+vulgarly honest, but they could live at hotels, in velvety
+entresols, amid a smell of burnt pastilles, surrounded by the most
+expensive city in Europe.  When he had left them in Venice it was
+with an irrepressible suspicion that something was going to happen;
+but the only thing that could have taken place was again their
+masterly retreat.  "How is he? where is he?" he asked of Mrs.
+Moreen; but before she could speak these questions were answered by
+the pressure round hid neck of a pair of arms, in shrunken sleeves,
+which still were perfectly capable of an effusive young foreign
+squeeze.
+
+"Dreadfully ill - I don't see it!" the young man cried.  And then
+to Morgan:  "Why on earth didn't you relieve me?  Why didn't you
+answer my letter?"
+
+Mrs. Moreen declared that when she wrote he was very bad, and
+Pemberton learned at the same time from the boy that he had
+answered every letter he had received.  This led to the clear
+inference that Pemberton's note had been kept from him so that the
+game practised should not be interfered with.  Mrs. Moreen was
+prepared to see the fact exposed, as Pemberton saw the moment he
+faced her that she was prepared for a good many other things.  She
+was prepared above all to maintain that she had acted from a sense
+of duty, that she was enchanted she had got him over, whatever they
+might say, and that it was useless of him to pretend he didn't know
+in all his bones that his place at such a time was with Morgan.  He
+had taken the boy away from them and now had no right to abandon
+him.  He had created for himself the gravest responsibilities and
+must at least abide by what he had done.
+
+"Taken him away from you?" Pemberton exclaimed indignantly.
+
+"Do it - do it for pity's sake; that's just what I want.  I can't
+stand THIS - and such scenes.  They're awful frauds - poor dears!"
+These words broke from Morgan, who had intermitted his embrace, in
+a key which made Pemberton turn quickly to him and see that he had
+suddenly seated himself, was breathing in great pain, and was very
+pale.
+
+"NOW do you say he's not in a state, my precious pet?" shouted his
+mother, dropping on her knees before him with clasped hands, but
+touching him no more than if he had been a gilded idol.  "It will
+pass - it's only for an instant; but don't say such dreadful
+things!"
+
+"I'm all right - all right," Morgan panted to Pemberton, whom he
+sat looking up at with a strange smile, his hands resting on either
+side of the sofa.
+
+"Now do you pretend I've been dishonest, that I've deceived?" Mrs.
+Moreen flashed at Pemberton as she got up.
+
+"It isn't HE says it, it's I!" the boy returned, apparently easier,
+but sinking back against the wall; while his restored friend, who
+had sat down beside him, took his hand and bent over him.
+
+"Darling child, one does what one can; there are so many things to
+consider," urged Mrs. Moreen.  "It's his PLACE - his only place.
+You see YOU think it is now."
+
+"Take me away - take me away," Morgan went on, smiling to Pemberton
+with his white face.
+
+"Where shall I take you, and how - oh HOW, my boy?" the young man
+stammered, thinking of the rude way in which his friends in London
+held that, for his convenience, with no assurance of prompt return,
+he had thrown them over; of the just resentment with which they
+would already have called in a successor, and of the scant help to
+finding fresh employment that resided for him in the grossness of
+his having failed to pass his pupil.
+
+"Oh we'll settle that.  You used to talk about it," said Morgan.
+"If we can only go all the rest's a detail."
+
+"Talk about it as much as you like, but don't think you can attempt
+it.  Mr. Moreen would never consent - it would be so VERY hand-to-
+mouth," Pemberton's hostess beautifully explained to him.  Then to
+Morgan she made it clearer:  "It would destroy our peace, it would
+break our hearts.  Now that he's back it will be all the same
+again.  You'll have your life, your work and your freedom, and
+we'll all be happy as we used to be.  You'll bloom and grow
+perfectly well, and we won't have any more silly experiments, will
+we?  They're too absurd.  It's Mr. Pemberton's place - every one in
+his place.  You in yours, your papa in his, me in mine - n'est-ce
+pas, cheri?  We'll all forget how foolish we've been and have
+lovely times."
+
+She continued to talk and to surge vaguely about the little draped
+stuffy salon while Pemberton sat with the boy, whose colour
+gradually came back; and she mixed up her reasons, hinting that
+there were going to be changes, that the other children might
+scatter (who knew? - Paula had her ideas) and that then it might be
+fancied how much the poor old parent-birds would want the little
+nestling.  Morgan looked at Pemberton, who wouldn't let him move;
+and Pemberton knew exactly how he felt at hearing himself called a
+little nestling.  He admitted that he had had one or two bad days,
+but he protested afresh against the wrong of his mother's having
+made them the ground of an appeal to poor Pemberton.  Poor
+Pemberton could laugh now, apart from the comicality of Mrs.
+Moreen's mustering so much philosophy for her defence - she seemed
+to shake it out of her agitated petticoats, which knocked over the
+light gilt chairs - so little did their young companion, MARKED,
+unmistakeably marked at the best, strike him as qualified to
+repudiate any advantage.
+
+He himself was in for it at any rate.  He should have Morgan on his
+hands again indefinitely; though indeed he saw the lad had a
+private theory to produce which would be intended to smooth this
+down.  He was obliged to him for it in advance; but the suggested
+amendment didn't keep his heart rather from sinking, any more than
+it prevented him from accepting the prospect on the spot, with some
+confidence moreover that he should do so even better if he could
+have a little supper.  Mrs. Moreen threw out more hints about the
+changes that were to be looked for, but she was such a mixture of
+smiles and shudders - she confessed she was very nervous - that he
+couldn't tell if she were in high feather or only in hysterics.  If
+the family was really at last going to pieces why shouldn't she
+recognise the necessity of pitching Morgan into some sort of
+lifeboat?  This presumption was fostered by the fact that they were
+established in luxurious quarters in the capital of pleasure; that
+was exactly where they naturally WOULD be established in view of
+going to pieces.  Moreover didn't she mention that Mr. Moreen and
+the others were enjoying themselves at the opera with Mr. Granger,
+and wasn't THAT also precisely where one would look for them on the
+eve of a smash?  Pemberton gathered that Mr. Granger was a rich
+vacant American - a big bill with a flourishy heading and no items;
+so that one of Paula's "ideas" was probably that this time she
+hadn't missed fire - by which straight shot indeed she would have
+shattered the general cohesion.  And if the cohesion was to crumble
+what would become of poor Pemberton?  He felt quite enough bound up
+with them to figure to his alarm as a dislodged block in the
+edifice.
+
+It was Morgan who eventually asked if no supper had been ordered
+for him; sitting with him below, later, at the dim delayed meal, in
+the presence of a great deal of corded green plush, a plate of
+ornamental biscuit and an aloofness marked on the part of the
+waiter.  Mrs. Moreen had explained that they had been obliged to
+secure a room for the visitor out of the house; and Morgan's
+consolation - he offered it while Pemberton reflected on the
+nastiness of lukewarm sauces - proved to be, largely, that his
+circumstance would facilitate their escape.  He talked of their
+escape - recurring to it often afterwards - as if they were making
+up a "boy's book" together.  But he likewise expressed his sense
+that there was something in the air, that the Moreens couldn't keep
+it up much longer.  In point of fact, as Pemberton was to see, they
+kept it up for five or six months.  All the while, however,
+Morgan's contention was designed to cheer him.  Mr. Moreen and
+Ulick, whom he had met the day after his return, accepted that
+return like perfect men of the world.  If Paula and Amy treated it
+even with less formality an allowance was to be made for them,
+inasmuch as Mr. Granger hadn't come to the opera after all.  He had
+only placed his box at their service, with a bouquet for each of
+the party; there was even one apiece, embittering the thought of
+his profusion, for Mr. Moreen and Ulick.  "They're all like that,"
+was Morgan's comment; "at the very last, just when we think we've
+landed them they're back in the deep sea!"
+
+Morgan's comments in these days were more and more free; they even
+included a large recognition of the extraordinary tenderness with
+which he had been treated while Pemberton was away.  Oh yes, they
+couldn't do enough to be nice to him, to show him they had him on
+their mind and make up for his loss.  That was just what made the
+whole thing so sad and caused him to rejoice after all in
+Pemberton's return - he had to keep thinking of their affection
+less, had less sense of obligation.  Pemberton laughed out at this
+last reason, and Morgan blushed and said:  "Well, dash it, you know
+what I mean."  Pemberton knew perfectly what he meant; but there
+were a good many things that - dash it too! - it didn't make any
+clearer.  This episode of his second sojourn in Paris stretched
+itself out wearily, with their resumed readings and wanderings and
+maunderings, their potterings on the quays, their hauntings of the
+museums, their occasional lingerings in the Palais Royal when the
+first sharp weather came on and there was a comfort in warm
+emanations, before Chevet's wonderful succulent window.  Morgan
+wanted to hear all about the opulent youth - he took an immense
+interest in him.  Some of the details of his opulence - Pemberton
+could spare him none of them - evidently fed the boy's appreciation
+of all his friend had given up to come back to him; but in addition
+to the greater reciprocity established by that heroism he had
+always his little brooding theory, in which there was a frivolous
+gaiety too, that their long probation was drawing to a close.
+Morgan's conviction that the Moreens couldn't go on much longer
+kept pace with the unexpended impetus with which, from month to
+month, they did go on.  Three weeks after Pemberton had rejoined
+them they went on to another hotel, a dingier one than the first;
+but Morgan rejoiced that his tutor had at least still not
+sacrificed the advantage of a room outside.  He clung to the
+romantic utility of this when the day, or rather the night, should
+arrive for their escape.
+
+For the first time, in this complicated connexion, our friend felt
+his collar gall him.  It was, as he had said to Mrs. Moreen in
+Venice, trop fort - everything was trop fort.  He could neither
+really throw off his blighting burden nor find in it the benefit of
+a pacified conscience or of a rewarded affection.  He had spent all
+the money accruing to him in England, and he saw his youth going
+and that he was getting nothing back for it.  It was all very well
+of Morgan to count it for reparation that he should now settle on
+him permanently - there was an irritating flaw in such a view.  He
+saw what the boy had in his mind; the conception that as his friend
+had had the generosity to come back he must show his gratitude by
+giving him his life.  But the poor friend didn't desire the gift -
+what could he do with Morgan's dreadful little life?  Of course at
+the same time that Pemberton was irritated he remembered the
+reason, which was very honourable to Morgan and which dwelt simply
+in his making one so forget that he was no more than a patched
+urchin.  If one dealt with him on a different basis one's
+misadventures were one's own fault.  So Pemberton waited in a queer
+confusion of yearning and alarm for the catastrophe which was held
+to hang over the house of Moreen, of which he certainly at moments
+felt the symptoms brush his cheek and as to which he wondered much
+in what form it would find its liveliest effect.
+
+Perhaps it would take the form of sudden dispersal - a frightened
+sauve qui peut, a scuttling into selfish corners.  Certainly they
+were less elastic than of yore; they were evidently looking for
+something they didn't find.  The Dorringtons hadn't re-appeared,
+the princes had scattered; wasn't that the beginning of the end?
+Mrs. Moreen had lost her reckoning of the famous "days"; her social
+calendar was blurred - it had turned its face to the wall.
+Pemberton suspected that the great, the cruel discomfiture had been
+the unspeakable behaviour of Mr. Granger, who seemed not to know
+what he wanted, or, what was much worse, what they wanted.  He kept
+sending flowers, as if to bestrew the path of his retreat, which
+was never the path of a return.  Flowers were all very well, but -
+Pemberton could complete the proposition.  It was now positively
+conspicuous that in the long run the Moreens were a social failure;
+so that the young man was almost grateful the run had not been
+short.  Mr. Moreen indeed was still occasionally able to get away
+on business and, what was more surprising, was likewise able to get
+back.  Ulick had no club but you couldn't have discovered it from
+his appearance, which was as much as ever that of a person looking
+at life from the window of such an institution; therefore Pemberton
+was doubly surprised at an answer he once heard him make his mother
+in the desperate tone of a man familiar with the worst privations.
+Her question Pemberton had not quite caught; it appeared to be an
+appeal for a suggestion as to whom they might get to take Amy.
+"Let the Devil take her!" Ulick snapped; so that Pemberton could
+see that they had not only lost their amiability but had ceased to
+believe in themselves.  He could also see that if Mrs. Moreen was
+trying to get people to take her children she might be regarded as
+closing the hatches for the storm.  But Morgan would be the last
+she would part with.
+
+One winter afternoon - it was a Sunday - he and the boy walked far
+together in the Bois de Boulogne.  The evening was so splendid, the
+cold lemon-coloured sunset so clear, the stream of carriages and
+pedestrians so amusing and the fascination of Paris so great, that
+they stayed out later than usual and became aware that they should
+have to hurry home to arrive in time for dinner.  They hurried
+accordingly, arm-in-arm, good-humoured and hungry, agreeing that
+there was nothing like Paris after all and that after everything
+too that had come and gone they were not yet sated with innocent
+pleasures.  When they reached the hotel they found that, though
+scandalously late, they were in time for all the dinner they were
+likely to sit down to.  Confusion reigned in the apartments of the
+Moreens - very shabby ones this time, but the best in the house -
+and before the interrupted service of the table, with objects
+displaced almost as if there had been a scuffle and a great wine-
+stain from an overturned bottle, Pemberton couldn't blink the fact
+that there had been a scene of the last proprietary firmness.  The
+storm had come - they were all seeking refuge.  The hatches were
+down, Paula and Amy were invisible - they had never tried the most
+casual art upon Pemberton, but he felt they had enough of an eye to
+him not to wish to meet him as young ladies whose frocks had been
+confiscated - and Ulick appeared to have jumped overboard.  The
+host and his staff, in a word, had ceased to "go on" at the pace of
+their guests, and the air of embarrassed detention, thanks to a
+pile of gaping trunks in the passage, was strangely commingled with
+the air of indignant withdrawal.  When Morgan took all this in -
+and he took it in very quickly - he coloured to the roots of his
+hair.  He had walked from his infancy among difficulties and
+dangers, but he had never seen a public exposure.  Pemberton
+noticed in a second glance at him that the tears had rushed into
+his eyes and that they were tears of a new and untasted bitterness.
+He wondered an instant, for the boy's sake, whether he might
+successfully pretend not to understand.  Not successfully, he felt,
+as Mr. and Mrs. Moreen, dinnerless by their extinguished hearth,
+rose before him in their little dishonoured salon, casting about
+with glassy eyes for the nearest port in such a storm.  They were
+not prostrate but were horribly white, and Mrs. Moreen had
+evidently been crying.  Pemberton quickly learned however that her
+grief was not for the loss of her dinner, much as she usually
+enjoyed it, but the fruit of a blow that struck even deeper, as she
+made all haste to explain.  He would see for himself, so far as
+that went, how the great change had come, the dreadful bolt had
+fallen, and how they would now all have to turn themselves about.
+Therefore cruel as it was to them to part with their darling she
+must look to him to carry a little further the influence he had so
+fortunately acquired with the boy - to induce his young charge to
+follow him into some modest retreat.  They depended on him - that
+was the fact - to take their delightful child temporarily under his
+protection; it would leave Mr. Moreen and herself so much more free
+to give the proper attention (too little, alas! had been given) to
+the readjustment of their affairs.
+
+"We trust you - we feel we CAN," said Mrs. Moreen, slowly rubbing
+her plump white hands and looking with compunction hard at Morgan,
+whose chin, not to take liberties, her husband stroked with a
+paternal forefinger.
+
+"Oh yes - we feel that we CAN.  We trust Mr. Pemberton fully,
+Morgan," Mr. Moreen pursued.
+
+Pemberton wondered again if he might pretend not to understand; but
+everything good gave way to the intensity of Morgan's
+understanding.  "Do you mean he may take me to live with him for
+ever and ever?" cried the boy.  "May take me away, away, anywhere
+he likes?"
+
+"For ever and ever?  Comme vous-y-allez!" Mr. Moreen laughed
+indulgently.  "For as long as Mr. Pemberton may be so good."
+
+"We've struggled, we've suffered," his wife went on; "but you've
+made him so your own that we've already been through the worst of
+the sacrifice."
+
+Morgan had turned away from his father - he stood looking at
+Pemberton with a light in his face.  His sense of shame for their
+common humiliated state had dropped; the case had another side -
+the thing was to clutch at THAT.  He had a moment of boyish joy,
+scarcely mitigated by the reflexion that with this unexpected
+consecration of his hope - too sudden and too violent; the turn
+taken was away from a GOOD boy's book - the "escape" was left on
+their hands.  The boyish joy was there an instant, and Pemberton
+was almost scared at the rush of gratitude and affection that broke
+through his first abasement.  When he stammered "My dear fellow,
+what do you say to THAT?" how could one not say something
+enthusiastic?  But there was more need for courage at something
+else that immediately followed and that made the lad sit down
+quietly on the nearest chair.  He had turned quite livid and had
+raised his hand to his left side.  They were all three looking at
+him, but Mrs. Moreen suddenly bounded forward.  "Ah his darling
+little heart!" she broke out; and this time, on her knees before
+him and without respect for the idol, she caught him ardently in
+her arms.  "You walked him too far, you hurried him too fast!" she
+hurled over her shoulder at Pemberton.  Her son made no protest,
+and the next instant, still holding him, she sprang up with her
+face convulsed and with the terrified cry "Help, help! he's going,
+he's gone!"  Pemberton saw with equal horror, by Morgan's own
+stricken face, that he was beyond their wildest recall.  He pulled
+him half out of his mother's hands, and for a moment, while they
+held him together, they looked all their dismay into each other's
+eyes, "He couldn't stand it with his weak organ," said Pemberton -
+"the shock, the whole scene, the violent emotion."
+
+"But I thought he WANTED to go to you!", wailed Mrs. Moreen.
+
+"I TOLD you he didn't, my dear," her husband made answer.  Mr.
+Moreen was trembling all over and was in his way as deeply affected
+as his wife.  But after the very first he took his bereavement as a
+man of the world.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of The Project Gutenberg Etext of The Pupil by Henry James
+
diff --git a/old/pupil10.zip b/old/pupil10.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9abd9cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pupil10.zip